the chess players chronicle - forgotten books
TRANSCRIPT
THE CHESS PLAYER’
S
C H R O N I C L E(N E W
‘
S E R I E S.)
V o l . I .—1 8 7 7 .
E D I T E D BY
R e v . c . E . R A N K E N,
WITH TH E C O O PER ATIO N O ?
J ORUM, E SQ. REV. A. B. SKIPWO RTH .
G. B. FRASER ,E sq. R EV. PRO FE SSO R WAYTE .
L ONDON : DEAN SO N , FLEET STREET.
GLASGOW: TH O S. MURRAY SON ,BUCHANAN STREET.
ARTIC L ES
A Sketch of C hess L iterature,Analytical Trifles (translation ),C hess Poetry.C hess Theory forBeginners (translation) ,E nglish C hess Problems,N apoleon as a C hess Player,N apoleon s C hess Board,
N otes and Queries 011 the O penings,O u the E conomy of Pieces
'
m the construction of Problems,R eview of A rticle 111 E ncyclopedia Britannica ,
The Present Position of theTheory of Favourite O penings (translation),The Scotch Gambit ,
8 111112 3.
[The numbers refer to the pages throughout].
A llies, 1 36. Gunsberg, 36.
A nderssen , 63 , 103 , 1 24, 175, 196, Gunston , 1 2 . 104.2 45 . H alford, 2 2 6.
A rchdall , 1 1o. H odges, 8,A tkinson , 1 13 . H ofi
'
er, 2 57, 277.
A . , M r. 2 29. ackson , Master, 86.
Ball , 58. enkin , 2 03 , 2 24. 2 26, 248.Bezkrowny, 1 27, 154.
{ghnsom 55, 158.
Bier, 64 . eifi'
enhe1m. 1 10.
Biggs, 82 Keynes, 106 .
Bird , 1 13. 2 46. K ipping, 108.
Blackburne, 176, 179. 182 . L owe, 183 .
Boorne, 34. L owenthal, 41 , 42 , 174.
Brewer, 56. Martin, 2
Brien , 4 1 . Max Bingen, 60.
B. L . , 88. Max L ange, 151 .
C harlton , 1 10. M ‘Arthur, 14.
C hatto, 1 2 . M ‘L eod, 2 54.
C ochrane, 2 68, 2 69. Metger, 196 .
C oker, 38, 81 , 2 2 3 . M inchin , C 01. , 2 03.
C rake, 2 75. M inchin , J . J. , 1 1 , 30, 31 , 61 , 78, 80,C raske, 1 82 . 2 55.
C reag'
h ,Mrs, 84. Mitcheson , 1 10.
C rum , 39. Morel ,Drew, 88, 1 1 2 . Morphy, 246.
E arnshaw, 86. Murphy , 42 .
E hrlich , 59. array , 32 , 89, 157.
Fisher, B. W , 17, 18, 2 2 6. N apoleon , 246.
Fisher of Sydney, 2 29. N ash , 56, 89.
Fraser, Dr, 107, 157, 184. N eumann , 175.
Fraser, G . B. , 107, 157, 184, O swald, 81 .
Gilchrist. 13 1 . Paulsen , 63 , 196, 2 2 2 , 273 .
G iiring, 196 , 2 20. Perry, 279.
Gossip , 36, 132 , 183 , 257, 277. Pierce, 55, 134.
Gran t, 13 1 . Pierpoint , 2 01 , 2 24.
Green , 1 10. Plunkett, 106.
Greene, 136. Puller, 2 55.
Greenhill , 39. R anken , 17, 18, 40, 84. 85, 204 ,Greenwell, Master, 1 12 . 2 05 , 2 26, 2 27, 2 67, 274.
INDE X .
R eid, 1 10.
R eind, 2 30.
Rémusat, Mafiame de, 243.Rgcamora , 64.
R uben , The Brothers, 1 1 1 .
Sanders , 157, 267.
Schierstedt, V011, 151 .
Schm idt, 196.
Skipworth , 14, 38, 156, 158, 205, 275.
Sonnebom , 270.
Sfirensen , 1 1 1 .
Specimen Games, 172 , 173 , 267.S taunton , 2 68, 2 69Steinitz. 32 . 35. 152 . SE L E CT R E PR INTSS terling, 207.
S Mr, 59.
Thomld, 13 , 40, 85, 108, 200, 332 ,Tibbits, 13 .
Tracey, 104.
Vines , 35, 132 .
Warner, 153 .
Watkinson. 15.
Watson , Miss, 2 32 .
Wayte, 8, 9. 1 1 , 30. 3 1 , 60. 61 . 78, 80, 1 28,130, 153 , 200, 201 , 2 27, 248.
0911211111438.
A llgaier Gambit, 40, 157, 2 57. Knights’
Game. 63, 78, 80, 2 2 2 .
Bishop’
s do. 1 59. 201 , 204. O dds of 2 Kt, 59.
Bishop's O pen ing , 106, 153 , 2 55. do. 2 R , 1 1 2 .
C entre Gambit, 36 . do. P andMove, 42 .
C entre C ounter Gambit, 58. do. P andTwo Moves, 13, 232 , 279.
Dan ish Gambit, 64. PetroffDefence, 1 10.
E vans d0. . 1 8, 157, 174, 2 67, 268, 270. Philidor’
s Defence. 89. 182 , 245 .
do. R efused, 9, 1 1 , 108. Queen'
s Gambit R efused, 269.
Fianchetto, 132 . Ruy L opez , 30, 41 . 55. 56, 84, 102 , 104,Four Knights
’
Game, 85, 2 27, 273. 1 346
175, 179. 2 03 , 248, 2 50French O pening, 1 2 , 39, 176, 2 24, 2 26, 2 52 . Salvio ochrane Gambit, 2 30.
G iuoco Piano, 60, 86, 136. Scotch Gambit, 3 1 , 38, 61 , 81 , 107, 1 28.H arrwitz O pening, 1 1 2 . 151 , 154. 156, 1 84, 2 07, 2 2 3 , 277.
Irregular do. . 14, 82 , 158, 196, 205, Sicilian O pening, 8, 59 , 103 , 1 24, 1 2 6, 183.
243 , 245, 274, 275. S taunton do. . 32 , 13 1 , 152 .
erome Gambit, 172 , 173. Steinitz Gambit, 107, 1 1 1 .
ing's 17. Two Kn ights
'
Game, 15, 127, 130, 2 29.
do. do.. R efused, 88, 200, 254. Vienna O pening, 34, 35, 2 20.
01311283 antzl ligzncz.A nderssen j ubilee C ongres s, 66. 139, 185 , 2 10, 2 1 1 .
Australasian C hess, 141 , 162 , 185, 186, 2 12 , 2 35, 2 60.
Automaton C hess Player, 67, 161 , 185.
Blindfold Play, 43 , 1 1 , 161 , 164 , 2 1 2 , 283.
Bristol and C lifton C hess Association , 163 , 164. 260.
Bristol Young Men'
s C hess A ssociation C lub, 68, 92 , 189, 2 36.
British C hess Problem Association, 2 61 , 2 80, 2 81 .
Bury andWest Suffolk v . C helmford C lub Match, 164.
C amberwel l v . Greenwich d0. . 2 84.C ambridge University C lub, 45.C anadian C hess C ongress, 2 9, 260.
C hess Matches other than 0 C lubs :Blackbume and Zukertort, 92 , 1 17, 140, 176.
Bezkrowny and More], 66, 90.
Wemmers, 250.
White, 2 52 .
Winawer, 2 2 2 .
Wisker, 102 , 152 .
Woodmass, 1 34.
Wormald, 41 , 102 .
Wyvill, 103, 1 24. 1 26, 245.
W. P. , 15.
Yarran ton , 204, 2 23.
Zukertort, 9, 34, 58, 59, 176. 179, 196, 2 20,2 500 273 °
Lowenthal v. Brien andWormald, 41 .
L owen thal and Murphy, 42 .
Wormald andWisker, 102Anderssen andWyvill, 103 , 1 2 4.
1 2 6.
Max L ange and Schierstedt, 15 1 .
Wisker and Steinitz, 152 .
Anderssen and L owenthal, 174.
Anderssen and N eumann, 175.
Anders en andWyvill , 245.
Bird and Morphy, 2 46.
Staunton and C ochrane, 268, 2 69.
C hamier and Maczuski, 1 14.
E ast 11. West of Scotlan 2 1 ,
Thorold and Fisher, 26 1 .
Thorold and M iss Rudge, 20 ,
Wayte and M inchin , 2 1 , 45.
C orrespondence Toumeys, 2 2 , 162 , 284. 2 85.C ounties C hes s Association , 140, 1 65, 209. 2 10.
Dublin C hess C lub, 140.
Dudley v . Stourbridge Club Match, 164.
G lasgow C entral 0. Queen'
5 Park Club Match, 91Grimsby andDistrict C lub, 1 16 , 189, 2 36, 261 .H ackney v . C lapt011, etc. , C l11b Matches . 284.
H ull and District C lubs, 1 16,L incolnshire C hess Association, 43, 2 36, 281 .L iverpool C hess C lub, 44,L ondon C hess C lubs , 20 , 45. 1 17, 163. 188, 2 1 2 , 260, 2 83.
Manchester v . Mancheste1 A thene um Club Matches, 68, 1 16.N ewcastle and Gatest C lub, 9 1 , 283 .
O bituary of C hess Players , 20, 43, 285.
O xford and C ambridge Un iversi ty Match , 92 , 1 14.
O xford University C lub, 01d Present Members Match, 92 .
Paris International Tourney , 164, 2 59.
Post Card International Toumey with America . 2 35.
Problem Tourneys, 90, 1 39 , 161 , 188, 2 59, 284. 2 85.R otherham v . St Peter
'
3 , Sheffield, Club Matches, 1 15 , 1 16.
Shefiield A thenaeum v . S t Peter’s Club Match, 67.
Strathmore Club Matches, 43 ,West German C hess C ongress 162 , 2 33 , 285.
West Yorkshire C hess A ssociation , 140.
Worcester Club Tourney , 189 .
M iscellaneous , 2 0, 43 , 45 , 66. 67, 90, 91 , 92 , 1 14, 1 15, 1 17, 138, 139, 140,
164 , 185 , 188, 189 , 2 1 1 , 2 13 , 2 34, 2 35, 2 36, 259, 261 , 2 83 , 2 84, 2 85.
C 011e5p0ndence, 65 , 137.
Abbott, 2 88.
A nderssen , 2 16.
Barbier, 2 3 , 96, 167, 2 64.
Baxter, C . M 2 3 . 263 .
Blanchard, 24, 48, 95, 143 ,2 39. 263. 2 87
Boardman , 2 1 5.
C . W . , of Sunbury, 95, 1 19, 143,
C rake, 2 87.
Crum , 143. 168.
Dailly, 95 .
Drew. 48.
E nglish , 2 87,Fawcett, 71 .
Finlinson , 2 3 .
Furnival , 1 20.
Geyersstam , V011, 2 88.
Gilberg, 264 . Dubuque C hess j ournal, 2 15.
Greenwood, 24 , 47. The Square Root, 167.
H ealey. 2 15.
H ubert, 1 20. E ND GAME S.
H uggins, 191 . Pierce, W. T.. 1 20.
K idson. 1 20. Pierce C man, 192 .
Kling, 96. Skipworth v. alker, 168.
5 011115111118 of 81011111118.Pages 46, 70, 93, 94, 1 17, 1 18, 141 , 142 , 166, 190, 2 13, 2 14, 237, 2 38, 262 , 2 58, 286.
3 1011111118.L oyd 192 . 287M ‘
Arthur, 24, 72 , 1 19, 143, 191 , 2 39.
M ‘K im, 2 15Mehrtens , 96.
1
191 , 2 16, Meyer, 72 , 144, 192 , 264.
N 01th, 2 16.Pavitt, 47.
168, 2 16 392 15011 , 48, 167
96area. 24. 47. n gPierce, {V. T. . 2 3 , 71 , 95, 167, 2 64, 2 88.
R anken , 4848, 192 .
Schrfifer, 2 40.
Scott, 240.
Shinkman , 191 , 239, 263 .
Slate1 , 71 , 1 19.Taylor, 71 .
Townsend, 72 , 168, 239.
“GEM 0111155 131111311
55 fihronicle.
l s t J A N UA RY, 1877.
TH E S C O TC H G A M B IT
TH E lively form of attack, in the Scotch Gambit, which springs
from the retreat of the King’
s Knight to B ishop’
s third,111 reply
to the powerful move (41 Q to K R 5) introduced many years ago
by the late MrWellington Pulling, has, up till now,received so
little attention theoretically, even in the most recently publishedtreatises on the game, that the following analysis of its principal
features will not, perhaps, be looked upon as an undesirable contribution to the further elucidation and theory of this opening. So
far as my investigations have yet gone, I find much more vitalityin all its ramifications than I anticipated, or t hem one or two
leading authorities,upon its first introduction , seemed disposed to
concede. I am hopeful, therefore, that the results of the presentanalysis may justify me in now claiming for it greater consideration at the hands of both theorist and practitioner than it hashitherto enjoyed, convinced that it affords an additional mode ofsafe and rapid development to the many others at command of thefirst player in this interesting de
’
but.
I may be allowed to remark that, as many other variationswhich remain unnoticedwill in all probability occur to the studentin playing over the subjoined analysis, it must not too readily beassumed that they have altogether escaped observation. I t is
quite possible, notwithstanding the careful and patient attentionbestowed upon it, that some line of play has been overlooked whichwould considerably strengthen the attack, or it may be the defence.
I am disposed, however, in this case, to believe that the ul timateresul ts of my investigations Will not bematerially affected.
G. B. FRASE R .
DUNDE E , 2dFebruary, 1876.
£0 The Chess Player
’
s Chronicle.
THE FRASER ATTACK IN 1 1111 80011011 GAMBIT.
(1111111 1.
White. Black.
1 P to K 4s 1 P to K 4
2 K Kt toB3 2 QKt toB33 P to Q 4e 3 P takes P
4 Kt takes P 4 Q to K R 5
5 Kt to KBSThis is the reply, invented in 1870, and constituting the Fraser
Attack, which, after examination, I considered might be adoptedwith some show of. success against the sortie of the adverse
5 Q takes K P ch
6 Bto K 2
White may also with equal effect play 6 Q B to K 3, for examination of which see Game I I .
6 Kt to Q Kt 5Besides this far from satisfactory defence, which is briefly noticedin Wormald
’
s Chess Openings (2d edition, p. the only otherfeasible replies at the disposal ofBlack appear to be
I . P to Q 3I I . Kt to K B 3 followed by 7 Bto K 2
I I I . Bto QB41 by 7 K Kt to K 2
IV. Q to K 2 by her immediate retreat home.V. Bto Q Kt 5 giving check.
And to these in rotation I shall limit the present investigations.7 Kt to Q R 3
I t would be somewhat imprudent to sacrifice another Pawn byC astling at this juncture, although the attack thus obtained is morethan ordinarily inviting, and without great nicety on the part ofthe defence, will—as illustrated by the subjoined fragment fromactual play—lead to the speedy discomfiture of the second
player,
7 C astles 7 Q takes Q B P8 Q to K sq 8 Q to K 5
[The best resource here for Black appears to be 8 K to Q sq, I f,instead
,the B
be moved to K 2,White gets a fine game by 9 Kt to Q R 3 , followed by 10Kt to Q Kt
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle. 3
9 Kt to Q B 3 9 Q to K 2
10Ktt to Q4 10 K toq[Had Black played 10O P ttoQ 3, the answer would have been 11 P to Q R 3and 12 Kt toQ
1l $1 P to Q R 11 Kt to QB312 t toK K to QKt 5 12 K Kt toB313 BwKB4 13 P w0314 Kt takes Q P
[A stronger move apparently would he 14 Q R to Q sq.]14 P takes Kt
15 Btakes P 15 Q to K 3
16 Bto K Kt 3 16 Bto Q 217 Kt to QKt 5 17 R toQBs
18 Kt takes R P 18 Kt takes Ktl 9 Q to Q R 5 ch 19 P to QKt 320Q takes Kt and Black’s difficulties are not easily sur
mountable.
7Bm03 4 0)8 C astles 8 K Kt to K 2 (B)9 11 10q 9 Q to K Kt 3
mstead, Black hadgone with Q to Q 4, then followed10 B to Q 2 10 C astlesl l BM QB4 l l QB3
[There is nothing better left.]12 P to QB3 12 QKt to Q 413 P to QKt 4 13 3 1001103 02 1)14 Bto K Kt 5 14 Kt takes QBP15 Q to Q 3 15 11 11t 416 Q R to QBsqandwins.]
l O P to QB3 10 111 10013 311 P to QKt 4: 11 13 100110312 B to Q 3
position ofBlack appears beyond retrieval ; for if12 P to K B 41
13 P to QKt 5 13 Kt to q141 Kt to K 5 14 Q to K B315 000 11 11 5 011 15 P to K Kt 3
16 Bto K Kt 5 16 P takc17 B takes Q 17 R to K Kt sq18 B takes Kt or Kt takes Q P andWhitemust
7 Kt to KB3S Bto K 2
4 The Chase Player’
s Chronicle.
[White might with equal advantage play 9 R to K sqhere, the probable continuation then being :
9 0m0410 Bto Q 2 10 Kt to QB31'1 Bto QB4 11 Q to K R 4
12 Kt to QKt 5 12 K to q13 Kt to K Kt 5, with a winning attack ]
9 Kt to QB310 Kt to Q Kt 5 10 C astles
There does not appear to be anything better at Black’
s disposal
10 K 100 sqwould evidently be answered by 11 Kt to K Kt 5
with a.won game.
11 Kt takes QBP 11 R to QKt sq12 Bto Q 3 12 Q to K Kt 5
13 P to K R 3 13 Q to K R 4
141 Bto KB41 M P to QKt ‘i
15 Kt to K 5 15 Kt takes Kt16 Q takes Q 16 Kt takes Q17Btakes Kt 17 P to Q 3
18 Bto K R 2 18 Bto K 319 B takes Q Kt P andWhitewill win.
8 Kt to K B39 P to QB3 9 Kt to QB310 P to QKt 41
'10Bto QKt 3I f the Bishop retire toK 2, the position is analogous toone alreadyexsmined.
11 Bto Q 3 11 Q to K Kt 5
This is better than 11 Q1004, which loses a Piece in a few moves.
12 P to K R 3 12 Q to K R 41
If played- to K Kt 6 instead,Whitewins at once by 13Kt to Q B 4.
13 R toq ch 13 K to q14 P to QKt 5 winning a clear Piece.
The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle. 5
VARIATION I .
C ommencing at Black’s 6th move.
BLACK.
WH ITE.
6 P to Q 3
7 CastlesPreferable to 7 Q Kt toB3, which 19 of less effect m this parti
cular variation than m others.7 Q toK 2
S Bto QKt 5 8 QBto K 3
This line of defence was adopted in 1871 by Mr Rosenthal in a
consultation party against the E dinburgh C hess C lub, but thoughattended with success on the occasion, it cannot be recommendedas
9 Kt to Q41 9 Q to Q 210 R toq 10 K Kt to K 2
l l Q to K 2
[Here the Edinburgh C lub£1 3 ]layedB toK Kt 5, and lost all their advantage
by the rejoinder—l l P to Q11 Castles
I f themovejust mentioned (11 15 10QR 3) be nowadapted instead
G The Chess Player’s Chronicle.
of that in the text, the position, in a fewmoves, becomes still moredisadvantageous for Black.
12 Bto K Kt 5
Whitenow threatens to capture Q Kt and win at least the
exchange, which will be found manifestly better than taking off
theKnight at once, e.g.
12 Btakes Kt 12 Kt takesB13 Kt takes B 13 P takes Kt14 010101 P 14 takes 015 R takes Q 15 t to Q 5, gaining a clear
Book
12 K to Kt sqThe only way to obviate themeditated capture.
13 B takes K Kt 13 B takesB14 B takes Q Kt 141 P takes B15 Q to Q R 6 15 Bto Q 416 Kt to QB3 16 Bto KB317 Kt takes B 17 B takes Kt18 Kt to QKt 4 18 Bto QKt 319 E to K 7 19 Q to QBsq20 Kt takes P ch 20 K toq21 0m03 21 Q Rm22 Q to K 4, with an unquestiohable superiority.
[For the leading features of this Variation I am indebted to the courtesyof Mr Rosenthal, who has kind] furnished it from the lengthy analysis of
this debut in his forthcomingwor on the Chess O penings.”
VARIATION I I .
C ommencing as before, at Black’s 6th move.
[SeeDiagramJ
6 Kt toKB37 C astles 7 Bto K 28 Kt to QB3 8 Q to KB4s
The Queen may also be posted at K 3 or Q Kt 5, withoutaltering results.
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle. 7
9 Kt to QKt 5 9 K to q10 Kt to K Kt 5 10 R to KBsq11 3 1003 11 010K K1 512 P to KB3 12 Bto QB4 ch
13 K toq 13 Q to K R 5
14 P to K Kt 3 14 Q to K R 415 Bto KB4 15 3 100316 P to K Kt 4 16 Q to K R 517 Bto QB4 17 P to Q R 3
18 Kt to QB3 18 Bto Q 2
[Black has apparently little else at his disposal.]19 Kt takesBP ch 19 K to QBsq20 Bto K Kt 5 20 Q to K R G21 Kt to K 2
, and Black must lose.
VARIATION I II .
Commencing as in preceding, at 6th move of Black.
6 B to Q B 4
7 C astles 7 K Kt to K 2
This was recommended as a simple and satisfactory defence, by theC hess Quarterly
”in commenting on a Gamewhich appeared in
one of the N 09. for 1874.
8 111 1003 3 8 010 11 111 3
9 R toq 9 P to Q 3 _ (A)10 Kt to Q 5 10 K to q11 Bto Q 3 11 Q to K R 4
12 Kt to KB4 12 Q to K Kt 5
13 P to KB3 13 Q to Q 2
14 Kt to K Kt 5, and White has an undoubtedsuperiority.
9 Castles10 BtoQ 3 10 P to KB4 (a)11 Kt to K 2 11 P to Q 3
12 Kt toKB4 12 01aq
It is equally disastrous to post the Q at K B
The Chase Player’
s Chronicle.
13 Bto QB4 ch 13 K toq14 Kt to Q 5, andBlack’s position is indicative of a
speedy collapse.
l O QwK R 4
11 R to K 4 l l P to KB412 BtoQB4 ch 12 K toq13 R to K R 4 13 Q to K Kt 3
AndWhite has a decided superiority.
To be continued) .
GAME 1.
at C ounties’ C hess Association, C heltenham,1876.
WH ITE (ProfessorWayte) .1 P to K 4
2 Kt to K B 3
3 Kt to Q B 3 (a)4 P to Q 4Kt takes P
2 1 P to Q R22 Kt to Q 523 Btakes P24 Bto Q Kt 525 Btakes Kt
AndBlack resigns.
Mm
A
N
1
11
W!
d
2
h
m4
3
H
5
3
“
3
W3
M
4
M3
5
w
MB3
BP
B3
4
&R
K
3
M2
QR
K
MK
K
WK
K
2
@
(QK
Qa
QQK
QQmK
0
K
mK
K
Qm
QQQm
mmmmmmmmmmmmn
ma
mm1
m1
1
mmmu
u
P
P
K
P
BP
P
BP
BBK
QQP
P
K
P
K
K
P
QQC
3
1
2
3
4
0
0
7
s
g
mummuwmummmmmwm
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle. 9
Notcs by Professor Wayte.
(a) Preferable to pla ing P to Q 4 at once.
(b) A lost move, as s ortly a pears. The correct move is eitherB to Q Kt 5or (which comes to the same t ing) Kt toK B 3, followed by 6 B to Q Kt 5 .
Black may also play 5 P to Q R 3 .
(c) The correct move to compel the advance of the K P, after which Black’sQ P is weak . The move was played by Morphy against Anderssen , with justthis difference in the positions, that White
’
s Q Kt 11nd Black’s K B were both
unmoved. See L6wenthal’s Morphy, p. 37.
(d) 10. P takes Kt wouldhave been st ill more favourable forWhite,10 P takes Kt
11 P takesB 1 1 R takes R
12 Q takes R 12 Kt takes P13 Btakes P ch 13 Bto Q 214 Q to R 4, with an excellent game.
(e) C ompelled to permit the exchange of one or the other of his Bishops,White elects to preserve the Q B as the more serviceable in the present
position, looking to the attack on Black’s Q P in the end ga me.
(f ) Black should have captured the K B at once with his Kt. After this
move the defence is no longer tenable, though the collapse on Black’s part ismore rapid than it need have been.
(9) A miscalculation, counting on protecting both Pawns by Q to Q Kt 2.
(h) Losing the Queen! H is best move, if he desired to prolong the game,was R to Q Kt sq, and on Kt taking P,
R takes B, giving up the exchange.
But sudden extinction is preferable to,”&c.
Kt to R 4 looks still better.
f P to Q R 3 would now win the Q P, we think.
GAME 2.
Played at St George’s C hess C lub, O ctober, 1876.
(E vans’
Gambit Refused) .WH ITE (D1‘ Zukertort) . BLACK (ProfessorWayte).1 P to K 4 l P to K 4
2 Kt to K B3 2 Kt to QB33 Bto QB4 3 Bto QB44 P to Q Kt 4 4 Bto Q Kt 35 P to QKt 5 5 Kt to Q R 46 Kt takes P 6 Kt to K R 3
7 P mQ4 7 P m038 B takes Kt 8 P takes Kt
9 Btakes K Kt P 9 K R to Kt sq(a)10Btakes KB'
P ch 10 K takes Bl l Btakes K P l l Bto K Kt 5 (b)12 Q to Q 3 (c) l 2 Q to K Kt 413 Kt to Q 2 13 Q R to q14 P to K R 4 14 Q to K 2
l 5 P to K B4 15 K toq16 P to QB4 16 P to QB317 P to Q R 4 l 7Btakes Q P (d)18 Btakes B 18 P t0QB4
10 The Chess Player'
s Chronicle.
Q to Q B 3Q takes KtKt takes R
K to Q 2K to B3K R toq ch
R takes Bch
R to QBsq(e)K to Kt 2
R to QB3K to Kt 3 (f )
And Black mates three moves.
N otes by Professor Wagle.
(a) The H andbuch and Dr Zukertort prefer Q takes Q P,leading to an
exchange of Queens and R ooks, and pronounce the game even . The play inthe text was chosen in order to test Paulsen
’
s variation on the eleventh move.
(b) The H andbuch gives 11 Q to K Kt 4, and 11 R to K Kt 3 , and
(somewhat inconsistently with its previous remark) conducts both to the
adyantage of Black. The only printed game in which we have seen
11 B to K Kt 5 , appeared in the C hess P layer’s C hronicle, Vol. I . p. 40.
(c) Paulsen’s opponent here played P to K B 3 . Dr Zukertort thinks that
White’s policy is gradually to advance the Pawns, and that he ought to win .
I n practice, however, we believe that , owing to the exposed situation ofWhite’
s
King, many opportunities are likely to occur (as in the present game) forbreaking them up.
(d) Black foresees the loss of a Piece, but trusts to the curiously paralyzedsituation ofWhite’
s imprisoned Queen, after capturing the ‘Kt.
(e) R to Q sqwas greatly preferable, and would have ensured a drawn
game,*c.g
R t o q 26 Q to K 6 cl1 (best) AK toB2 (best) B 27 R to Kt 7 ch
R to Q 2 28 Q to K 5 ch
K to Kt 2 (best) 29 01005 0hK toB2 30 Q takes QBP ch
And draws by perpetual check.
(A ) 26 R to Kt h
K to Kt 2 27 R to Kt 7ch
K to R sq, andWhite ought perhaps to win .
(3 ) 27 R to Q 3 (loses) 27 Q to K 8 ch
28 R to Q 2 28 Q to QB8 ch
29 K to Q 3 29 R to Kt 6 ch, and wins
(f ) If 29 K to R 3 , Black wins either by 29 P to Q Kt 3 or 29 Q to Q 7,
This game is given as an illustration of the opening, and not as a Specimen of
Dr Zukertort’s play.E ven in this case it seems to us that by playing 26 P to Q Kt 3, Black
must win.
R takes BR takes K P ch
Q takes Kt ch
Q takes K Kt PBto K B4E to K 5
Q takes R
R to K Kt h
Q to Q 5 ch
R to Kt Tch
2 The C hess Player’
s Chronicle.
Gu m 4.
Played between two members of the Junior CambridgeUniversity‘
C hess C lub.
(FrenchWarm (J. T. C . C ., Trinity).1 P to K 42 P to Q 43 P takes
17 Q to Q 318 Kt to R 4
19 K takesB20Btakes P2 1 Kt to Kt 2
22 K to Kt sq3 R toq24 BtoB3Btakes RK toB2Q takes Kt
2 8 Kt takes Q29 P to Q 530 R takes P
31 Btal1es RKt to R 3
33 Kt to B434 K to Kt sq35 Kt to Kt G36 Kt to B837 Kt to Q 638 P toB4- (lc)39 Kt takes P
40 P takes B41 P to Kt 6
P to Kt 7
43 P to Kt 4
S
MLO
IQ
“G
O!
BLACK (W. H . G., St John’
s).1 P to
8
3 N w'fi
0°
8
3
3
3 a
wo
c
oc
-q
ca
ca
rh
eo
w
O
“U
N
’U
IO
WFU
O
US
N
'U
W
p—lp—l "
1+
18 Btakes P (g)19 P takes l’
20 P to K Kt 4"l Q toB2Kt to Kt 6 (h)R to K 5
33 Kt to Kt 5
34 P to B 4
35 B to K sq36 B to Q 237 P to Kt 438 Kt to B 3
39 B takes Kt
40 Kt takes P
41 Kt to Kt 5 (l)42 Kt to B 3
Resigns.
The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle. 13
(a) This move is premature, and ought to involve some loss.
(b) The following seems the best way to take advantage ofWh1te’
s error:
8 Kt to QB3H 9 P wKB4 m BmK B4 9 0m0m 3 3 1
(0) N ot well played; Kt to Kt 5 wouldhave been, we believe, a far strongermove, e.g
10 Kt to Kt 5
11 Kt takes Kt (01° 11 B takes Kt
12 Q takesB 12 R takesBwith the best game.
11 3 1002 11 Btakes Kt12 BP takesB 12 010 111 3
with a manifest superiority.
(d) We much prefer Kt to K 5 .
(e) Q to B 2 looks like winning an important Pawn here, besides beingmore attacking.
(f Q to K 2 would have given White more trouble.
(g) A useless sacrifice; he should have played Q to K 2 or Q B 2.
(h) Q to Kt 6 seems more to the purpose.
(1) A good combination if Black were not a Piece to the bad, but as he isso, it does not pay.
(11) I t would be more expeditious, perhaps, to make use of the long inactiveKt .
(1) Taking the P at once would only have prolonged the game a little.
GA ME 5.
The following Game was played at C lifton, N ov . 18, 1876, in a
handica
ii; tournament now in progress at the C lifton C hess C lub,
8for a. ver cup presented for competition by the R ev. J Greene,President.
(RemoveWhite’
s
Mr Tibbits) .E
gp
wwwwwwwwg
3;
3
c
E
8
a
www~
o
cs
oo
~1
cs
on
p
ww
H
ewweoeo
w
8
8
8
8
8
8
KBR )WH ITE (Mr Thorold).1 P to Q B 4 (a)2 P to Q 33 Kt to KB34 P to K 4
5
5
8
5
3
3
3
mm?
w
19
(O
'U
t'd
8
8
8
©1010
mons
14 The C hess Playwk Chronicle.
N otes.
(a) A risky defence of the P and two opening, which can only be venturedwith a very inferior opponent.(b) Too tame; the obvious move is the best, viz., to check at R 5
,and take
the rotfered pawn.
(c The feebleness of this attack soon enables the adversary to make himselftolembly comfortable.
(d) Worse andworse; the Kt should have been dislodged from K to B 5at all risks.
(6) This Bishop seems to be playing a game of hideandseek, without beingable to find anything.
(f ) MrThoroldplays the ending with his characteristicdash and spirit.
GAME 6.
A Game just finished in Mr Archdall’
s correspondence tourney.
( Iwegular
WH ITE (Mr Skipworth).1 P to QB42 P to K 3
3 Kt to K B34 P mQ R 35 Kt to QB36 P to 4
7 P takes P
8 Bto Q 39
10 Kt takes Kt
11 P to K 4
12 P to Q 5 (c)13 P takes P
14 R toq ch (e)15 BtoK Kt 5
16 Bto KB4
Q to K 3
Kt takes K Kt P (fB takes Kt chQ to Kt 5 ch
Q‘ takes Kt chR to B 5
Q takes R PKt takes PQ to Kt 6 ch andwins.
Opening) .
BLACK (Sergt. -Maj . M‘Arthnr).
1 P to K 3
The. Chess Player’
s Chronicle. 15
18 B takes K Kt P eh 18 P takes B19 Kt takes P 19 R to K R 2
20 Kt takes B 20R takes Kt21 Q to K R 5 ch
And Black resigned
N otes by Mr Skipworth.
(a) Such a. precautionary move is not necessary in this position.
(5) Black is too busy on the Queen ’
s side; he should rather have given his
attent ion to developing first on the King’s side.
(0) White now gives‘xp
a Pawn for what proves to be a successful attack.
(11) I f 13 , B to K 2 , hits would probably have played P to Q 6.
(3) White m ight at once have regained the Pawn by playing 14, Q -to K 2
eh, or 15 , B takes Q R P ,but the mode of play adopted was preferable.
(f ) Black’
s position is now most diflicult to defend. I f he castles, W'
hite
gl
im at once 16, B takes K R P ch, taking, next move, his opponent
’s Q B.
d as the move appears, perhaps Kt to K B sqwould have afforded the bestchance of defence.
(9) Immediately fatal. K to B sqwas probably best, but any way Blackhad a most uncomfortable game.
(h) For if 22 K to B sq(best)23 Bto K R G ch if 23 11 10 11 11 1 2
24 R to K 8 ch winn ing the Queen in two or three moves.
GAME 7.
By correspondence between J Watkinson, E sq., andW. P.
P.)1 P to K 4
m05Kt takes Kt eh
1 B to K 3
11 P takes B12 Q to Q B sq13 P takes P14 B to Q Kt 315 B takes Q P (c)16 K to B 2 (d)17 B to QKt 318 K to K sq(e)19 Q to Q 2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
Game) .
BLACK (J Watkinson).1 P to K 4
2 Kt to Q B 33 Kt to K B 3B to Q B 4P to Q 3Kt to K 2
Kt to Kt 3
P to QBP takes Kt
1 B takes B1 Q to Q Kt 312 P to Q 413 P takes P14 Kt to K R 5 (b)15 Kt takes Kt P eh
16 Kt to K B 517 Kt takes R P ch18 Q to Kt 5 ch
19 Q to K Kt 5
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
16 The Chase Player’s Chronicle.
8
8
310
13
N
N
M
S0a
nd.d
sq
s
s
s
s
e
g
s
s
s
s
s
OQ
NQNOO
N
R’J
“91:1
m3
3
a
W(b a
:
mo
8 m 3
cf0
wwmwwmwc
mwo
me
wwwwmp
0
Q
7!
$
03
10
3
3
2
3
101001
515
NJ
Kt takesBBto Q Kt 3P takes P
Btakes RK to K 3
R to R 2
K to K 2
R to K Kt 2 ch
R to K R 2
(a) Wemuch preferKt to K 2 here, orBto K Kt 5.(b) This move was unsound; Bto K 3 seems the correct play.
(0) White should have taken the Kt, movedK to K 2 on being checkedbythe Q, and then taken Q P.
(11) Another error; K to K 2 would have given Black some trouble to
extricate his Kt.
(c) The wrong square once more givingBlack the opportunity of bringingin his Queen.
(f ) A needless sacrifice ; he should have played Q R to K B sq, and
followed it by B to Q 5 and Q to R 2.
(g) Ingen iously conceived; but Black might, we believe, have safely takenthe Kt with P, nevertheless.
(11) We see no reason why theK P was left unguarded, or whyWhite didnot take it.
Not good style; we should have played on the P to R 5,forWhite
could not take it without losing a Piece.
(11) This looks l ike a slip; but having two extra Pawns, he can afford to
make it.
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
GAME 8.
The two following Games were played at Malvern last February.
Wm (B. W. Fisher).1 P to K 4
P to KB4
o R 3
16 Kt to K 5
17 R takesB18 Kt to K ssq19 Btakes R20Kt to Q 3 (e)21 Q to 2
39 K to R 4
40 P takes P41 Btakes P (m)
Q to K Kt 3B takes Kt d)Bto B 4Kt to K 3
R takes B
£
8
8
8
8
8
°
cc
111.
mwwwmwwmwwwwmm
8 05
8
18 The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
42 P to Q 643 R to q44 K to Kt 3 (n)
And Black wins.
(a) It wouldhave been more prudent to play P to Q R 3 .
(b) Much inferior to B to K 3 .
(c) B to Kt 3 appears to be the correct move here also ; Black must nowlose the exchange or a Pawn.
(d) Q to Kt 4, with the object of moving her afterwards to R 5, was betterthan taking the Kt .
(e) H e ought rather tohaveElayed B to Q 3 perhaps.
(f Sacrificing the Kt at 6 was clearly unsound, and the answer to
P toB6 wou1d be Kt toB4.
(9) There does not seem any immediateobjection to retiring the Q to K sq.
(h) I t wouldbe better to bring up the K.
(12) Well played; this goes far to remedy the oversight at the last move.
(11) An error; he should at once have advanced the Q B P.
P(l)R
Mrcl
listronger than K to Kt 4
,whichWhite wouldhave replied to by
to c
(m) The roper play was K to Kt 3 , which would,we think, save the game.Too te now; B to Kt 4 Would also be of no avail , on account of the(n )
reply B toKt 7.
2 Kt to KB3
8
8
.0
011
mv?
cr
111.
10
10
00
0
10
10
00
3
3
3
3
13
10
56
8
115
Pu
sh
es
c»
O
CDm'Q
Q
UR
rP
OQ
t takes Kt
11 B takes P ch (b)12 Q to Kt 3 ch13 Q takes KB14 Q to K 3
15 Kt to Kt 5 ch
16 P toB417 QR to q18 Q to K B3 (c)19 Qtakes P ch
N
Gambit) .
(3 . W. Fisher).1 P to K 4
2 Kt to QB3
N
bd
bd
8 EU
.p.
to Q 3Kt takes P (11)Kt takes Ptakes Kt
1
-1
1—11—41-1
1-1
umO
H
o
woo
qcz
ct
ws
wwwwmwwww
S 5 11d
18 Kt takes P19 Q takes Q
20 The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
C H E SS INTE L L IGE N C E .
SE C RETAR IE S on Ow ns ANDom ens are invi ted to assist as in nukingour record of themonth
’s demys as complete as possible.
THE LO NDO N C LUBS.—St. George’s.—This C lub has Opened its winter
seasonwith unusual activity , under the energeticmanagement ofMrMinchin,the new hon. secretary. During the summer mention the C lub rooms wererepainted and redecorated by the proprietors. The last Handicap of the
summer season, started in June after an earlier one had been won byDrBallard, was not brought to a close until O ctober, the delay having beenowing to a small number of unplayed games by members who had left town.
The Handicap was won easily by MrMarett, who on this occasion received,for the first t1u1e, the odds of pawn andmove from theFirst C lass ; Dr Ballardtaking the second prize. After this
,it is needless to say, Mr Marett resumes
his position as a First C lass player. An even tournament has now been
started, as a change from theBandica and n ine pla ers have entered thel ists : Messrs Ball, Ballard, Lindsay, hfirett, M inchin, uller, Salter,Warner,
andWayte. Sufficient progress has not yet been made to warrant as in
hazarding a prophecy as to the probable result. Messrs Puller, Salter, and
Warner have lately come to the front as First C lass players : it is not long sincethey received the odds of pawn and move from Messrs Minchin, Wayte, and
others.—The Match between the St. George
’s andWest E nd C hess C lubs came
off on the 2d of December, and the decisive v ictory of the former C lubwasduly chronicledby the weekly C hess organs. N0 complete list of the games
played has, however, yet appeared. They were as follows :St George8. West E nd.Ball, 1 1 Blunt, 00Ballard
,1 1 Mocatta, O 0
Foster,1 0 Mundell
,01
Marett, dr 1 Martin , dr0
M inchin, 00 H ofl'
er, 1 1
Puller, 1
Salter, 1 1 E ccles, 00
Warner, 1 dr Schomberg, 0dr
Wayte, dr Potter, dr 3
West E nd.—The second round of theWinter H andicap ended in favour of
the following playersz—Dr Ballard, Messrs Blunt, E hrlich, Giimpel, H eath,
Levy, and Ryan . Major Martin andMrMeyer have still one game to play :nding this, the irs for the third round has been drawn as follows :
lard e. Levy ; lunt 17. Ryan ; Gumpel H eath; Martin orMeyer 12.E hrlich.
MATC H BETWE EN E . TH OROLD, E sq. AND Mrss RUDGE .—A. friendly
match has just been concluded between E . Thorold, E sq. andMiss R udge, theformer giving Q Kt. Score—Miss Rudge 7, MrThorold 3
,and 2 drawn. A
ratum match at the same odds is now in progress, and each player has won
one game.
DE ATH 01‘ M11 WonMALD.
—We much regret to have to announce the
death, on December 4th, of MrWormald, the C hess E ditor of the I llustrated
L ondon N ews,who, since the decease of Mr Staunton, has conducted the
C hess column of that paper. The event seems to have been not unexpected,
yet at the last somewhat sudden, for only a fewweeks ago be inserted a notice
The Ohess Player's Chronicle. 21
of the re appearanceof thisMagazine, andon Saturday, December 2d, repeatedit in reply to a C ortes ndent. Mr Wormald began his C hess career as a
Member of the O xford niversity C lub, and subsequently,we believe
,on his
removal to London, took part in the C ongress of 1862. A lthough he hassince engaged in no matches of importance, he was well known in C hesscircles as a strong player, but more especially obtained a reputation by his
books on the openings, which he brought out both in his own name and in
conjunction with that of the late Mr Staunton. H e was also a brilliant and
original problem composer, an accomplishment very seldom possessed by
players of any considerable strength in the game and knowledge of the
A MATC H is being played at the West E nd C lub between MessrsWayte
andMinchin, the victory to be adjudged to the winner of eleven games. At
the date of our publication the score stands, Wayto 5, Minchin 4, drawn 1.C anes MA TC H—E A ST O F SC OTLAND against Wns'r or SC OTLAND.
—Thismatch, played in the Balmoral H otel, Edinburgh, on Saturday, 2dDecember,had promised to be interesting, from the imposing array of forty- eight playersentered on either side
,but of whom only twenty actually competed. It is
only fair to explain that the match having been played on the two previous
occasions for the most part in Edinburgh—and its recurrence having been in
abeyance for about four years, because the Western players failed to inducethe E astern players to contend in turn in Glasgow,
or‘
part] in Glasgow
they only agreed to play a third time in Edinburgh, and so far 0 handicapped,beeause admittedly stronger at resent. TheWestern players never, however,consented to bring more than t irty players into the field, althou h willing todo all in their power to bring more, if successful in overcoming t e objectionsof many and strong players to fight a third time in E dinburgh. But whenfurther handicapped by the stponement of thematch for a month, eeable
to the convenience of the Efinburgh C lub, it became difficult for the est to
muster even twenty players, and some of these coming as mere witnesses,were, for sake of appearance, pressed into the match, and very kindlyundertook to do their best in the emergency. Still anxious to keeptryst and avoid disappointment, the West offered with theirfew to playthe many, by duplicate, provided the E ast should be satisfied with the
pairing. This prOposal being declined, they then telegraphed that twelve of
theWestern players, who could not or would not go to E dinburgh, would be
waiting to contend with as many E astern players in Glasgow,it being as near
for Dundee players to come to Glasgow as E dinburgh. In consequence,M essrs. E ekhout, H unter, Fairlie, Livingstone, W. Murray, W. F. Murray,M otfat, Steegman, Tait, and others, waited in Glasgow for coming opponents,but in vain ; whilst on the E astern side
, Sherifi Robertson, Messrs. Baxter,MacDonald, Stratbern, and others were, in Edinburgh, unwilling and mere
spectators of the match in which, otherwise, they hopedto havesustainedapart.Thus the match cannot be considered as fairly represent ing, far less testing,the strength of either side, where so many and strong players were left out, butresolved itself into a very pleasant C hess gathering. The Edinburgh
C lub, with accustomcd courtesy, entertained their visitors with liberal
hospitality. O u the last occasion, when thirty-fiveplayers contended on either
side, the East was victorious by a single game ; and on the present occasion,won by a majority of four games. The attendance was influential and large,the interest manifested considcrable, and some of the games displayed fine
positions and combinations. Play commenced at eleven o’clock andfinished
at seven, with a. score of 27in favour of the E ast, against 23 for theWest
8 games being drawn and 2 unplayed- the details of which we append, the
as terisks denoting draws
22 The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
E ASTor 800133 1 1111. West or
Balfour, J L even Berwick, A .
Baxter, J .D. , Dundee
Bremner, J F . ,C upar
C appie, Dr, EdinburghDavidson, Dr J BlairgowrieDavis, Rev. F .W., Do.
Gloag, J A . Lake, E din hGreenhill, J ., D
i
diug
Kronheim , J M . , Do.
L atta, D. M . , Do.
M ‘A rthur, Rev . G Do.
Macfie, J Do. 2
Matthew, C ., Do. 0
Meikle 0. Do. 2
Mellie, J Do. 2
N immo, J Do. 0“ C ourt, JOmond, Dr, Do. Tennant , ARussell, A C upar 2 Gilchrist, J
—27 —23C O RR E SPO NDE N C E Townsen—The Rev. T. H . Archdall has organized, and
is managing 11 C orrespondence Tourney. Seventeen players have entered,paying £1 l s. 0d. each. Each player plays one game with each other player(four games being carried on at the same time) , and the players who makethe highest total scores win the first, second, and third prizes ,
of the respectivevalues of £10
, £4, and £3. A ll credit is due to Mr Archdall for his zeal inthis organization, and for his courage in undertaking to be sole conductor andreferee. O ur only regret is that more
,well -known names of first- class
amateurs do not appear on the list of competitors. The task of playing foursimultaneous C orrespondence games is no easy one, and here may be thecause why many have not come forward. C hess
,of course
, only occupies our
leisure hours, and few can have sufficient leisure for thoroughly analysing thenew positions in four games which are constantly presenting themselves. We
shall not, therefore, be surprised to find that the standard of play is oftenbelow par. O n the other hand, this state of things may bridge over iaequalities among the players, as C orrespondence play usually tends to do, andso increase the interest of the competition. We give one of the games justconcluded, on another page of this magazine.
N OTIC E TO C O RRE SPO N DE NTS.
J .W.,Huddersfield; A . B. S.
,Tetford; E . T.
,Bath; J J Glasgow ; Prof.
Wayte; Messrs W. J Pierce ; F. R . D.
,Malvern ; and many others, are
thanked for their welcome contributions and goodwishes.
G. B. F.,Dundee. We return you our best acknowledgments for your
valuable article, andshall eagerly await the second instalment .
T.B. L ., R aleigh, N C arolina. We take the first opportunity of thankingyou for the budget of games sent some months ago. We played them over
with much interest, but fear they are hardly up to our standard for publication . We should like to see, by
-and-bye, some other specimens of C hess inthe Southern States.Problems received with thanks from C . M . Baxter, Sergeant-Major
M‘Arthur, W. Greenwood, T. H . Finlinson, H . Blanchard, G. E . Barbier,
W. C oates, W. T. Pierce, Rev. F. R . Drew, W. S. Pavitt, J Pierce, Rev.
A . 0. Pearson.
We shall be glad to acknowledge any solutions to problems which we mayreceivebefore the 20th of each month.
The Chess Playerfs Chronicle. 23
P R O BL E M S .
Under the supervision of J01111 03 1111, 16 Both'well Street, Glasgow, to whom all
Communications connectedwithProblems, Solutions, should beaddressed.
No. 1.—ByW. TIMBRELL PIE RCE . No. 2 .
—By J H . Fm tmson.
BLACK. BLACK.
WHITE . W111“.
White to play andmate in twomoves. White to play andmate in twomoves.
N o. 3 .—By C . M. Baxrsn. N o. 4.
—By G . E . BARBIEB.
BLACK.
WH ITE .WHITE .
White to play andmate in threemoves. White to play andmate in threemoves.
24 The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
N o. 5.-By Sergt .-Major M
‘Aam n.
BLACK.
WHITE . WH ITE .
White to play andmate in threemoves. White to play andmate in threemoves.
N o. 7.- By W. Gnnnnwoon. N o. 8.—By H .Btm onann.
su es .
WHITE .
White to play andmate in four moves. White to play andmate in fourmoves.
TERMS O F SUBSC R IPTI O N .
Um'rm) KINGDOM,
ABROAD, Five Shillings andSixpence per annum, postage extra.
26 The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
good effect ; and if, instead, be change 011 Knights, the White Queen retakes
and occupies a commanding position, from which she cannot readily be
11 Kt takes Kt12 Q takes Kt 12 P to Q 313 C astles (K R ) 13 B
,to K 3
14 Q R to K sq, with a splendid game ]
12 Q to Q 3
[Whitemay also C astle at this stagewith equal advantage ]12 B to K 2
13 Q to K Kt 3 13 Kt takes Kt14 Q takes Kt P 14 Kt takes B P ch
15 K to Q 2 15 R to K Bsq16 K takes Kt 16 P to Q 317 Q R to K sq, andWhite’s position is to be preferred.
7 P to K B 38 B to K 3 8 Q to K B 29 C astles 9 K Kt to K 2
10Kt to QB3 10P to QR 311 Kt to Q 4
[Whitemight also play R toK sqhere, and acquire a fine position ]11 Kt takes Kt
[11 Kt toK Kt 3 gives rise to some interesting variations ]
12 QBtakes Kt 12 Kt to QB313 Bto K R 5 13 P to K Kt 3
14 Bto KB3 14 Kt tal1esB15 Q takesB, with the better game.
VARIATION V.
C ommencing at Black’s 61h move.
[See Diagram ]6 B to Q Kt 5 ch
7 P m03 3 7Bm03 4
[If he retreat the B to K 2, following it up next move with Kt to K B 3 or
P to Q 3 , the position is analogous to those previously examined underVariation IL ]
8 C astles 8 Kt to K B 3 (A) (B)
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle. 27
9 3 100111 4 9 3 100K1 310 3 1003 10010 K1 5
instead, the Queen go to her 4th, White gets a wmnmg attack by
11 P to K R 3 11 Q to K R 412 R toq ch 12 K to q13 P to Q Kt 5, with a great superiority.
9 R toq10Bto QB411 Kt to Q 4
[If, instead:11 Kt to q, then
12 0100K1 3 12 K to Q 213 Bto K 3 13 BtakesB14 Q takes B 14 Kt to K 3
15 Kt takes Kt 15 P takes Kt16 BtakesB 16 P takesB17 Kt to Q R 3 17 R toq18
12 B takes B 12 P takesB13 Q to Q Kt 3 13 C astles (Q R )14 Q takes K P cl1 14 K to Kt sq
and the positions are about equal .I am under obligation to M. Rosenthal for the foregoing defence,
which seems solid and satisfactory ; but the following continuationfrom the .l oth move appears to me considerably stronger for the firstplayer than that given by this distinguished practitioner, viz
l O P to QKt 4 l O Bto QKt 311 P to Q R 4 11 P to QR 4 (forced)12 P takes R P 12 R takes P
{If the Bishop take this Pawn,White, in a move or two, gets the opportunityenged for of playing his Kt to Q
13 Bto QKt 5 13 Bto K 3
14 Q Kt to Q 2
[Kt to Q 4 is also an effectivemove here ]14 Kt to K B 3
[I f, instead14 Q to Q 2
28 The Chess Playa’s Chronicle.
15 111 1003 4 115 3 10 1116 Kt takes B 10 3 101100 1
17 01004 17 11 111 10 11 2
18 011111000111
15 Kt to QB4 15 R toq16 Kt takesB 16 P takes Kt
17 Kt to Q 4 ; or, Bto Q R 3, with a fine game.
8 K Kt to K 2
9 R to K sq 9 P to Q 310 P to Q Kt 4
.[White may also play here 10 B to Q 3, whereupon the following variation
ansesz
m 3 m03may also
2 1 B takes P ch
22 Q takes P ch
23 Kt to Q B 424 Kt takes B25 R to Q 4,&c., &c.]
10 B to Q Kt 311 P to Q R 4 11 P to QR 4
12 P takes R P 12 R takes P13 Bto QKt 5 13 Q to K Kt 3
[Black’s last move is undoubtedly the best at his disposal ]14 QKt to R 3 14 Bto K 3 (best)15 Kt to Q 2
[Whitemight with perhaps more advantage play hereKt to Q 4 at once ]15 P to Q 4
16 Kt to QKt 3 16 R toq17BtakesKt oh 17
’
P takesB18 Kt to QB 2 18 C astles
The Chess Player’
s Chronick. 29
19 3 m03 5 19 3 m03 220 B to Q R 3
, and White’s passed R P will shortlyrequire allBlack’s attention .
GAME II .
1 P to K 4 1 P to K 4
2 K Kt toB3 2 QKt toB33 P to Q 4 3 P takes P
4 Kt tal1es P 4 Q to K R 5
5 Kt to KB3 5 Q takes K P ch
6 Bto K 3
I t is worthy of notice that the last two moves of White may betransposed, perhaps with advantage. The first player at all eventsis , in such a case, left the option of an agreeable modification of
H orwitz’s counter-attack, or of that now under examination.
in this variation gives
7 B to Q 38 C astles9 R to K sq10 R takes B11 B to Q B 4
[Should he C astle on theQueen’s side at this juncture,White may proceedby12 B takes B 12 P takes B13 Kt to Q 4, and secure a good game.]
12 Kt to Q B 3 12 C astles (Q R )[I f he C astle on the other side,White’s best course is apparently 13 Qto K se.
upon which may follow
13 Q R toq14 Kt toK Kt 5 l 4 Kt to q15 P to K B4 15 Kt to K Kt 516 Q to K R 4 16 P to K R 317 Kt to Q 5 17 Q to Q 218 Kt
13 BtakesB 13 P takesB14 Kt to Q 4, with a fine game.
9 R toq
6 B to Q B 4he speedily gets into difficulties.)
7 Q to K 2
8 BtakesB(A)9 P to Q 3
10Bto K 311 Kt to KB3
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
10B to Q Kt 5 10 C astles11 Btakes Kt 11 P takesB12 Q to Q 3, andWhite has a finely developed game.
I t is unnecessary further to pursue the investigation of thisparticular form of attack. In every case it appears to yield at leastequality, and invariably to originate a host of fresh and instructivepositions in addition to the already numerous class afforded by thisfavourite and ancient debut.
G30. B. FRASER.
( 141111 10.
The two following Games are from the Match just ended betweenMessrs. Wayte and Minchin.
WH ITE (M1‘ Minchin).
1 P to K 4
2 Kt to KB33 Bto QKt 54 Bto Q R 4
to Q 3
o
zo
oo
-q
cz
cn
12 Kt to K Bsq13 P takes P
14 Kt to K Kt 5
15 Kt takes B16 Kt to K Kt 3
17 C astles18 K to Kt 2
19 Bto Q 220Q R to Q B sq2 1 P to Q 42 2 Q P takes P2 3 P to K B 424 Kt takes Kt
25 P takes Kt
26 Q takes K P27 Btakes Q28 B to K Kt 5
And Black resigns.
BLACK (ProfessorWayte) .l P to K 4
2 111 1003 33 P to Q R 34 Kt to K B35 P to Q 3Bto K 2 (b)astles
R eq
O
8
8
8
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
a
wwwwww
H0!
TU
20Kt toK 2
21 Kt to K Kt 3 (g)22 Q Kt takes P23 Kt takes K P
24 P takes Kt
25 Q takes P26 Q takes Q27 Q R to q
fluawmflmms ammw1 m
Nates by P rofessor Wayte.
(a) This move is now generally layed upon the recommendation of Mr
S teinitz Dr Zukertort, however, th'
that Anderssen’
s moveB takes Kt (ch)is at least c 11311 likely to emWhitean advantagethrough thedoubledPawn.
(b) P to%{ t 3, and ards B to K Kt 2, is now the fashion : but we
have found the move in the text also afford a satisfactory defence.
(0) These moves are in strict accordance with Steinitz’
s mode of developingh is game in the leading case for this opening, N o. I . of the Blackburne
(d) In order to deterWhite from eastling on the Queen’
s side, his otherflank being somewhat exposed already.(0) Played with the hope of an attack on the Open K B file; but Q takes
K t is perhaps better than doubling the Pawns.
(f ) A lost move. White is not likely to be tempted toundouble thePawns.(g) A miscalculation which costs Black a piece. N otwithstandinghis loss of
t ime on previous moves, Black might now, we think, havemaintained a fairlyequal game by simply playing K Kt to Q 2.
Gum 11.
P to K 4
Kt to K B3P to Q 4Kt takes P
Kt to KB5Kt to QB3Kt to K 3Bto K 2C astles
P to K B48
E
1.
$6
8
3
mwo
go
ww-wo
w
2
01372
N‘
cu
w801
Www
t 4 (g)a
s
s
o
mg
m”U
wwwwwwo
wwwoo
wm
8
8
8
m
B 6QR 5
B takes KtR takes Kt (ch)Q takes P (ch)R to K Kt sq
AndWhitemates in
BLACK (Mr Minchin) .1 P to K 4
2 Kt to Q B 33 P takes P
14 P M Q 4
22 Q23 P takes Kt24 P takes P
25 Kt takes B26 P takes R27 K to R sq28 B to K Kt 5three moves.
32 The Chase P layer’
s Chronicle.
Nates by Professor Wayte.
(a) In some subse uent games Mr M . played here B to K 3 , and after
wards castled on theQueen’s side. The result of this variation (of which weh0pe hereafter to give specimens) was a perfectly even game.
(b) To revent P to K 5, and on P taking P, Kt to K 4 winning a piece.
(0) B12 has no time to bring out his Q B andQ R . H e is now threatened
withP to K B 5 and B to K Kt 5, involving considerabledanger to hisQueen ,and a decisive inferiority in any case.
(11) Better than taking the Q P. White now ensures the advance of P toK B 6, and the break up of the King’s defences.
(e) 17 K Kt to Kt 3 would have prolonged the defence; but 18 P takes
P 18K takes P ,19 B to K 3 would still giveWhite an overpowering
(f ) I f theP re- takes, 20B takes Kt, followedby 2 1 Kt takes P is thewinn ing combination.
(9) There is no defence against this move. If 20P takes P, 21 Kt to K 4
2 1 Q takes Q P 22 Bto K B3 wins.
(It) Black is now compelled to give up his Queen for the advanced Pawn
but B takes P is scarcely any better, e.g. : —21 B takes P,22 R takes B; now i f
22 P takes B 23 Kt to K 4,and 24 B to K B 3 wins as in the last variation .
I f thisdefencebeadopted, it is better to play Q to B 3 before moving theBishop ; Whi te cannot then with any advantage play hisKt to B 5 , on accoun tof the reply P to Q 4, followed, if Q take P, by Kt to Kt 5, &c.
GAME 12.
Game played at Simmon’
s C hess Divan, London.
(Staunton Opening).BLAC K (A. K. Murray). WH ITE (Herr Steinitz) .1 P to K 4 1 P to K 4
2 Kt to KB3 2 Kt to QB33 P to QB3 3 P to Q 4P to Q 3 (a) 4 P takes P
5 P takes P 5 Q takes Q6 K takes Q 6 Bto K Kt 57 Bto K 2 7 K Kt to KB38 Q Kt to Q 2 8 C astles
9 K toq (b) 9 Bto R 410 Kt to Kt 5 l O Bto Kt 311 P toB3 11 BtoB412 Kt to QB4 12 P to K R 3
13 111 10 11 3 3 13 111 10 0214 P to QKt 4 l 4 Bto K 2
15 P to Kt 5 (c) 15 Kt (QB3) to Kt sq16 Bto K 3 l G P to QKt 317 P to R 4 17 P to KB418 P takes P 18 Btakes P19 Kt toB2 19 Kt toB420 Kt takes P (d) 20BtoB32 1 3 takes Kt 21 B
'
takes 111
22 Bto Q 4 (e) 22 BtakesB
34 The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
GAME 13.
The following Gamewas one of those contested byDr Zukertort onhis late visit to Bristol, when be accomplished the feat of playingtwelve games simultaneously, without seeing the board.
(Vienna Opening).
WH ITE (Dr Zukertort).1 P to K 4
2 Kt to QB3
fl
o
woo
sl
cs
ous
oa
wwwwwwww
p
o
co
oo
qcz
ons
2
P
m 3 2R t K
toB732 P to Kt 6 (d)33 Btakes P34 Q takesB35 R toB236 Q takes R
BLACK (Mr C . Boorne) .l P to K 4
2 Kt to QB3B3
C?
3
3
s
e
” 3
$43
3
3
3
Neoco
g
“?
o
o
mqa
mfi
w
a
8
8 P4
to
wwwwwwre
w
10wu
11 C astles12 Bto K 3
13 Kt to K Kt 3 (a )14 P takes P
15 Bto QKt 316 P to QKt 517 P to Q R 418 Q to Q 219 Kt to K B520 K Kt to R 4
21 Kt takes Kt
22 P to K B4 (b)23 Btakes P24 R takes B25 R to Q 426 P to K R 3
27 P takes Kt
28 R toq29 P to QB430 P takes P
31 Q to q32 R takes R P
33 Btakes B4 R to K 7 ch
35 R takes E ch
36 P to Q4
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
37 Q to K B4 (e) 37 P to Q 5 (f )8 R to QKt 7 (g) 38 R takes R P ch (11)39 K to Kt sq
And Black resigns.
N otes by one of the P 111J61‘
8
(a) All the preliminary skirmishing 18 highly interesting and instructive.
(b) Dangerous, but with the merit of separating the centre Pawns.
(c) A parently afraid of the necessary loss of Pawus if theKt 1s removed.
(11) bite has now obtained a fine attack.
(0) A fine move.
(f Unconscious of the threateneddanger.
(9) C omplete.
(11) A last hope, though futile.
daii) If K takes R , Black checks with Queen on Q Bsq, retakes Rook, andws.
GAME 14.
Oneof several simultaneous Blindfold Games played some timeby Herr Steinitz at Bristol.
Vienna Opening)WHITE (Herr Steinitz , blindfold).
l P to K 4
Kt to B 3m 3 4Kt to B 3to Kt 5
3
5
QQBtakes Kt
akesBch
10 Kt to K 2 (e)11 C astles
12 Bto Q 213 Kt to KB414 P to QB315 P takes P
16 Kt to K 6
17 Q to R 418 P takes P
19 QR to Kt sq20 Q to Kt 321 E toB422 Kt takes P
23 Kt to K 4
24 Bto Q 225 P to Q R 4
2 Q3 3
4 11
5 3
0 1>
7 1>
8 K
9 3
to
to
t
t
qmcms-
cc
re
w
to
c'fi
N
’v
'
8 P
t
takes Kt
9 Kt takes B (b)10 P toB4 (d)11 C astles
12 P to KB3 (e)13 Q to KB214 P takes P
15 P to K Kt 3 (j )16 R to q17 P takes P18 K to Kt sq19 Kt to Kt 320 Q to Q 22 1 P to K R 4 (y)22 Q toB323 Kt to Q 424 K R to Kt sq25 Bto K 2
36 The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
N otes.
(a) B to Kt 5 or P to Q 4 is the correct move here.
(b) Q takes B would surely be better.
(0) We should rather have played theKt to Kt 5 .
(d) P to Q 4 seems a stronger move.
(0) H aving missed his opportunity of breaking up the adverse line of
Pawns, or at least of gaining an outlet for his own imprisoned Pieces, Blackremains with a crampedposition now to the end.
(f ) This is not at all good; yet it was necessary to get an opening somehow.
(9) After this blunder Black’
s game, already had, becomes hopeless.
(h) The ending is beautifully played by Mr Steinitz.
GAME 15.
Played at Pursell’s, C omhill, Jannary 8th, 1877.
Gambit).WH ITE (Herr Gansberg). BLACK (G. H . Gossip).1 P to K 4 1 P to K 4
2 P to Q 4 2 P takes P3 Bto QB4 3 Kt to K B3 (a)P to K 5 (b) 4 P to Q 4
5 Bto Kt 3 5 Kt to K 5
6 Kt to K B3 6 P to QB4 (c)7 C astles 7 B to K 2
8 P to QB4 (d) BBto K 3
9 K Kt to Q 2 (e) 9 C astles
10 P toB4 10Kt takes Kt11 Kt takes Kt 11 P takes Q B P12 Kt takes P 12 P to QKt 413 Kt to Q 2 13 P to QB514 P to KB5 14 Bto Q 415 Q to K Kt 4 15 P to K B3 (f )16 P to K 6 16 P takesB17 Kt takesP (g) 17 K to R sq
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle. 37
Q to K R 3 (h)Kt to Q 2R to KB4Kt to KBsqR toB2Kt to Kt 3
Q to R 6Kt to R 5K toBsqP takes R
K takesBQ takes P ch
Kt takes QBtakes PKt takes KtK toqKt to K 3
K 'to Q2
P to K Kt 3Kt takesBK takes P
K to Q 3R toq 011
K to K 3,and the
N otes.
(a) We shouldprefer Kt to Q B 3 .
(b) In such positions the K P cannot be layed on with advantage; it
wou
K
ld be better therefore to take the P with retreating her, if attacked,to 3 .
(0)‘
N ot so good as B to B 4 or Kt 5 ch.
(11) P to B 3 would be much stronger, for Black wouldget a badgame if hetook it.
(e) P takes P seems the best move, followedby B takes B and R to K sq.
(f We should rather have playedK to R BWV(g) Black’s Pawns were so formidable that hits did well to give up the
Piece. Black cannot now take Kt withB, on account of the reply B to R 6.
(h) Taking P with Kt would lead to an exchange of Pieces; otherwise therewas no danger in it.
(1) All this is very cleverly playedbyW(k) R to K sqwould now win by force, e.g
29 B to K 3 (best)30 K takes R
31 K to Q 2 (best)32 K to K 3
33 K to Q 2 (best)34 K toB335 K toB4
Kt36 K to 5
24 Kt toB325 Btakes R ch
26 R to K B227 Q takes P at B728 Kt to K 4 (Ic)29 Q takes Q30 R to K Bsq31 Kt to Kt 5 ch (1)R takes P ch
33 R takesB34 K to Kt 2
35 P to Q R 436 K toB337 P takes Kt
38 K to K 4
39 R to K B440K to Q 4
eventually drawn .
The Chess Player’
s Chro11 e.
37 K toB4 37 Kt to K 4 ch
38 K to Q 5 38. Q toB3 ch39 K to Q 4 39 Q toB5 ch
4O K to K 3 40 Kt to Kt 5 ch, and wins.
(I) Here again Black misses his way : P toK R 3 wins at once.
GAME 16.
A drawing-room skirmish at Tetford Rectory, O ctober 9th,(Scotch Gambit).
WH ITE (M1‘ C oker). BLACK (M1
‘ Skipworth).1 P to K 4 l P to K 4
2 111 10 11 3 3 2 K1 1003 33 P to Q 4 3 P takes P
4 Kt takes P 4 Kt takes Kt (a)5 Q takes Kt 5 Kt to K 2
6 Bto Q Kt 5 6 P to Q R 37 Bto Q R 4 7 P to Q Kt 48 Bto Q Kt 3 8 Bto Q Kt 29 Bto K Kt 5 9 P to K B310Bto K B4 10 Kt to K Kt 3
11 Q to K 3 (b) 11 Kt takes B12 Q takes Kt 12 Bto Q 313 Q to K Kt 4 13 Q to K 214 Kt to Q 2 14 P to QB415 P to QB4 15 Bto K 4
16 R to Q Kt sq 16 Bto QBsq(c)17 Q to K R 4 (d) 17 P to K B418 P to K B4 18 P to K Kt 4
19 P takes P 19 P takes P
20 Q to K B2 20 P to Q 42 1 P takes Q Kt P 2 1 Bto Q 522 Q to K 2 22 Bto K Kt 523 Q to Q 3 R to KBsq(f )24 R to K Bsq 24 R takes R ch
R takes R 25 C astles
26 Btakes P 26 R takes B27 P takes R 27 Q to K B3 ch
28 Kt to K B3 28 Bto K B429 Q to q 29 Btakes R30 Q takes B 30 P to K Kt 5 (9)
And Black won a piece, and eventually the game.
O f these skirmishes, it is only fair to state that we believe Mr C oker won justthemajority.
Nates.
Q(a) N ot us
ually considered a good move here, as it brings the adverseueen into p ay.
The Chess P layefls C'Iu'
onicle. 39
(b) IfBretreats, Black wins a Piece by P to Q B 4.
(c) This does not look good; he should rather, we think, play P to Kt 5,enabling him to C astle, and leaving theWhiteBishop blo cked.
(d) Q to K 2 was a better move.
(6) We should prefer B P takes Q P.
(f ) A ll these moves are cleverly played by Mr Skipworth.
(y) Ah admirable finish to a very interesting game.
GAME 17.East West of Scotland Match played in E dinburgh,
26. December, 1876.
(French Gume)WH ITE (M1
‘ Greenhill).l P to K 4
2 Kt to K B33 P takes P
Bto Q Kt 5 ch (a)5 Q to K 2 ch6 Bto R 47 C astles
8 Bto Kt 39 P to Q 310 P to QB4 (0)11 P takes Kt
12 Kt to QB313 Bto K Kt 514 Bto R 415 Bto Kt 316 BP takesBl 7 Qm KB218 K R toq19 P takes B20 Kt to K 4
21 Kt to QB322 Kt to K 4
23 Kt to K Kt 5 (e)24 Kt to K 4
25 K toq26 P takes P
27 P to KB428 R to K Kt sq29 Btakes P
30 E to B331 K to Kt sq
AndWhite resigns.
BLAC K (M1‘ 0mm).1 P to K 3
2 P to Q 43 P takes P
4 P to QB35 Bto K 3 (b)6 Kt to Q 27 Kt toB48 Bto Q 39 K Kt to K 2
10 Kt takesB11 C astles
12 Q toB213 K R toq14 Bto Kt 515 Btakes B(d)16 Kt to B417 Kt to K 6
18 Btakes Kt19 P to Q 520 P to K B42 1 P to K B522 E to K 3
23 R to K Kt 3
24 P to K R 4
25 P takes P
26 R to KBsq(f )27 P to R 5
28 P takes P
29 Btakes P30 R to R 3 ch
31 R takes R
The 011ess P layer’
s Chrom'
cle.
Nates(a) I t is hard to divine the purpose of this sortie; its only effect can be to
put theBout of p111y, and lose valuable time.
f(K) IX
Ve prefer B to K 2,1'
esetvi11g the Q Bfor the possible occupancyo t 5.
(c) A nother weak move; he ought rather to have tried to develop hisPieces bt o K Kt 5 , &c.
(d) Surely Kt toB4 would be much stronger.(e) This 18 truly aKniaht- errant ; but what 18 he l n search of out here?
(f ) Preparatory to the:
intended advance of theK R P.
GAME 18.
Played at C lifton, February 7, 1876.
(A llgaier Gambit) .BLAC K (0. E . Ranken).
l P to 1 P to K 4
2 P to K B4 2 P takes P
3 Kt to KB3 3 P to K Kt 4
P to K R 4 4 P to Kt 5
5 Kt to Kt 5 5 P to K R 3
6 Kt takes P 6 K takes Kt7 P to Q 4 7 P toB6 (a)8 P takes P S Bto K 2
9 BtoB4 (ch) 9 K to Kt 2
10Bto K 3 10Btakes P (ch)11 K to Q 2 11 P to Q 312 P toB4 12 P to K R 4
13 Kt toB3 13 BtoB314 Kt t0 K 2 14 Kt to K 2
15 Bto Q 3 15 Kt to Kt 3
16 P to K 5 (b) 16 P takes P
17 QP takes P 17 Btakes P (c)18 P takesB 18 Kt toB319 P ,to QB3 19 K Kt takes P
20 K toB2 20Q takesB(ch21 Q takes Q 2 1 Kt takes Q22 K takes Kt 22 Bto B4 ch
23 K to B4 23 Q R to q24 Kt to Q 4 24 Kt to K 4 ch
25 K to Kt 3 25 BtoBsq26 BtoB4 26 R to Q 427 Q R toq (d) 27 Kt to Q 6, andwins.
N otes.
Perhaps the best defence to this form of the Allgaier attack.
An imprudent advance; his right play, we believe, was Kt to Kt 3 ,
compell ing Black to replyB or Kt to R 5 , to whichWhite could amswer in
the one caseKt takes R P oh and P toB5,and 111 the otherBto K 2.
42 The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
(d) There is no resource. The Black cannot get their Rook into play.
(e) The plan in this little game is conceived and carried out in the
Hungarian’s Met style of play.
GAME 20.
Select Reprints, No. I I .—Chess P layer
’
s Chronicle, 1868, p. 37.
( Pawn and Move. Remove Black's K BP) .
Warm (Dr Murphy). BLACK (M1‘ L 6wenthal).
1 P to K 4 t to QB32 P to Q 4 2 P to Q 43 P takes P (d) 3 Q takes P
4 Bto K 3 4 Bto KB45 P to QB4 5 Q to Q 26 Kt to QB3 6 P to K 3
7 P to Q 5 7 Kt to QKt 58 R to QBsq 8 Kt to K B39 P to Q R 3 9 Kt to Q R 3l O Q to QKt 3 10 Kt to QB4l l Btakes Kt 11 Btakes B] 2 Kt to K B3 (b) 12 P to QKt 313 Bto K 2 13 C astles
14 C astles 14 Q to Q 315 Kt to QKt 5 (c) 15 Q to KB516 P to K Kt 3 16 Q to K R 317 Kt takes QBP 17 Kt to K Kt 5
18 Q t o q(d) 18 Bto QB7 (e)19 Q to Q 2 19 Q to K R 620 Q to K Kt 5 20 R takes Kt
21 Q to K R 4 ,21 R takes KBP
AndWhite resigns.
N otes (from the 0. P .
(a) We l ike 3 Bto Q Kt fifth in this variation, compelling Black to shut inhis Q Bby 3 . P to K third. The following moves will probably occur:
3 Bto QKt 5 3 P to K 3 (best)4 Q toK R 5 (ch) 4 P to K Kt 35 Q toK 5 5 Kt to K B36 P takes P 6 Bto Q 37 Q toK 2 7 Kt takes P8 P to Q B4, &c., to the advantage of White.
(b) I t would not have been good play to take theQKt P.
(c) This is soon seen to be a false attack.
(d) I f Kt takes R , the reply would equally have been Bto Q Bseventh.
(e) The terminatingmoves are charnfingly playedby Mr Lo'
wenthal.
95
: MrWatkinson desires us to say that the Game in our last numberbetween W. P. and himself, was a skirmish over the board
, and thatonly the concluding moves were conducted by correspondence.
The Chess P layer’
s Uhronicle. 43
C H E S S I NTE L L IGE N C E .
Sscanrsmns or C LUBS ANDom ens are invi ted to assist as in makingour record of themonth
’s doings as comp leteas possible.
Dr Zukertort lately achieved the extraordinary task of playing 16 games atonce without seeing the board, against as many strong players of the West
E nd C lub. A fter a protracted struggle, he succeeded in winn ing every gameexcept one, which was scored byDr Ballard. The effort of memory, clearnessof rception, as well as depth and accuracy of combination needed to obtainsuc a result, can scarcely be imagined, especially since some of the games,like that with MrM inchin comparison with any played byDrZukertortover the board. We can only repeat that such a performance was indeedmost extraordinary.
Another name has been removed by death from the roll of living chesscelebrities. H err Kling, the finishedmaster of problem construction, and theauthor of many beautiful end game studies, died last month at the age of
66,after a short illness. H e was a genial, kind
- hearted man, and was distinguished as much for his musical talents as for his chess com ositions
,in
which last his namewill be always associatedwith that of H err orwitz.
A prize for brillianc of play has been given in the C lipper Tournament ofthe N ewYork C hess lub, and has been unanimously awarded by the judgesto our countryman Mr Bird.
BLA IRGOWRI E , N .B.—O u Friday, the 5th of Jannary, the Strathmore C lub
met at the Parsonage, Blairgowrie, and played a match with half-a-dozen
Strangers.” The result was as follows :
Davidson, T. ,Dr 0 1 1 Phelan, Dr 1
Davis, R ev. F. W. 1 Macpherson, A .
Lowe, T. 1 1 Macpherson, C . O
Macpherson, W. O O Torry, J 1
Maurice, B.,Dr 0 1 B. l
Seutar, T. 0 1 Bamford, F. 1
Strathmore C lub, 10games; th Strangers, 6. O ne gamedrawn, and anothernot played.
O rmss ME ETING IN LINC O LNSH IRE .—This meeting, held last week at the
King’s H eadH otel, Louth, was, locally, a great success. There was, however,
only a small number of entries in C lass I . This may have been owing to the
unavoidably short notice which was given, many gentlemen having alreadymade their C hristmas arrangements, and being unable consequently to beresent.pIn C lass I . only four gentlemen competed. Mr Skipworth proposed,
before commencing play for the prizes, in consideration of his long experience,to give odds to the visitors, instead of playing on even terms, and offered toleave it to them to say what odds he should ive. I twas accordine arranged
that Mr Skipworth should give Pawn and ove to each visitor,and that the
v isitors should
hglay on even terms with each other. E ach competitor played
threegameswi each other competitor in the class, and thegross scoredecidedthe prizes. O u this plan each player played nine games, and the following
1
0
1
1
0
e
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
was the result —1st prize, the Rev. A .B. Skipworth, 9 games; 2d rize, MrJ de Soyres (E xeter) , 5b the Rev. W. L . Newham (Leicestershire 2; Mr
J Parker (Grimsby), 1. Mr Skipworth selected for his rize a silver cup,the value of the prize being £3 se. The prize originally o eredwas £5
,subject to reduction if five did not compete. The second prize was
of the value of £1 l s.
C lasses I I . and I I I . were amalgamated as C lass I I . , on account of their
being very slight difference in the strength of the players. The contest was
close, and exciting to the last, as the following list shows z—l st prize, value£3, and the s cial prize, MrA . C ockman (Grantham C hess C lub) , 7kgames ;the 2d and prizes, value £2 were divided between the Rev. W. L .
N ewham andMr T. Walton (Grantham C lub) , who each won seven games;the 4th prize, value £1 12s. ,
was divided between C apt . C oates (GrimsbyC lub) andMaster H . Jackson (Dewsbury) , who each won 65 games ; Mr H .
Guilliatt (Grimsby C lub), 6 ; Mr C . S. Wiles (Lincolnshire), 55; Mr J Jackson (Dewsbury), 55; Mr R . J P. I les (Grimsby C lub) , 5 ; MrM . E . Thorold
(Lincolnshire), Mr E . Brown (Grantham), 4 ; Mr C amden , 1. .The special
prize was given chiefly by Mr Skipworth, to be awarded to the Lincolnshireman who took the highest place in C lass I I . ; it consisted of four bound
volumes of the Chess P layer’
s C hronicle, for 1868—1875. Master H . Jackson ,who shared the fourth honours, is only 13 years of age, and beat his father,who scored 55games. A drawn gamewas in every case scoredas half a game.
A public lunch took place on the J L .n tche, E sq., presided,supported on his right by the Mayor of Louth, J Fowler, E sq.,
E x-Mayor,occupying the vice-chair. The tables were well filled, and there was a unanimous feeling, judging from the speeches, with regard to the benefit of chess
study in some of our leisure hours. The Mayor thought that it might withadvantage be taken up in our public schools
, and Mr Skipworth, who has
been instr umental in the formation of several chess clubs, always considered
that chess playing might supplement, and, in some cases, take the place of amathematical course of study.
The outcome of this successful gathering is the formation of 9. LincolnC ounty C hess A ssociation , which is to hold its meetings annually; alternatelyin the north and south
”
of the county,and probably in the first week of each
ear. The next meeting is to be at Grantham, and E arl Brownlow, the
ord Lieutenant of the county, is to be invited to be President. Mr SkipWorth has accepted othee as hon . sec. and treasurer, and he will be aided byan energetic committee, each club in the county electing aMember.
TH E LIVE RPOOL C H E SS C LUB.—The annual dinner of the Liverpool C hess
C lub (which may also be said to have been its Fortieth Anniversary C ommemoration), was held at i ts new quarters, the Saddle H otel,
”Dale Street,on the evening of the 4th ult. Between thirty and forty members and
friends were present, the C hair being occupied by Dr Sinclai r, the President,Mr H . E . Kidson (our problem composer) acting as Vice- chairman. After
the loyal toasts, the toasts of the evening were, The Liverpool C hess C lub,”
given by the President, and acknowledged by the Vice-
president ; The O ldMembers of the Liverpool C hess C lub,
”coupled with the names of Mr J
Soul, Mr Schull, and the R ev. J O wen, each of whom responded. TheR oyal Game was given in a stirring speech byMr S.Wellington in conjunction with the name of Mr A . Burn, jun .,
who replied in effective terms. TheVice-
president gave The H ealth of the H onorary Secretary,
”(Mr Thomas
Whitehead), who, in responding, read letters from Mr Spreckley and Mr
Morton Sparke, former presidents of the C lub, regretting their inability to bepresent. We are glad to hear that there has this month been a considerable
accession to the strength of the C lub, which enters upon its forty-first year
The C’hess Player’
s Chronicle.
with renewed vigour. The annual match with Manchester will in all
probability be shortly arranged.
TH E L O NDO N C LUBs.—St. George
’
s.—By the death of Mr Lowenthal thenumber of H onorary Members
,the election of whom is vested in the C om
mittee, had been reduced to two,Baron Von H eydebrand und der Lasa, and
MrPaul Morphy. A t the last C ommittee Meeting, Messrs Boden, Steinitz,and Zukertort were unanimously elected H onorary Members of the C lub.
O u the same occasion six new O rdinary Members were elected, of whom the
Rev. C . E . Ranken was one. The E ven Tournament has made rapid progress
during the past month, andDr Ballard, though he has still a few games to
play, may be confiden tly predicted as the winner, with Prof. Wayte as a
probable second. The Match between MessrsWayte andM inchin has beenbrought to a conclusion
,Mr \Vayte winn ing by 1 1 to 7, with one drawn ga111e.
Simultaneously with this match and his tourney games, the indefatigableSecretary, Mr M inchin
,has also played and won another match of equal
liength With Mr Lindsay, the final score being
- Minchin 11,Lindsay 9
,
rawn 1 .
West E nd.—The third roundof the H andicap has been completed, andonly
four players remain in all of whom will receive prizes—Messrs Ballard,
Ehrlich,H eath
,and R yan . O pinion points to Dr Ballard as again the
probable winner of the first prize, his match play having been characterized,as usual, by remarkable steadiness.
Cambridge Un iversi ty Chess C lub.—A t the close of last term Prof. Wayte
paid a visit to the C ambridge C lub and played against all comers. E leven
boards were set out, and at some of these more than one ame was played insuccession . In all 15 games were played, of which MrV\ ayte won 11
,lost 2 ,
anddrew 2 . With Mr R eade, the President of the C lub, Mr W. playedthree rap id skirmishes, winning two and losing one. The best contested
games were thosewith Messrs C hatto and Gunston, who formed the first classin the late University H andicap. Mr C hatto, the winner of the H andicap,succumbed after a gallant struggle. Mr Gunston scored the remaining game
of the two last played by the guest of the evening.
TH E Editor is authorized by Messrs Skipworth, Wayte, and Fraser,whose names appearedwith his own as co-operator
’
s in the late seriesof the Chess Player
’
s Chronicle, to express with him their regret thatcertain offensive statements and insinuations, seriously affecting the
honour of some eminent players, were published in that Magazine in
the~ letters of a correspondent signed A L ooker O u.
” The E ditorwishes to say that the co- operation in question having consisted onlyin the contribution of Games,&c. to theMagazine, he and the abovenamed gentlemen were in no way responsible for the publication of
those letters. H e would like also to declare his belief that thestatements referred to were untrue, and without foundation .
NOTIC ES TO C O RRE SPO N DENTS.
Rev. J H . E llis, Stourton. Thanks for your letter, which we have forwarded to the Publisher.
F.W.D., Blairgowrie, and J B., Southsea, are thanked for their communications.
46 The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle.
T. W.,Liverpool. We are obliged to you for the account of the C lub
dinner andwill order the Magazine to be regularly sent.G. H . D. G.,
I lford. Thanks for the Games. We have replied by letter.
W. P .,E dinburgh. We will consider your suggestion, but fear i t is
not feasible.
O ur best thanks are due to all our co-operators for their valued contribu
tions and assistance.
Paosmms. Zeus ” has solved N os. 1, 2,5, 6, 7, 8; Se
-MajorM‘Arthur, Nos. 1, 3, 4, 5 , 6, 7, 8; H . E . Tudor, N os. 2, 6, 8; Peddie,N os. 1, 2 ; Laceby, N os. 2 , 6 ; H . Blanchard N os 1
, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8;Sretrow, N os. 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8; Sigma, N03 . 2 3 6 8.
SOLUTIO N S O F
WH ITE .
N o. I .—1 Q to K Kt 2N o. I I .—1 R to K Kt 8N o. I IL—l Q to K 3 1
2 Bto K 6 0h 2
3 Q matesN o. IV.
—1 Q to R 82 Q to K 5
3 Kt mates
2 Q toQ 83 Q mates
N O . V. 1 Q to Kt 3 1 K toK 3
2 Kt to K R 8
3 Qmates
2 Bto Kt sqoh3 Q mates
N o. VL—l R to Q B5 1
2 Btakes P 2
3 Bmates1
2 Kt takes P 2
3 R mates
N o. VI I . - 1 Bto Q Kt 62 E to K 3
3 Bto K B74 Bor Kt mates
No. VI I I .—1 Kt toB22 Kt to R sq3 Kt takesBP4 Kt to K 4 mate
This Problem,unfortunately, admits of a second solution, commencing
P to Kt 6,followedby Kt to Q 3, Kt to Q B5,&c.
A ll communications intended for this Magazine should be addressedto the Editor, St. R onan
’s, Malvern , or if for the Problem Department, to J
C rum,E sq.
,16 Bothwell Street, Glasgow.
We shall be glad to acknowledge any Solutions of Problems which we mayreceivebefore the 2oth of each month.
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle. 47
P R O BL E M S .
Under the supervision of Jom: C RUM, 16 Bothwell Street, Glasgow, to whom all
Communications connectedwithProblems, Solutions, should be addressed.
No. 9.- By W. GRE ENWO OD. N o. 10.
—By W. S. Pavrrr.
BLACK. BLACK.
Whiteto play andmate in twomover. White to play andmate in threemoves.
N o. 11.—ByW. C oarse. N o. 12 .
—By J AMES PIE RC E , M.A .
sm og.
WHITE .
White to play andmate in threemoves. White to play andmate in threemoves.
48 The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
No. 13.—By Rev. A C ram PEARSON. N o. 14.
—By H .BLANCH
White to play andmate in threemoves .
'White to play andmate in th
15 .—By R ev . F . R . DR EW. N o. 16 .
—By R ev . C . E .
BM C K.
White to play andmate in four moves. White playing first , compels Blhim (\Vhite) in three mc
TERMS OF SUBSC R IPTI ON .
UNITEDc nom,
ABROAD, Five Shillings andSixpence per annum, post
‘Glhr QIhrss ifilagrr
’
s (lthronidr.
l s t M A R C H,1877.
ENGL ISH C HESS PROBLEMS.
*
[WE have much pleasure in presenting our readerswith an article onChess Problems in general, and Messrs Pierces
’ book in particular,by Professor Tomlinson ,
About forty years ago, a small shop with a back parlour, exactlyopposite the stage door of Drury L ane theatre, fell vacant ; and itoccurred to one of the members of the O ldWestminster C hess C lub,which had given proofs of its mortality, to engage the same as a
rallying point for C hess players—a house of call, in fact, for thewhole fraternity, whether metropolitan or provincial , English or
foreign . The plan met with great encouragement, andwas successfulfor a time ; and a very pleasant place was Huttman
’
s C hess Room,
although it was, it must he confessed, somewhat stuffy, especially
when the gas was burn ing, and the finest H avannah cigars were
being consumed. Your delicious cup of cofi'
ee was heated over
the gas lamp, and your cigar, wrapped up in a chess problem,was
handed to you with a graceful suavity that seemed toenhance its
value. There was always something ‘
going on at H uttman ’s, games
and matches of course,and among the players and spectators we
have frequently seen Lewis,George Walker, Staunton, A lexandre,
Withers, Henderson, Williams, Weir, and most of the well -known
players of the clubs. The great men seldom appeared in the
evening. The duiet and freshness of the afternoon were mostfavourable to their lustre, and they generally set about the same
time that the sun did. O ne notable feature of this place was itsEnglish C hess Problems. Edited by James Pierce, M .A ., and W.
Timbrell Pierce Authors of 300 C hess Problems, &c.) London,1876.
8vo., pp. xvi. and 683.
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
chess problem8. O nce a week H uttman issued a bill containing a
problem by D’
O rville, C alvi, or some other classical composer, and
there was generally a keen contest among the visitors for the honour
of being the first to solve it. We remember that on one occasion a
four -move problem by C alvi was introduced, which no one was ableto solve during the evening, and several challenges were given and
taken as to who shou1d be the first to send in the solution on the
next day.
” But among all the composers, perhaps D’
O rville was the
favourite. The modest little pamphlet containing his 250problems(price one franc) was published in 1842, but was then unknownto us.+ Another problem, we remember, greatly puzzled the
H uttmanites. O ne man who was short-sighted spent several hoursover it, and as all the pieces, except the White King, were on the
side of Black, and having knocked the White King over several
times, he removed it from the board, in order that he might moreconveniently lean over and study the position . At last he gave itup in despair, and declared to Huttman that it was unsolvable.
Huttman coolly remarked that the position was’ wrong, which the
other denied. Where, then, is yourWhite King 2” O h, that’s
of no use.
” Well, try. H e did try, and solved the problem on
the pri nciple of a Coup de repos.
C arrera, who wrote upwards of two hundred and fifty years ago,
has given the best defence of the game itself, and the best excuse
for chess problems. We are not aware that they want eitherdefence or excuse. The most devoted players are seldom en thusiastic
on the subject of problems, while the most famous composers have
seldom taken the first rank as players. Anderssen is perhaps an
exception but we don’
t think that he has composed problems sincehis chess playing skill has ripened into maturity. O ur copy of the
Sixty Aufgaben is dated Breslau, 1842. There is also a secondedition, dated 1852. The fact is that the playing faculty is differentfrom the composing faculty. Those problems which arise out of the
game, as where a fine player announces mate within a certain
number of moves, are, after all,the best, because the most natural ;
The problem in question will be found at page 308 of Tomlinson’s
R ecreations in Chess.
”
This volume would doubtless have .been more popular, had the problems
been expressed in diagrams instead of the forbidding symbols which are
used on the C ontinent.
The Chess Player’s Chronicle. 51
andsuch as these often occur to fine players, who probably never
made a problem , apart from actual play, in their lives, and wouldprobably be incapable of doing so ; whereas , such a man asD’
O rville
(who, so far as we know,never published a game) had the composing
faculty predominant. It is said of 1 him,that if you dipped your
handinto the chess box, took out a handful of pieces, and threwthem on the board, he would weave them into an ingenious problem .
The early composers don ’t seem to have distinguished betweenendgames and problems. C arrera uses the former term wherewe should employ the latter. H e says, that although they may not
benecessary to a knowledge of the game, yet, on account of theingenuity displayed in them, they cause much delight, and are
sought after by many amateurs. If the exact situations do not
actually occur in a game, many similar ones do ; and it has happenedthat players of indifi
'
erent skil l have acquired great celebrity fromtheir knowledge of some position in which they have won, and havemade better players ashamed : besides, who will deny that themindis awakened
,and excited to victory, by ingenious positions. H e
goes on to say that, al though he has given some merely curious
positions, which can never occur in a game,”he prefers that the
ends of games be short and ingenious. By short,I mean in few
moves, with few pieces and pawn s. Damiano holds, certainly, thefirst place in this respect .”The compilers of the fine collection now before us
, are eminentlyqualified for thetask of instructing the chess player as to the presentconditions of the problem. They are men of education and refine
ment,acquainted with University and C ollege life ; eminent as
problem composers, as witness their two collections of about 300problems. Thus, no men could be better adapted for the duty of
selection, which in the bulky volume before na comprises, in PartsI. and II .
,specimens of the best problems by living or recently
deceased E nglish composers,—while Part III . contains a set of
original problems, 45 in number, expressly composed for the work.
Part I . is the most important section of the collection, seing that itcontains as many as 219 three-move, and 210 four—move problems,or upwards of two-thirds of the whole work. In this Part there arealso 32 two-move problems, and 47 samples of five, six, and seven
move problems. This, we think, is a judicious arrangement, seeingthat three and four-move problems are best calculated to amuse and
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
instruct the solver, while they afl'
ord sufiicient scope for the skill of
the composer.
We should havebeen glad tohaveseen an Introduction to thiswork,in which thehistory of chess problems could have been traced from the
time of the Italian composers of classic fame,through France and
Germany, pickingup Stamma on theway, to our own country,and then,
after a pause, to our clever brethren in the UnitedStates of America.
Such a history, accompanied by illustrations, would form a valuablechapter in the history of progress, showing how composers have
advanced in high finish and subtlety, discarding superfluous pieces,
and aiming at a natural expression and an original scientific thought.Whether composer or student, any one imbued with such ideas willshrink with horror from all unnatural expression (such as in a
problem we once saw a Bishop on Q Kt sqwith the Pawns beforeit unmoved), from suicidal problems, or problems with odd or
strained conditions,and, above all, from figure problems
—such as
those in the form of an eg ,a sword, a comet, a pyramid, Stamma’s
Tobacco pipe, etc.—oi which L ichtenstein has published a hideous
collection . Such attempts must be considered as quaint conceits,and only so far worthy of the game that it displays its inexhaustiblefertility ; just as some of George Herbert’s poems in the form of
wings, altars, etc.,show the marvellous adaptabil ity of language. If
our noble game can be wise, it can also play the fool with that sortof method, which men of intellect are not unmindful of even intheir follies. It is on this ground that we are disposed to excuse
such problems as the Whirligig, the R edan , etc.,from which the
collection before us is happily almost free although we must enter aword of protest against such fanciful designations as The Sprite,
”
The Fortress,” The Sentinel,
”C leopatra, etc.
,from which the
book is not quite free : and we protest on the ground that chess, notbeing a toy game, does not admit of such far-fetched derivations ;but we cordially recommend to notice the sensible Hints on problemconstruction which follow the introduction to the volume.
In an edition of Stamme’s Hundred E ndGames,
” brought out atBerlin in 1856 by Bledow and von O ppen, there is an appendix con
taining a number of remarks on the subject of problems. In parti
onlar, there is a chapter O u the relative artistic value of chess
problems, of which we propose to give a very brief account.It has been remarked that it is more difficult to discover the first
seven correct moves in any opening, than the solution of any seven
move problem. Many a man who saw an apple fall from the treewould rather eat it than apply it, as N ewton did, to the discoveryof the laws of gravitation. In like manner, many a man wouldrather enjoy a game
,though incorrectly played, than take the trouble
to solve such a problem . The one seems easy and the other difficult,but how to distinguish between the easy and thedifficult In C hess,
that which often appears to be easy , is, in truth, most difficult.Knowledge and science go hand in hand ; and, as it would be unreasonable, on account of many bad novels
,to denounce the novel,
orbecause many sonnets are bad to give up this form of composition,
so among the multitude of bad chess problems, it would be rash todenounce the problem, but wiser to inquire why some problems arebadand others good.
The problem, as an artistic work, lends itself to the highestdevelopment of chess genius. But, in so far as it becomes a
mechan ical work, it belongs to the lowest. In such case the
composer makes problems as a cobbler makes shoes.
Numerous are the examples of bad form in chess problems, or,what is still worse, of formless form , and, worst of all, of monstrousform. Problems wi th conditions are bad enough ; as are obstructed,that is
,crowded form, where one cannot see the forest on account
of the trees, or the idea by reason of the multitude of pieces. A
problem with two solutions of a. different number of moves is
objectionable. Hideous are plagiarised problems, or those based onthe ideas of better men, as in Alexandre’s collection of two thousandproblems there is one by E rcole del R io, and another bySilberschmidt, which is like a classic epigram compared with a
schoolboy’
s rhymes. Some go in for joc'
ular problems, in which
the form or the conditions can excite only laughter.
The composition of a problem in which science and tactics are
combined, requires the skill of a field-marshal . But problems maybe tested as to their artistic value by the application of certain rules
,
such as the following
I . N aturalness or such positions as might occur in actual play.
I I . In two equally difficult positions, the relative value is in
inverse proportion to the number of moves required for the solution .
As the difi culty of the problem must increase with the number of
moves, so the merit consists in attaining the same object in a smaller
54 The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle.
number of moves. [For example, in one of the C hess N uts, there
is a problem which can readily be solved in four moves, but becomesvery difficul t in three ]II I . With the same number of moves, the relative value is in
inverse proportion to the number of pieces. As the nearly emptyboard is more readily understood than the full one
,more skill is
required to make a good problem in proportion as the number of
pieces becomes reduced.
IV. Equal strength or superior forces on the other side, increasesthe relative value of problems in the same proportion as it diminishesthe forces on the side ofWhite. Many composers put pieces on the
board which would be better off. The pieces which cannot bebrought into play are worse than useless.V. The highest point of excellence cannot be limited by a maxi
mum number of moves. Those who regard four and five-move
problems as the best, do so probably, because they cannot see
beyond that number, so as to make a combination ; but a chess
master may find problems in ten'
or twelve moves, with variations,much more worthy of his skill.
If we would make our problems something more than C hinese
puzzles, and raise them to the rank of intellectual productions, wemust have an original idea for each composition, and express it withno greater expenditure of force than is absolutely necessary ; while
the beauty of the thought and the mode of carrying it out shouldgive pleasure, and the solution come upon one with a kind of
surprise, while at the same time it is sufficiently difi cult for the
accomplished player. In short, a first-rate chess problem is like oneof Horace’s odes or Petrarch’
s sonnets, in which nothing can be
altered without injury .
The attempts to establish anything like general principles in chess
is so praiseworthy and suggestive, that our readers, we are sure, will
not object to the above details, any more than the authors of the
volume before us. They may probably say that in the advanceswhich have been undoubtedly made during the last quarter of a
century in the composition of chess problems, all that is valuable inthe above rules, andmuch more, have been adopted and that theycan appeal with confidence to the collection before us as indicative
of the highest genius in composition. Wehave no quarrel with such
a statement, and in taking leave of Messrs Pierce, we can cordially
flM OM w I Ww fl CWWMM
B3 (g)8
w.
8
wwwhuo
-e
mo
g
S
wS
S
mwg
ws
ww
Q
Q
FU
Q
N
OI
W
8
8
White announcedmateNates
(a) The P may also safely be taken with Kt, but if m that caseWhite replyP to Q 4, Black cannot capture the second P.
(b) We prefer R to K sqhere.
(0) Kt takes P seems better, for Black d re not take the K P,and, if he
pla Kt to Q B4, White may reply Kt to K with a strong attack.
d) I t does not appear that Q to Kt 4 would yield him any advantage.
(e) Q R to Q sqwould Surely be stronger.
(f ) H e would clearly lose a piece by playing Q to Kt 5 .
(9) H ad be taken P with Q, Black would have answered by Kt toB5 .
(h) H e ought rather to play P to Q B4, and afterwards R to Q sq. Theretreat of theKt blocks his
pieces, and loses the game.
(i) The ending 18 very we played by Mr Pierce.
(k) I f we mistake not, the mate can be given in six moves, beginningR to Kt 6 ch.
GAME 22.
In Mr Archdall’
s C orrespondence C hess Tourney.
Game between H . Brewer, Bournemouth, andWil liam N ash, St. N cots.
WH ITE (H . Brewer) . Nash).l P to K 4
2 Kt to K B33 Bto Kt 5
cc»
o
23 Kt to q(h)24 Q to R 325 Q to Kt 426 Q to K 227 Q to K 3
28 K takes P
29 Q to Q 430 R toKt sq1n 7moves. (k)
10Q to K 2
l l Kt to q12 Kt to K 3
13 Kt to KB514 P to Q 415 K Kt to R 4
16
The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle.
8
8m5
h
p
“
5
5
a
s
8
”11
3
00
500
03
S
wwwwwh
wwwww
8
8
8
8nE0§$
wwwwW
«5
N ash.
(a) This move first occurred in the first game of the match between SteinitzandBlackburne, andmany of the leadin players consider it strongerusual move ofBtakes Kt, which opens 0QKt file for the early developmentof the Black Rook.
owing the play of Steinitz, in the game referred to above,too closely, without regard to his opponent
’s play differing from that of
Blackburne.
(c) Bto Kt 3, or even BtakesB, wouldhave been preferable to this move.
(d) With the intention of dislodging the adverse Kt by Kt to K Kt 2 .
(c) This move wins a Pawn tom rarily, but it compromises White’s
position. H adheplayed 15 P“k“ P t erewouldhave followed 15 K Kt takes P,andwhether he exchanges Kt or not, Black threatens, amongst other things,to proceedwith P to K 5, followed by Kt takes Q BP,&c.
(f A necessary precaution had Black attempted to recover the Pawn by
17Q toB4, therewould have followed 18331
1
‘
s?19 P to Q 4.&c.
(g) This move has been long impending, and gives the second player adecided advantage.
(h) Probably there is no better move.
(6) The best move. I f he had played 24 (Tm therewould have
followed 25 zzz3:26 K to Q 2» and Black’s attack would soon have become
exhausted.
(fi l f fi w then 25 Bto Bsq, 26 27 Q to 8 2 beot . (if 27Q ta q M Btakes R K to Bsq117 111 5
28Q,R to Kt oq
28QtoK7ch Qtakel B
ig to x uq E to R 4
h‘
to'
3T, ac‘
.
( Is) Black threatens 28Bto Q5 ch , followed by Q takes Q P, 810.
P
m4
wwm
P
w
t
B
w
QK
a
mm
m
x
m
a
u
a
mmmwmmmmww
K
QP
BQQQBR
BR
58 The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle.
Gu n : 23.
O ne of the sixteen simultaneous blindfold games played by DrZukertort at theWest E nd Chess C lub, on Saturday, 16thDec., 1876.
( Centre Counter Gambit)Wm'rn (Dr Zukertort, blindfold). BLACK (M1 WalterW. R. Ball) .
1 P to K 4 1 P to Q 42 P takes P 2 Q takes P3 Kt to QB3 3 Q to Q R 44 Kt to B3 4 P to QB3 (a)5 P to Q 4 5 P to K 3 (b)6 Bto Q 3 6 Kt to B37 7 Bto K 2
8 Kt to K 2 8 Q Kt to Q 29 P to B4 9 P to K 4 (c)10Bto Q 2 10 Q toB2l l P takes P 11 Kt takes P
12 Kt takes Kt 12 Q takes Ktl 3 BtoB3 l 3 Q toB214 Kt to Kt 3 14 Bto K 3
15 Kt toB5 (d) 15 C astles (Q side)16 Kt takes Bch 16 Q takes Kt
l 7 Q toB2 l 7 P to K R 4
18 P to QKt 4 18 Q to Q 319 Bto B5 19 Kt to Kt 5
20 P to Kt 3 20 Kt takes R P (e)21 K takes Kt 21 P to R 5
22 Btakes Bch (f ) 22 P takes B23 K to Kt 2 23 P to Q Kt 4 (g)24 Q R to q 24 Q toB225 R takes R ch 25 K takes R
26 Q to Q 3 ch 26 K toBsq27 Q to K 4 27 P takes BP28 Q takes P ch 28 K to Kt sq(h)29 E to K 5 29
(a) A weak move, preventing the egress of the Q Kt, and if P toK 3 be
afterwards played, of the QBal so.
(6) H e should rather have brought his Q Binto the field first.(0) Probably the best play to free his game.
(11) B this move White secures the exchange of his Kt for one of the
adverse ishops.
(e) C learly an unsound sacrifice, but it is not easy to see what his best line
of action here was.
(f ) This exchange seems to na impolitic, for Black should of course have
re- taken with his Queen , threatening the den erous check at R 6 presently .
(y) We fail to discover how this movecoul improve Black’s position.
(It) Seeing his affairs to be desperate, he performs the happy despatch.
The Chess Player's Chronicle. 59
Gu n: 24.
Played some time ago at theWest-E nd C hess C lub.
Wm (Dr Zukertort).1 PmK 42 E mB4
(a) Black chose this defence, having been embarrassed in previous gamesby the attacks springing from 2 Kt to K B3 and 3 Q to K 2.
(b) The itien is now that of the C unningham Gambit. In answer to
the check,nfite will of course select the more adventurous course of givingup the three Pawns for the attack.
(c) P to Q 4, and on B taking P, Kt to KB3 is eonsidered a satisfactorydefence, irrespective of the odds.
d) Pretty. Mate follows the os ture of the Queen in seven moves at
most : Black could only have delay it two more moves by interposing the
Gum 25.
Played in July, 1876, at the Hague.
WBITE (D1' Zukertort).1 P to K 4
2 Kt to QB33 Kt to KB34 P to Q 4
- 5 Kt takes P
6 Kt to Kt 5
60 The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle.
Kt to Q 6 chBmKB4
Kt to Q 6P to K Kt 3 (e)C astles Q RP toB4P takes P
Q takes KtBtakes Kt
by(a) Better than 2 P to K 3 , because in that caseWhite might continue the
11t 3 P to K Kt 3 and 4 Bto K Kt 2, a line of play which originatedwith L . aulsen.
(b) This defence was first suggested in America, and was adopted byPanlsen in one of his match games (Jnly, 1876) with Anderssen.
(c) This, Dr Zukertort thinks, is much more efl'
ective than Bto K Kt 5, aspla cd by Anderssen in the game in usation.
(fl) Black gains a loss by this move; ut in any caseWhite has a good
Q(c) a
c
b
h
le him to C astle without allowing Black to relieve himself byto 5
(f ) H owever he plays, Black must now lose a piece.
Gu n: 26.
Played at the C ircolo or C lub, Genoa, May, 1876.
(Giuoco Piano Ow ing).Warm (Herr MaxBingen) . BLACK (Mr Wayte).1 P to K 4 1 P to K 4
2 Kt to KB3 2 Kt to QB$3 BwQB4 s BmQB44 P to QB3 4 Kt to KB35 P to Q 4 5 P takes P
6 P to K 5 (a) 6 P to Q 47 Bto QKt 5 7 Kt to K 5
8 Kt takes P (b) 8
9 Btakes Kt 9 P takes B10Bto K 3 (c) 10Bto Q R 3l l Q to K Kt 4 l l Btakes Kt (d)12 P takes B 12 P to KB4l 3 Q to KB3 (e) 13 Q to K 2
14 P to Q R 3 14 P toQB415 Kt to QB3 (f ) 15 P takes P
l 6 Btakes P 16 P to QB417 Kt takes P 17 Q to Q Kt 2
The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle. 61
(a) Theweakness of this ancient classical move has long been felt bythebest
players, andwas insisted on by MrWormald, in the second edition
C hess O enings and by Mr Wayte, in the C hess Player’sChronicle,
” Vol. 18. (1874 p. 226. The alternative, 6 P takes P, alsoscarcely leads to an equal game, 1f Black continues with
6 Bto Kt 5 ch7Bto Q 2 7Btakes Bch
8 Q Kt takes B 8 Kt takes K P (best).
be(b) Perhaps slightly inferior to 8 P takes P. In either case, Black has thetter ame.
(c) ite should have castled while it was in his power. Apparently hethought that Black could not venture 10Bto Q R 3
,overlooking the fact
that, in answer to 11 Kt takes P, Black could play 11 Btakes B, leavinghis Queen en pr ise, and threatening mate.
(d) C ompulsory, to prevent Kt to K B5 threatening mate, andwinning a
(e) I f 13 P takes P en passant, 13 Q takes P, 14 P to K B Kt to Q3,andBlack has a great attack on the Open K file.
This loses a Piece, but White has really no good move on the board.
If t to Q 2, Black roceeds as in the text ; and if P takes P, Q takes K P,attacking the Q KtP, and also threatening P to Q 5 or P to K B5.
(g) The onl move to win the Piece. If Q to Q 2,White might have
play?Q
to Kt 3 ; and if Q to K B2 , there was still some resource into 6 .
This was the only game reserved of five, played on the evenings ofMay 12th and 13th. O f these rWayte won three, H err Bingen one
, andone was drawn. Neither player was in ve good form,
Mr Wayte not
having pla cd for some months, while H err ingen , who is much the best
player in genoa, has no practice except at odds. The ame appeared in theI llustrated London N ews, but, by a singular mistake (which could not afterwards be traced, as theMS. was lost) the names of the players were reversed.
On this account, andowing to the rarity of games played by E nglish travellersin Italy, we have thought it worth reprinting.
GAME 27.
Played in the recent Match at St. George’
s C hess C lub.
( Scotch Gambit) .
WH ITE (Mr Wayto) . BLACK (Mr Minchin) .l P to K 4 l P to K 4
2 Kt to KB3 2 Kt to QB33 P to Q 4 3 P takes P
4 Kt takes P 4 Bto QB45 Kt to K B5 5 Q to KB36 Kt to QB3 6 K Kt to K 2
7 Kt to K 3 7 P to Q 38 E to K 2 8 H to K 3
9 C astles 9 C astles Q R10 K toq (a) 10Btakes Kt11 Btakes B 11 P to Q 4
And the game was drawn.
(a) Black, in our opinion, has played the best defence in this variation .
White subsequently played K Kt to Q 5 at this point, to prevent theopenin of the Q file.
(b) hilemaking this move, Black admitted thatBtakes Kt was probablysounder in theory ; but Mr M. already meditated the chivalrous sacrifice ofthe exchange.
(0) Black thought that his Opponent could not afford to part with the K Ban important piece for the defence of the King
’s quarters.
(d) I t does not appear that he has any better move, as Kt to KB4 isthreatened. With a Pawn superiority, Black now succeeds by very able
play in nullifying the advantage of the exchange.
(e) R to Kt 2 is perhaps better.
(f White has no chance to win, and acts wisely
,we think, in at once
securing the draw. The passedPawn , so well supported as it is, might easilybecome dangerous. This was the only drawn game in the match.
64 The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
44 Btakes P45 R to R 7
46 P to R 5 (e)47 R to Kt 7
48 R to Kt 5
49 K teB550 K to Kt 6
51 R to Kt 2
52 P to R 6
53 P to R 7
54 K to Kt 755 P Queens56 K takes R
57 P takes P
58 R to Q R 259 Btakes P
AndBlack resignsthegame6L match
hzeitung praises this move as the most energetic way of pursuingthe attack. Dr Zukertort prefersBto Q B4, and afterwards P to Q 3 .
(b) Not a goodmove. The exchange is in itself disadvantageous, and the
Pawn remains weak.
(0) P to K Kt 4 is preferable. Whitegains nothingby the move in the text.(d) The best move. Anderssen
’s defence is this point unexception
able till nearly the end of the game.
(e) A miscalculation, which costs the game and the match. K to Q 5
would have drawn t he game.
GAME 29.
Played at H amburg (Schachzeitung) .(Danish Gambit) .
WH ITE
kfl errM. Bier) . BLACK (Herr S. R . Rocamora).
1 P to 4 1 P to K 4
2 P to Q 4 2 P takes P
3 P to QB3 3 P takes P
BtoQB4 4 P takes P
5 QBtakes P 5 Kt to K B36 Kt to QB3 (a) 6 Kt toB37 Kt toB3 7 Bto Kt 58 QmB2 8 PmQ 39 C astles Q R 9 Btakes Kt10Btakes B 10 C astles
11 P to K 5 11 Kt toq12 P to K R 4 12 Q to K 2
13 Kt to Kt 5 13 P to K Kt 3
14 P takes P 14 Kt takes P15 K R toq 15 Q to q16 Q to Kt 2 (b) 16 Kt takes B17 R takes Q 17 Kt takes Q
Mate in four moves.
The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle. 65
N otes.
(a) N o doubt the best move; first, we believe, recommended by H err
Rosenthal .
(b) A very pretty huish. If Black does not take theB, the game is clearlylost by Bto R 8.
CORRESPONDENCE .
(To the Editor of the C hess Player’
s Chronicle).
SI R ,—~ I em a moderate chess player over the board, but as regards playing
over games published during the last thirty years in books, periodicals, &c.,
I have no hesitation in saying that I couldgivePawn and two moves toMorphyor Steinitz. During that period I have had the pleasure also of witnessing, in
person, the skil l of two generations of the greatest chess players, such as
Staunton , A nderssen,Buckle
,St. Amant, &c., in the former, and nearly all
the eminent names in the latter. For some years past, however, I haveobserved, with ever- increasing regret, the undue spread of what ya termedexhaustive analysis of the various Openings. O f course a certam amount
of book knowledge is not only desirable, but indispensable but I venture to
express an Opinion that, carried to the extent it now is,this knowledge tends
todestroy all originali ty in actual play, and, more or less, to paralyze native
(if I may use the word) chess genius and talent. I shal l not occupy yourspace by addressing arguments in favour of this idea,
—l st,because those who
may agree with me do not want any and 2dly , because those who do not,would not be in any way influenced by them. H olding then this Opinion , Ibeg to offer to the C ommittee of the C ounties C hess Association, a prize of£5 5s.
,to be competed for at the forthcoming meeting at Birmingham,
upon
the same terms as those in theMongredien Tournament, viz., the transposition
of the Knights and Bishops. Should the offer be accepted, I would suggest
two or three condi tions. l et, The contest to be confined to provincial
amateurs ; 2d, E ach competitor to play one game with each other 3d, Drawngames not to count ; 4th, The entries not to be less than eight ; 5th, Thewinner of most games to take the prize, and in case of a tie, to play a rubberof three, either at the time, or, if necessary, at some time and place to be
agreed upon by the players, and with the approval of the C ommittee. C onditions 3 and 4
,
are indispensable. As to the remaining conditions, or anyothers which may be suggested, I invite discussion . With regard to conditionl et
,the C ommittee wil l doubtless have to decide whether those Members of
the A ssociation who now reside in London will be allowed to compete at all
at the meeting. For my own part, I should be very glad indeed to see myold friend Mr Minchin engaged in this littleTourney. This
,however, is a
matter which of course I leave entire] in the hands of the C ommittee.
L astly, should the offer be accepted, make it a point of honour with
intending competitors, that they do not, in the interval, make up the
opening, by playing it either with themselves or others, as this would clearlydefeat the object I have in view
,viz.
,to throw the players entirely on their
own resources. I should, however, make no objection to their studying thegames in theMongredien Tournament, if disposed to do so. I em
,&c.
,
R E V. J GREEN E ,President, Bristol and C lifton C hess As sociation.
P .S.—Since writing the above, it has occurred to me that, to prevent all
of dissatist’
action, it would be better forme to reserve, till the
the exact method of transposition, which I propose to make.
The Chess P layer’
s Chrom’
cle.
C H E S S I NTE L L IGE N C E .
Sacas 'm ams or C LUBS A NDo'rmms are invi ted to assist us in making
our record of the month’s doings as comp lete as possible.
We learn from the Schachzei tung that the renowned veteran of Germany,Prof. Anderssen
,this year celebrates his C hess Jubiles. A t the last meetin of
theMid-German C hess A ssociation, it was determined to organizea festiva in
honour of the great master, to commence at Leipsic on the 8th of July, and toconsist of a tournament for first -class players (in which H err Anderssen
himself will take part), besides several minor tourneys. I ntending competitors
and subscribers should at once address themselves to H err Zwansig, 20
A lexander Strasse, Leipzig.
The second handicap tourney of the C afé de la R égence terminated in thel et prize being gained by M . C hamier. The 2d and 3d were awarded to
Baron de Foucaul t and M . Maczuski,who won an equal number of games.
The 4th was given to M . Joliet. Messrs. Bezkrowny and C lerc were obliged,for private reasons, to retire from the tourney before it was finished. Thematch between MM. Bezkrowny and Morel ended by 11 games being won bythe former to 9 by the latter, and 6 were drawn. Another match is now
being played on the same conditions.—L a Strategies
The I talian C hess Magazine, L a Nnova R ivista, for February, contains a
letter to the editors from H err Von der Lasa upon C hess Notation . Takinga dissatisfied view of the various systems of notation now prevailing in France,E ngland, I taly, and Germany, he advocates the general introduction and use
of the a ebraic system. There is also an editorial article upon the same
subject ; at as the system advocated is not explained, or illustrated byexamples, we are unable to form any opinion as to 1ts merits.
The Book of the International C ongress of Philadelphia has been published.
I t is edited by Mr W. H . Sayen, and is an elegant volume of 200 pages,containing the history of the tournament, and sixty annotated gameaAn association of ladies and gentlemen, entitled the H artford C hess C lub,
has been formed at H artford, C onnecticut, under the presidency of Mrs J W.
Gilbert, a lady whose remarkable skill in chess has become widely knownthrough the publication of several correspondence games, played and won byheragainst several well
- known amateurs in theUnited States and C anada. O n
the first n ight of meeting, 17 ladies and 25 gentlemen were elected members
of the chess circle ; and it was arranged to holdweekly meetings at the housesof the members, in rotation
,during the wintermonths.
—I ll. L end.
We are informed by Mr Gossip that he intends shortly to publish a new
work on the O penings. H e has forwarded to us some of theMS.,and
,as far
as we are able to see, his analysis appears to be of a very exhaustive
character, but we have not yet had time to give it more than a cursoryexamination . The book, we believe, is to be entitled Theory of the C hess
O penings,”and is to be issued at the extremely moderate price of 4s. 6d. A t
the re nest of the author, we shall be happy to receive the names of
subscri ers, several of which have already been sent na.
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
The Automaton C hess Player,erst exhibiting his skill at the C rystal
Palace, and of late at the Aquarium,Westminster, has, we believe, gone forth
to seek his adventures in foreign lands, andwill commence by doing batt le
with all comers in Germany.
The C ounties C hess Association has acceptedthe invitation of theBirmingham C lub to hold its next meeting at Birmingham in August.LO UTH , LINC OLNSH I R E .
—The C hess Meeting held in this town early inJanuary last is bearing goodfruit. The immediate outcomewas the formationof a Lincoln C ounty Association, and now we have pleasure in recording the
format ion of a C lub in Louth for the town and neighbourhood. The members,by complimentary inv itation, have asked Mr Skipworth to be their first
honorary member. This is now the fourth C lub established in the countywithin a comparatively short time.
SH E FF I E LD.—O u Tuesday, the 23d Jannary, a match took place between
the Sheffield A thenaeum C lub and the St Peter’
s C lub of that town . Thecompetitors were
Athenwum. St Peter’
s Won. Drawn. Unfinished
MrWalter C ockayne MrBarraclmuh 0 l 0
J . J C hampion Jno. H owe 0 0 0
Brown J Greenhough 0 0 0
Shaw Zimmermann 0 0 0
G. B. C ooking C arl H ahn 0 0 1
E . O ockayne T. Snow 1 0 0
The return match was played in the Dining Room of the Athenaeum, on
Tuesday evening, 13th February, with the following resul tAthenaeum. St Peter
's.
Mr H enry Dury Mr BarracloughBurrows J . Greenhough
A llott R . SnowE . J Waterfall H . Zimmermann
Fushling C amm
R ossel Fisher
J Barlow Scott
This match was to consist of two games betwixt each player. TheAthenaeumwon six, lost five; one drawn , oneunfinished, and one not commenced.
The A thenaeum did not,on either occasion , select their strongest players,
the endeavour being to bring such as were about equal to those of St Peter’s.
The St Peter’
s is a young and rising C lub, and the A thenaeum
must keep awake, or it will lose the pre-eminence of being, as it has been for
so many years, the strongest C hess C lub in Sheffield. These encounters haveinfused new life; andwe trust that next season will witness a renewal of thefriendly contest.Bm aeowam .
—O u Friday, the 19th of Jannary, six members of the
Strathmore C lub and four Strangers, includingMr G.B. Fraser of Dundee,held a tournament at theParsonage, Blairgowrie. Mr Fraserwas handicappedof course, but equally, of course, won every game. Mr W. Macpherson
ranked next as regards success. O uWednesday, the 24th ul t., a match took
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
(place at Dr Davidson’
s between three players of Blairgowrie and three of
oupar-Angus, with the following result
—one game was not played:Blairg'owrie. Ooupar
-An
Bamford,F. Torry
,J .
Davis,Rev. F. W Lowe
Soutar, T. Davidson, DrC nsss Maren ATMANC H E STE R .
—A match between theManchester Chess
C lub and the Manchester A thenaeum C hess C lub was played on Saturday,February 3d, at the R ooms of the former, in Market Street, Manchester.
E ach C lub was represented by fifteen members, who were paired according to
their reputed strength, every couple playing two games. Play commencedsoon after half- past two, and the last game was finished shortly before eighto’
clock. A s will be seen from the following statement, the match resulted in
a victory for the Athenaeum C hess C lub, by 16 games to 11, 3 games beingdrawn
Athenaeum C lub.
E . H . Wood
J . Fish
J J LewisBeckmeyerE . MitchellR . C . BoyerC . H ague
Von Zabern
K. M . GiltsyLocke H oltE . E vans
C . A . DustH igginbotham
R . 0. C ooper
Zollner
Total 3
BR I STOL YO UN G ME N 8 C H R lSTIAN ASSOC IATION C H E SS C LUB.—The
H on . Secretary'
(Mr S. T. Jey) of this C lub informs us that a tournament wascommenced on the l oth ul t.
,in which more than one half of the members
have entered. C . Boom e, E sq.,President
,has offered the 1st prize, and there
are four other prizes to be played for.
O u the 7th of February, 1877, a match was played in the lecture room of
this A ssociation, between eight of its members and a similar number belongingto the Bristol and C lifton C hess C lub, who gave the odds of a Knight in each
game. Mr C . Boorne, President of the Association C lub, acted as referee.
The result was as follows :
C l ifton C lub.
MrW. Berry 3 Mr H . S. BunceW. Franklin 25 H . G. Gardner
G. H arding 0 W. H all,
H arsant 2 K. H unt
H orter 3 0. H unt
Newton 0} T. H unt
Pearce 2 S. T. JeyTibbits 1 t 14 G.Templar
Mr LordSteinkuhler
J BaddeleyM‘C lelland
Edmondson
J.
.Grundy
0. Simon
C olonel ViallsMrW. Jones
Seel
F. C oupe
Rev. H . A . LewisMr J Jackson
N ewnes
Glass
The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle. 69
TH E L ONDO N C LUBs—St. George’s. —The E ven Tournament ended as we
predicted in our last—Dr Ballard taking the first prize, and Prof. Wayte the
second. Immediately upon its conclusion another tourney was started, whichintroduces a species of odds new,
we believe, in E ngland, though it has been
practised in Germany. There are several players in the St. George’s to whomthe best players of the C lub could not successfully yield the odds of Pawn and
more, but who would have no chance of a prize in an even contest. To giveevery player a chance, the stronger have to give odds, not in material, but inthe score. Dr Zukertort was appointed handicapper, and his arrangement is
as follows : Dr Ballard and Prof. Wayte, the winners in the even tourney,start at scratch ; Mr Minchin receives half a game in the score ; Mr Lindsay
,
1 game; Mr Salter,l Mr Foster, 2 ; Sir C harles L ocock, Mr Ball
,andMr
de Soyres, 2h; Mr arner, 3 ; and the H on . H . C . Plunkett, 4 games at
starting. E ach layer has to play two ames with every other, drawn gamescounting half. f the present state of t e score we will only observe that Mr
Plunkett has been playing in a style which clearly shows that on any future
occasion he will be much less lightly handicapped; Mr de Soyres is also well
to the fore; Dr Ballard, no doubt, as is usual with him, will be well up at the
huish ; but as yet he has played very few of his games.
West E nd—The first prize in the H andicap has been won by Mr H eath ;the second by Mr Ryan . The third and fourth prizes remain to be decided
between Dr Ballard and Mr E hrlich. A new first class toume upon even
terms, has just been started. The entries comprise MessrsB lard,E ccles,
H eath, Martin, Minchin, R obey, Schweitzer, andWayte.
E rrata in our last, p. 45
,last l ine of I ntelligence, for the two last played,
read the two lost .” The statement (at p. 41) that we do not usually select
for reprinting games from a former series of‘The C hess Player’s
was intended to refer only to the two last series, commencing in 1868. O ur
Select Reprints will, as a rule, be for games at least ten years old. They will ,it is hoped, interest many readers into whose hands the older periodicals and
col lections of games may not have fallen.
The Universities Match will,we hear, take place in London on
March 22d,but the exact locality appears to be not yet settled.
We have not yet received the February numbers of the Schachze'itungand Strategie. As soon as our home and foreign exchanges are more fullyestablished
,we hope to be able to g1ve a larger quantity of C hess news.
NOTIC E S TO C O RRESPO N DE NTS.
A . Rosenbaum, London ; S. T. J Bristol ; G. B. C . , Shemeld; Von Z. ,
Manchester; J J Dewsbury ; F. W. D.,Blairgowrie; J G. C lifton ; and
A . B. S., Tetford, are thanked for their contributions and communications.
J J (1 , Sheffield. We are obliged by your letter
,and agree with your
remarks on the variations in question . here are more things in heavenand earth
,
” &c. By- and-bye we propose to call attention to some of thesethings unnoticed by the books.Dr V.
, Littlehampton. Thanks for the correction. We do not now
remember who sent us the game.
Prof. T., H ighgate. O ur warmest acknowledgments for the article, and forthe promised games, which, we need hardly say, will be very acceptable.
G . E . B., R ipon. Accept our best thanks for your welcome contributionand accompanying letter.
fl ) TM CWm 1%mMs mmmMa
Psosmms.—R . Dalton has solved N o. 9 ; F. W. Davis, N os. 9, 14 ; W.
Johnstone, N os. 9, 12 ; Sergt .-MajorM‘Arthur, N 08. 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 ;
H .Blanchard, N os. 9, 10, 11, 12 13 , 14, 15 , 16.
mmm u m ww fi m amh mm s n mmm a a
Taylor, Se -MajorM‘Arthur, G. E . Barbier
,A . Townzen
and G. J later, with all of whom we have also had the
mnnicat'
by Post, and trust our letters wereduly received.
W. J . blem N o. 15.—In reply to Q to K 3
, Black plays Kt to R 3.
SO LUTIO N S O F PR OBLEMS.
WH ITE . BLACK.
N o. I X .—1 R to KB2
N o. X .—1 Q to KBsq l BtoB62 R takes Kt ch 2 Anything3 Q or P mates accordingly
N o. X I . —l Q takesBP 1 Btakes Q2 Btakes P ch 2 K takesB3 Kt mates
2 Q takes P ch
QwQ7
1
R takes R ch 2
Q takes R m’
ate
QmQ takes R ch
Q matesKt to KB6Kt to K 8
Kt mates
Bto R 5
Q to Q 4 chP takes P
Bot mates
Kt to K 3 ch l Btakes KtBto B7ch 2 Q takesBQ to Q 5 ch 3 Q takes ate
All communications intended for this Magazine should be addressedto the Editor, St. Ronan
’s, Malvern, or if for the Problem Department, to J
C rum, E s 16 Bothwell Street, Glasgow.
We sha be glad to acknowledge any Solutions of Problems which wemayreceive before the 2oth of each month.
N o. 21.—By Sergt -Major M‘Am ua. N o. 22 .
—By H .BLAKOBA]BLACK.
WH ITE .
White to play andmate in three moves. Wh ite to play andmate in thre
N o. 23.—By A . TOWNSEND. No. 24.
—By H . F . L .
White to play andmate in four moves. White to play andmate in six
TE RMS OF SUBSC R I FTI O N .
UNITED KINGDOM, Six Shillings per annum p1
A nson ) , Five Shillings andSixpence per annum, postag
‘tTLhc 0111255 36111132135 t rouiclr.
2d A P R I L ,- 1877.
ON THE E C O N OMY O F PIE C ES IN THE C O NSTRUCTIO NO F PR OBLEMS.
THE construction of a problem may be faulty in several ways, but
themost important to notice are the three following1. When the position contains what are commonly called badduals.
I will not treat of this case in the present number, but draw the
attention of the Chronicle’
s readers to it on a future occasion .
2. When the position contains pieces which are altogether useless ;they do not, by their presence, furnish additional variations theypossess no active property they are mere lookers-ou, and have beenintroduced among the others either through the composer
’
s careless
ness,or under the impression that they improved the look of the
position , inasmuch as there is an appearance of.
a more even balanceof power. This case is seldom metwith now-a-days, but is of frequentoccurrence in the problems of composers who preceded the modernschool .
3. When every piece seems to be necessary in order to falhl theconditions of the problem but when
,by a more comprehensive
examination of the resources of the position than the composer cared
or was able to make,we can remove one or more pieces Without
interfering with the conditions, Without altering the idea, but oftenadding new variations which are closely and naturally connectedwith it, widening the mom for the action of the pieces, and therebyrendering the solution more difficult.I propose to examine two positions which illustrate the last two
ases, and in the course of my examination I will make some
observations on what I consider sound, and what I consider unsoundconstruction
74 The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle.
N o. I .—By C on an Bu n .
Problem N o. I . is one of a set which gained the first prize in LaStrategies last .Tourney.
It is unnecessary to say that I have no desire to sit in judgment
over Bayer’s problems, for we all know him to be one of the greatestcomposers that ever lived, and although I think, that in his latterproblems he is much too fond of duals, yet his construction does not
generally show the defects which are found in the one under discussion, which seems to have been composed in an unpropitiousmoment.The Key-move is Kt to B5 . Black moves his King either to
B6 or Q 4, whereupon Kt discovers checkmate at Kt 3 or Q 6.
Black Kin moves to B5 or K 4, the Kt, in either case
,may
ver Mate y going to Kt 3 or Q 6. This is a dua l move, and ina position of this kind is allowable and legitimate ] Black may also
move the Pawn, and be mated next move by the interposition of the
Kt. N ow,let us look at the utili ty and ofiice of every piece. After
a cursory examination, we do not see that the construction is faultyin regard to the last of the three cases we stated above
,but we
plain ly see that it is, in regard to the second, for the Black Book at
Q R 7 is al together useless. I t gives Black a show of strength whichhe does not really
goesoea, and on that very account
,the solution is
rendered easier. f course, in a two-move problem, the presence of
a useless piece cannot very materially helpthe solver, but yet it does,
in a certain measure, as it limits W ite’s possible moves. For
example: it is evident that White’s first move cannot be Bto Ktsquare
,as the Black R ook would be enabled to check at once. The
truth of the principle that useless Black pieces make the solution of
a problem easier, will be much more apparent in a problem of three
The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle. 75
or four moves ; for, let us suppose that a position similar‘
in construc
tion to Bayer’s could only be solved in four moves, we see that wehave no time to waste
,that we may not check on our first move, but
that it is most likely we shall have to do so on the second,for Black
threatens the capture of our Bishop and a check next move.
Therefore, we come to the conclusion that the problem is not one of
those difficult stratagems in which check is only given on the lastm ove. All this clears the ground for us, and the presence of thatuseless Rook imparts such knowledge to the solver as leads him well
111 h half way in his successful search for a solution .
we look more carefully into the position, we also find that theconstruction is faulty in regard to the third case. The Black Kt atB 2 is required to cover the check of 1 R ook to K 7
,for
, if the Kt
w ere removed,therh would be a mate next move with the other
R ook at R 4. Moreover,the square on which the Kt stands must
be occupied, for on Whi te’s first move, Black might occupy it with
hi s Bishop, and there would be no mate next move, so that, so far asw e have gone, we do not see that we have anything to say against
th is useful Kt. L et us look at the BlackB. A s the pieces stand inth e author’s position , it is required to prevent a second solution byl Kt toB3, threatening mate with R ook at K 5 . Here theBis of
use, for it goes toB6. N ow, let us remove it altogether, and see if
w e cannot place the Black Kt in such a position as will increase its
u t il ity, andmake it do duty both for itself and for the dischargedBishop. Let it go to King
’
s Bishop’
s square. From its new position ,
i t can interpose if R checks at King’s 7, and if mate is threatened by1 Kt toB3, it moves to Kt 3 or Q 2, and Black’
s King’
s 4 is -
pro
t ected. Therefore, the Black Bishop is ( letrop . The more activep ieces are, either in the attack or defence, the more vigorous and
beautiful a problem will be. To endow a piece with as many offices
as possible instead of dividing the performance of. these amongseveral, has been called eoneentm tteeness by some composers ; it mightbe called centralization.
Apart from the great advantage it possesses of clearing the boardof all useless elements, and of giving greater scope for play as well as
m aking the composition more terse, it is evident that the solutionw ill bemore diflicult as has been said before
,in a two-move problem
t his is not seen to such advantage as it would be in a problem of
m oremoves.
L et us suppose that in a four—moveproblem , carelessly constructed,W hite has, besides the key-move, six others that seem at first sightt o be plausible means of attack.
‘ If those six moves are severallym et by the defensive action of a different Black piece, White will
That which chicfly distinguishes the compositions of the masters is the
m anifold roads for attack at White’s disposal ; and this cardinal quality isclosely connectedwith the economy of the pieces.
76 The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle.
soon see the fruitlessness of his attempts at every new piece that
starts up in front of him to protect the Black King, and thereforewill turn to fresh fields and pastures new.
” But if the composer
has united all the defensive power, or most of it, in one piece, let us
say the Queen , then it will takeWhite a great deal more time tofind out all the available moves of the defence. H e may be led to
think,because a solitary enemy is in sight, that almost any roadwill
lead to victory, but he wil l gradually find out that the Queen is
here, there, and everywhere, multiplying her resources as the danger
increases. This will make him waste time, admire Black’s strategy ,
and he will, on that account, relish themore the subtlety of White'splay and the beauty of the mate.
No. I I .—By F . H . Baum .
BLACK.
WHITE .
White to play andmate in three moves.
Problem N o. I I . is taken from TheField of June 17, 1876. Theconstruction is faulty in regard to the third case
,so much so, that I
shall be able to prove that there are six useless pieces.
The solution is—l Q to Kt 3, threatening mate at Q 3 ; Blackmoves his Bishop to Kt 4 ; Q goes to Q B3, and on Black Kingtaking Knight, mates at King’s 5 .
A s‘
the position stands, theWhite Kt at Q 6 is required
,for, in
the main variation , Black, on its second move, would escape at
King’
s 5, no longer commanded by the Kt . L et us notice thatin this latter position—the Kt being removed—we would beenabled to mate by 3 Q to K B3, but for the presence of the BlackR ook at Kn ight’s 6, which, being no longerp inned, would of course
capture our Queen . Then,it seems as if theWhite Kt were on the
board, because the Black Rook is on theboard too. White seems to
N o. 111.
White to play andmate in three moves.
TM CMw PMmfi O MmMe
GL E Bu mm .
GAME 30.
A game in the late Match.
m,yaw
w
a
e
3
3
5
P
h
1
0
1\
BB4
$0
5
4
E
C
5
6
C
M4
K
ssa
a
BR
R
BP
BK
(K
o
o
QQK
o
QK
MMK
K
mmK
a
m
a
u
u
mmmu
m
t
a
mma
a
mw
m
P
K
K
BP
BK
QP
K
BP
BBP
BP
WI
2
3
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
111
111
1
1
11.
TM CMw PMWQ OMmMe 79
8
8
3
3
8
8
8
8
g
E
N
N
N0O
N
N
N
s
a
s
"
?
g
wfi
g
nw
nw
°‘
c1
WN
WWH
WN
N
N
WN
WWWWWWWWN
N
WWWW
g
o
s
s
s
S
s
S
s
s
s
s
s
MWH
N otes
(a) See 0 63 of theMarch number, note (a).(b) Kt t%R 4 would now be effective, and certainly seems to show that
4 Bto Q B4 is less attacking than 4 P to Q 4.
(c) A slip which costs a Pawn ; butWhite has now ao uired a forciblehold,and it is not easy to finda rfectly satisfactory move. f 9 Q to Q 2 , Whitewould win easily by Kt toK6 oh, threatening Q to K R 6 after the exchange
Perhaps 9 Btakes Kt is the least disadvantageous.eedlessly throwing away the gainedPawn . White miscalculated the
effect of Black’s 19th and 2oth moves. Bto Q Kt 3 would have preservedthe advantage.
80 The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle.
(e) This is White’s best chance to keep up pressure. The Kt is safe
enou h, though his position looks a little dangerous.
(f This loses the game, which Black might have drawn by R to Q 3 .
Probably he expected to break through on the Queen’
s side, overlooking the
fact that White is not compelled to undouble the Pawns(g) Better than exchang mg Pawns, as it still leaves a chance open itWhite
attacks the Pawns too soon with his King.
(h) White is obliged to drive the K back tothe rear rank, as otherwise hewould get to Q 7beforeWhite could take the Q BP .
GAME
A game in the
14 Kt toq15 Kt to K 2
16 P to K B317 Q takes Kt18 P to K Kt 3
19 Kt to K Kt 2
20 E te K B2
3 1 Kt takes P
32 Btakes B
o
md
h
9
m
.
I C\
3
8
M
3
2
4
3
3
K
3
R
5
4
t
m4
2
B2
t
2
3
t
t
3
t
m4
BK
K
3
3
BBR
mR
K
WR
Ks
R
BK
2
P
K
R
BK
K
B2
P
K
M
(K
WK
K
QK
mK
K
m
QMmK
K
K
K
K
K
mK
MK
K
K
K
K
K
BmMK
m
a
fi
a
mmma
mmk
ms
t
mma
mmo
s
ma
mmmmo
mmmmm
m
P
K
P
BP
BP
QP
K
P
C
K
QP
K
K
QR
QK
P
QQBQBR
K
P
BK
B1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
8
9
0
19fl
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
200
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
Chess P layer’
s Chronicle. 81
And‘White
Nates by Prof. Wa/yte.
(a) Perhaps a. lost move, yet having a meaning, as the advance of P toK R 3 must weaken the Black King
’s position after castling.
(6) After the dead block of thelast fewmoves, the game now assumes a
l iveli er appearance, and yields some interesting positions.
(o) It was necessary towithdraw theKing beforepursuing theattack further.(d) Under an embarrassing attack, MrM .
’
8 play for many moves has beenremarkable for its depth and soundness. H e now correctly changes ofi
’ both8, reducing matters to a simple ending. I f
,instead
, 36 R takes R ch,37Q takes R ,
37Q to Q R 8 in pursuit of the Pawns, the result of 38 Q toK B 8 ch, 38K to Q 2, 39Bto Kt 5 is in White’s favour.
(3) White is at a slight disadvantage in the endgame, hisKing being somewhat further from the scene of action. Still he could have drawn easily by42 P to R 5
,followed by P to Q B4 . This was not the only game of the
match in which one or other of the players lost by incautiously ex
his last piece.
GAME 32.
Game played at O xford in Match—old versus present members
February 21, 1877.
WH ITE (Rev. J C oker).l P to K 4
2 Kt to K B33 P to Q 4
'
4 Kt takes P
5 Kt to K B36 Bto K 2
7 Kt to QB3 (b)S C astles
33 Q takes ?34 R takes R
35 Q to Kt h
36 Q takes R ch
37 R takec h
38 K to Q 239 Kt to Q
'
Bsq40 K to QB341 Kt to QKt 342 K takes B43 P to QB444 P takes P
45 P to Q R 446 K takes P
47 K takes P
48 P to QKt 4resigns.
BLACK (Mr O swald).1 P to K 4
2 Kt to QB33 P takes P
4 Q to K -R 5
Q takes P eh
cé
ct
82 The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
wwwwoo
wwwwm
Kt takes QR takes P ch
Q to Kt 7oh, and
variation not noticed by Mr Fraser in his analysis of this opening,but not, we believe, a. commendable line of defence.
(b) C as tling at once looks better, forWhite then threatens several dangerousattacks.
(c) H e ought rather to have pinned the Kt, and on White’
s interposing his
Q B, to have taken it off, and played P to K B3.
(d) P to K R 3 seems a more serviceable. move.
(43) This was playingWhite’s game; but he appears to have no goodmove
at his command.
f H ad he taken P with the other Kt,White could answer with
BmQB4(9) Too tame in such a position ; Bto Q R 6 was the right course.
(h) The attack in this game is well playedby Mr C oker.
GAME 33.
In Mr Archdall’
s C orrespondence Tourney, and published by per
mission . C ommenced December 2d,1876, and concluded February
15th, 1877.
( I rregularWH ITE (Mr Skipworth).1 P mQB42 P to K 3
3 P to Q R 34 Kt to QB35 P to Q 46 Kt to K R 3 (b)7 P to Q Kt 38 Kt to K B49 Kt takesB10 P takes P
11 Kt takes Kt
12 BmQB4
9 Bto K 310 P to K Kt 3 (d)11 P to K R 3
12 Btakes Kt (e)13 Q Kt to K 2
14 K toBsq15 Kt to K B316 QKt takes P (f )17 P mQB3l S
'
Kt takes B19 Q takes R ch
20 P takes B2 1 K to Q 2
Opening) .
BLACK (M1‘W. L .
1 P to K 4 (a)2 Kt to QB33 P to K B44 Kt to KB3
Player’
s Chronicle.
And Black resigned (m)
N otes by A . B. Skipworth.
P to K 3,is better in o nings of this description.
According to the E nglis H andbook, p. 385 ,
°White would now be con
srdered to have an advantage in position, and I believe that view will be
generally endorsed.
(c) I f 8 Bto K B29 P takes P 9 Kt takes P10 Q Kt takes Kt 10Btakes Kt
And White cannot advantageously check at K R 5 , for if
11 to K R 5 ch l l P to K Kt 312 t takes P 12 Bto K B2,&c.
(d) first glance this appeared to be the correct pla but it was not
the best move. TheBishop now blocks the Queen’s Kn
'
ig t’s file, which it
was important to keep open , forBlack must castle apparently on the Queen’ss ide, if he castles at all. Besides, Black now threatens an attack on the
K ing’s side, which is best answered by an effective counter attack on the
other side.
(3) This move was only made after ' long and careful examination, and it
enables VVbite, I think, to be just first in attack, or at all events, in all
variations to come out of the way, at least on given terms. All sorts of uglycontingencies had to be guarded against, for Black threatened to open the
K ing’
s Knight’s file, when a bold sacrifice of Bishop or Book might, under
favourable circumstances,have been successful.
(f ) This is rather hel ingWhite to clear the Knight’s file
,now blocked by
twoBishops. O u the ot er hand,‘
P to K Kt 4 would have been answered byP to
.
Q R 5. I t is difficult to find a satisfactory moveforBlack ; he has justnot time for several tempting lines of attack.
84 The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle.
(9) This makes White’s King quite safe
,and White can now give his
opponent undivided attention.
h(h) A t last White has time and opportunity for moving the Bishop out of
t e wa
(i ) RtakesBwas probably better, but nothing could now save the game.
(k) Preventing the escape of Black’s King (for if 3 1 K toBsq, 32 R to
Q Bsq,&c.) and pre ring to win his Queen should he make the apparentlyintended move Q to B5 .
(l) I f 3 1 R to Q Bsq, White mates by 32 R to Q R 8 oh, &c.
(m) For he must lose his Queen for a Rook. The modue operandi is left
to the readou tMrBiggs, we believe, is only a young player, and great credit is due to him
for instituting an attack so nearly capable of success.
1-32 Q to Q R 3
33 Q to QKt 2* 33 Q tO QB5 (A )34 R to QBsq 34 Q to Q 635 R to Q R 3 winning Q
(A) 1f 33 Q to Q 634 R to Q R 3 34 Q to QB535
35 R to QBsq, &c.
*33 Q to K 7 equally wms
GAME 34.
We give this game chiefly on,account of its interesting conclusion.
Lepez) .
WH ITE&Mrs C reagh). BLACK (0. E . Ranken) .1 P to 4 1 P to K 4
2 Kt toK B3 2 Kt to QB33 Bto Kt 5 3 Kt to Q 54 Kt takes Kt P takes Kt
5 C astles 5 P to QB36 BtoB4 6 Kt to B37 P to Q 3 7 E to K 2 (a)8 P to K 5 8 Kt to Kt sq9 Q toB3 ‘
9 P to B310 P toB3 (b) 10 P to Q 411 K P takesBP (c) l l Kt takes P
12 Bto Kt 3 12 C astles
13 Q to K 2 13 Bto Q 314 P to K R 3 14 E toB215 Bto Kt 5 15 Q to Q 316 P to KB4 16 Bto B4 (d)17 P takes P 17 Q R toq18 Q to Q 2 18 P to K R 3 (e)19 Btakes Kt 19 R takesB20 Kt toB3 20 P to K Kt 4
2 1 P to Kt 4 2 1 P takes P (f )22 P takes B 22 R takes P
86 The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle.
P to K R 3 (a)Kt takes Kt
P to Kt 3 (c)P to Q 4BtoB4Bto Q 3R toq ch
Btakes KtK to Kt 2
to K R 4
wwwwwwwo
wo
w
5
N otes.
(a) Unnecessary and weak ; therewas no danger in the check of the Kt atKt 5 . H e should have therefore playedP to Q 4 at once.
(b) Quite in MrThorold’s style, and also, we bel ieve, quite sound.
(0) H adWhite played K to K 3,Black could have recovered his Piece by
P to Q B3 , with an overwhelming attack.
(d) R takes R P was very tempting, and we rather wonder MrThorolddidnot adopt that course.
(e) R etaking with Bwas better; this ought to have lost a pawn .
(f ) We should prefer B takes P ch, to‘
keep the Pawns united; but the
game must anyhow end in a draw with proper play.
GAME 36.
Game Played at the Leeds C lub Meeting on February l st, 1877,between Master Jackson, 13 years of age, andMr E arnshaw
,one of the
strongest Yorkshire players.
( GiuocoBLACK (Master H . Jackson).1 P to K 4
2 Kt to KB33 Bto B44 P to Q 3 (a)5 C astles
ml
t
hQu
o
o
qB4
M
W“4
K
s
MB3
3
4
QBP
BR
2
BR
K
Qa
K
QK
Qw
Qe
Qe
fi
fimwmmmp
o
mmmmmmm
K
QQQK
QK
R
QP
BP
QP
P
R
K
K
B
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
was drawn .
Wah
3
b
t
M
3
3o l0\
4
2
K
r
4
Mt
H
R
B3
vM
Mx
o
o
x
oomu
u
m
wu
u
mo
mmK
K
m
P
K
K
P
BP
C
W1
2
3
4
5
6
78
9
P iano) .
The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle. 87
19 Btakes R20Kt to R Gch
21 Btakes K BP Oz)22 Bto QB423 Kt to Kt 4
24 Bto K 6
25 BtoB526 P takes P
27 Btakes Kt28 K to R 2
29 P to K B330 Q to sq31 P takes B32 Bto K 2
And the game was left unfin ished.
Nates.(a) Leading to what has been styled the Giuoco Pianissimo; Kt to Kt 5, or
P to Q 4 is the holder andmore usual course.
(b) The best players condemn this move in such positions as weakening theKing
’s flank
,for it is eas if the Kt be pinned, to prevent the adverse Kt
coming to Q 5 with any e ect.
(0) Though this move turns out well forBlack, it was taking the Q too faraway from the K side, and should have been answered by Kt to R 2
,followed
by Kt to R 5 ; orWhite’s re ly m ight simply have been P to QB 3 .
(11) By nomeans the best e of action ; he cannot now play P to Q B3,but he might still threaten an awkward attack on theK’
s quarters by thecourse indicated in the last note.
(6) Q toQ 2 was much better.(f ) We sup se both players overlooked that Black could here win a
piece b P to 5 .
(g) e ought, of course, to have te- taken with K .
(h) This capture turns out disastrously forBlack, chiefly on account of theon of his Q, and the exposure to attack of his left wing.
(12) Bto Q 2 was still stronger.(k) T K P withBor Kt seems yet more decisive.
(l) Kt to 6 was the correct move, for had Black now played 30Q R toQ sq, the following was a probable continuation
29 Q to Q 73O Q R to q 30 Kt to K 6 0h
3 1 R takes Q 31 Kt takesBch32 K to Kt 2 32 Kt takesB33 Q to K 6, andBlack will at least be able to draw the game.
88 The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle.
(m) win by the discovered ch at K 6, yet even as he
played it, he gives Black no chance of escape, e.g3 1 Kt toB5 ch
32 Bto K 2 32 R to K Kt sq33 R toq 33 BtoB734 R to KBsq, or
“ 34 Bto Kt 6 ch andwins.
* 34 R to QKt sq 34 Q talmsBP andwins.
Gu m 37.
Between R ev. F. R . Drew, of Malvern college, and a member of theC he]tenham C hess C lub.
WH ITE (R ev. F. R . Drew) .1 P to K 4
2 P to KB‘i
3 K P takes P
Kt to QB35 Kt to K B36 K to B‘ 27 Bto Q Kt 5 ch
R toqP to Q 4
1 K to Kt sq1 Kt to K Kt 5 (c)12 K toq13 Bto QB414 P to Q 515 Kt to QKt 516 Q to K 2 (d)17 Kt takes B18 Btakes BP19 Kt takes K R P (e) .
20Q to K 4, andwins
8
9
O
1
(u) Had he layedP to K 5,Whitewould have advanced his Kt to K 5 ,
with a splendi attack.
(b) BtoK 2 is the only safe move here.
(0) Q to K 2 would be a stronger continuation. I f, new,Black
Kt to K B 3 [or Q B or Kt to K 6, Whi te replies with Kt to
winning the Queen ; and if P to Q B 3,White takes P with Q B, having
a winning position . Black’s best move, therefore, is B to Q 2 , to whichWhite can answer B takes .B
,followed by Q Btakes P as before; for if
BtakeB, the attack gained by Q to K 7ch must win.
(d) With an object whichBlack fails to see.
(a) Winning at least a piece; for suppose,19 Bto Kt 5
20 Q to K 4 20Q to QKt 321 Kt toBS 2 1 Bto Q 2 , or *22 Q toK 7ch 22 K moves23 ‘Btakes Q Kt andwins.
mmm;BLACK (MrB. L .)
l P to K 4
takes P dis ch (a)6 Kt to KB3 (b)7 K to q
2
3
4
5
8 Q to Kt 3 ch
9 Kt to Kt 5 ch
10BmQ 311 Kt to K R 3
12 P to QB313 QmB214 P to QB415 Q to Q 216 P to Q R 317 Q retakes
18 Qw K B319 Bto K Kt 5
90 The Chase P layer’
s Chronicle.
White’s only move to save his Queen .
White’s attack is now almost irresistible.
K toB2 was probably the best reply here.
Nates by the E ditor.
N ot good play, as it leaves the Q P weak.
Kt toB5 is better.Q toB6 oh, and ifBcovers, Q toKt 7would gain morePrettily played.
C H E S S I N T E L L I G E N C E .
Ssoanu ms s or C LUBS A NDOTH E RS are invi ted to assist us in makingour record of themonth
’s domgs as comp lete as possible.
From L a Strategic we learn that the second match between MM.
Bezkrowny and C amille Morel has been suspended, M . Bezkrowny havingbeen unexpectedly obliged to return for some months to Russia.
A match,which excites a lively interest, is now being played at the C afé de
la R égence between MM . C hamier and Maczuski. The stake is 200fin,and the victory will belong to the player who first wins 7games, draws notcounting. By our last intell igence M . Maczuski had won 5 games,M. C hamier 4, and 1 was drawn.
In the I talian Nuova R ivista for March we hnd the advertisement of aC hess Almanac for the present year, anda letter from Signor Abela of Malaga,
proposing the publication of a C hess A lbum, containing photographs of the
most illustrious players and composers of all nationalities. The Marchnumber has also the continuation of M . Dubois’ analysis of the Salvio gambit,together with three illustrative games.
In the Danish magazine Nordisk Skaktidende for February, we find a
useful article for beginners on the Two Knights O pening by the editor,L ieut. S6tensen.
The American Dubuque Chess J owmal has been revived by its formereditor, Mr O . A . Brownson. We wish it all success.
The C hess column of the C leveland ( O hio) L eader, has been transferredbyits editor Mr M ‘Kim
, to the Sunday Mom ing Voice. In the first issue
appeared a C hess poem of no ordinary merit, which by-and- bye we hope
to reprint.
The L ebanon (Tennessee) H erald puts forth a prospectus of anotherProblemTourney, and offers prizes as follows :
1. For the best set of two problems in two moves, one to be a direct mate,
and the other a suimate—ten dollars in gold.
2 . For the best direct mate problem in any set—five dollars in gold.
3 . For the best suimate problem in any set—five dollars in gold.
E ach problem must be original, and hitherto unpublished, and must beaccurately inscribed on a diagram, with the solution on the reverse side.
E ach set to be designated by a motto, and accompanied by a sealed envelope
superscribed with the motto, and containing within the author’s name and
addfess. E very composer may submit as many sets as he pleases, but each
set must bear a different motto. The competition is open to all the world,and the competing problems must reach the Editor, Lebanon, Tenn ., U. S. A. ,
on or before September l st next.
The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle. 91
C ns ss MATC H I N Gm seow.- O uWednesday evening, March 21, a return
match was played between the Queen’
s Park C hess C lub and the C entralC lub and Institute, in the rooms of the latter, at 34 Trongate. A spirited
and interesting contest of four hours’duration resulted in a second success for
the C entral representatives. E ach team consisted of eleven
flyers, the
following being the aggregate scoresz—C entral, 10; Queen’
s Par 6 ; gamesdrawn, 3.
—G’la.sgow N ews.
The H uddersfield C ollege Magazine for March has an able article byMr Paul Taylor on two-move problems, criticizing favourably the two-movers
in Messrs. Pierce’s collection .
The N ewcastle andGateshead C hess C lub recently held its Annual Dinnerat the R oyal E xchange H otel
, Grey Street. Mr William Mitcheson,President, occupied the chair
, and Mr George Newton , the Vice-President,the vice-chair. O u the removal of the cloth, The H ealth of H er Majestythe Queen was o ally drunk, and the R ev . T. H . Archdall proceeded to
propose ThePresiden t of the C lub, theR ight H on . theE arl of Ravensworth,”
regretting that considerations of health prevented his lordship from comingamongst them . A fter a brief reference to the president’s distinguishedcareeras a politician , a scholar
,and a poet, the speaker alluded in highly appreciative
terms to his lordshi’
s abilities as a chess-
player. The toast was drunk with
all honours. The hairman next proposed Prosperity to the Newcastle andGateshead C hess C lub
,
”associating the name of Mr F . Woodmass
,the H on .
Secretary, stating that a large measure of the success of the C lub was owingto his exertions. MrWoodmass
,in reply, said that though he accepted with
reluctance the onerous duties the Secretaryship entailed, he had been deeplygratified by the cordial appreciation and hearty assistance of the members ofthe club. H e concluded by proposing the health of hi s predecessor in office,MrDavidson . MrDavidson
,in responding, congratulated the club on its
continued prosperity, and regretted that his removal to Morpeth preventedhim from attending its meetings more frequently. O ther toasts followed, Mr
J K. Smith andMrWaddington enlivening the intervals with songs.
Persons acquainted with the literature of chess,and who remember the
account of games said to have been played in theMiddle Ages with livingchessmen, will be interested to know that L ord Lytton recently revived this
amusement in India. During his visit toMooltan his lordship, after receivingand replying to an address from the municipality of the city, engaged in a
novel game of chess with C olonel Millett. The chessboard, if such a term
may be allowed to a carpet of red and white calico with checkers a yard
square, having been spread in front of the hall , chessmen—men and boys
dressed in O pposing red and white uniforms appropriate to the various pieces,were marched in and took their places. Then by word of command each
piece moved to the square indicated, and a very lively game ensued, ending inan easy victory for the Viceroy.
” An E mperor of Morocco, who once
indulged in a similar amusement, is said to have added a terrible realism to
the game by causing all the pieces taken during its progress to be beheaded.
The routine of emulation in which chess-
players are apt to become absorbedin the pursuit of their favourite pastime was agreeably varied on Tuesday,February 13th, by an event that, although it bore no relation to the game ofchess, either in theory or practice, had a special interest for the worshippers ofC aissa. O n that evening the metropoli tan chess clubs were deserted, and even
Simpson’s Divan
,the chief temple of the Thracian goddess, mourned the
absence of the faithful. All the leading chess-
players of the metropolis wereon that evening to be found at the Quebec Institute, Portman-square, the
The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle.
attraction being the appearance of the Rev. Mr Macdonnell, one of our
strongest amateurs of chess, in the character of a dramatic reader. MrMac
donnell’s entertainment comprised selections from the works of Shakespeare,Jerrold, Tennyson, Dickens, andBarham, and the applause that followed the
rendering of a varied programme was a well-deserved tribute to the reader’s
remarkable versatility. Without usurping the functions of a dramatic critic,we may be permitted to say that themost effective selections were the murder
scene from Macbeth and that of the gravediggers from H amlet. Mr
Macdonnell possesses a voice of singular power and compass, and a vein of
humour as well as sensibility that should command success in the career upon
which he is about to enter.- L and and Water.
A match has been arranged between Messrs. Blackburne and Zukertort, totake place early in May next, but the details are not yet settled.
The result of the Universities’Match reaches as as we go to press. Score—O xford, 8; C ambridge, 2 , drawn 2. Full particulars next month.
O n February, 21st, a friendly match was layed at O xford between old andresent members of the University C lub. he match terminated in a drawnBattle, and the following was the pairing and score
O ld. Present.
R ev. C . E . R anken l W. Grundy, E sq.
Rev. J C oker 2 W. O swald, E sq.
Dr H a es 0 C . Tracey, E sq.
R ev. C oker 015 W. M . Gattie, E sq.
Dewar, E sq. 1 F. M . Wright, E sq.
Total, 5 Total,
5
BR ISTO L .—O n Wednesday, the 28th February, the return match between
the members of the Young Men’s C hristian Association, and theBristol and
C l ifton C hess C lubs, was played at the Fine Arts Academy C lifton , the
former receiving as before the odds of the Queen’s Knight. Each C lub wasrepresented by nine of its players, opponents being changed after each game.
The A ssociation members, in consequence of the practice afforded them bytournament, appear to have gained considerable strength, and on this
occasion achieved a victory as below :
C lifton.
Total, 19
NOTI C E S TO C O RRE SPO NDE NTS.
Games received with thanks from E . T.,Bath ; G. B. F Dundee; J W .
,
H uddersfield; T. B.,C levedon ; T. H . A .
, Gateshead; F. R .D.,Malvem ; W.
T. P.,Roehampton ; T. C . S. ,
E well ; G. H . D. G.,C olchester.
G. W.,Brighton. We are obliged for the enclosures from India, and will
see that the G’. P . C . is duly forwarded.
E ditor, L ebanon Tenn . H emld.—We will gladly continue the exchange,
and have ordered the January number to be'sent you.
94 The Chess Player’s Chronicle.
N o. XX.—1 Q to Q 82 K to K 6
3 Q mates1 K takes Kt or moves2 Anything
1 Kt toB4 eh2 R takes Kt 2 Anything3 R mates
1 Kt toB7ch2 K to Q 5 2 Anything3 Bdis ch mate
N o XXI I—l R to K 4
s n mosm3 Kt mates
1 Any other
Bto Q 3 2 AnythingR to K B4 double ch mateQ to K R 3 1 P toB7Btakes QR P 2 K to Kt 8
Q to R 8 3 K toB8Q matesK to Kt 8 1 Q toB4Kt to Kt 7 2 Q to Q 3 , or (A )P to Kt 6 3 P takes P
, or (1)P toB7 4 R takesBPKt to Q S ch 5 Q takes KtP takes Q, becoming a Kt mate
(1) 3 P to Kt 6, or (2)P takes P 4 Q to Kt 5
Q to R 7 ch 5 K moves
Mate accordingly
(2) 8 P to K 5
P takes P 4 P to K 4
Kt to Q S ch 5 Q takes KtP takes Q, becoming a Kt mate
(A ) 2 Q to Kt 33 Q to R 4 oh4 Anything5 Anything
(1) 3 Q takes Kt ch4 P takes Q 4 Anything5 P Queens 5 Anything6 Mate accordingly
A ll communications intended for this Magazine should be addressedto the E ditor, St. R onan
’s,Malvern , or if for the Problem Department, to J
C rum, E 16 Bothwell Street, Glasgow.
We sha 1be lad to acknowledge any Solutions of Problems which we mayreceive before t e 2oth of each month.
The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle. 95
P R O BL E M S .
Under the supervision of JO H N 0m m, 16 Bothwell Street, Glasgow, to whom all
C ommunications connectedwithProblems, Solutions,&c., should beaddressed.
N o. 25.—By C . W., of Sunbury . N o. 26.
—By W. T. PIE R C E .
wmm .
White to play andmate in two moves. White to play andmate in two moves.
N o. 27—By D. DAIL LY. N o. 28.—By H . BLAN C HARD.
BLACK. BLACK
WHITE .
Wh ite to play and mate in three moves. White to play andmate in three moves.
96 The C hess P layer’
s Chronicle.
From the SchachzeitungN o. 29.
—By J . P l E RC E,M A . N o.
—By G . M1 3 3 1 !)BLAC K.
WH ITE .
”White to play andmate in four moves . White to play andmate in four
Select R eprint.
N o. 31.—By the late H err KL IN G . No. 32 ,—By G . E . BARBI
su ms . su es.
wmra.
Wh ite to play and mate in four moves. Whi te to play andmate in four
TE RMS O F SUBSC R IPTI O N .
UN ITEDK INGDOM,Six Shillings per annum p(
ABROAD, F ive Shillings andSixpence per annum, postag
A li communicationsfor this Magazine to beaddressed to the Rev.0. E .
R ANKE N , St R onan’s, Maim , Worcestershire, excep t thosefor the Problemdepa/rt
'meht, which sho uld be sent to J C ram, E sq.,16 Bothwell St , Glasgow.
fi lm (1111655 ifllaper’
s Qihronicle.
l st M AY,1877.
R E V I E W.
E N CYC LOPE DIA BR ITANN ICA . N inth Editionf Art. C hess, byW. N Potter.
As each volume of the re issue of the E neyclopcedia Britannicahas appeared, a notice, more or less cursory, of its principal
contents has,been given in the daily and weekly papers. But
the multifarious nature of these Contents makes it impossible for
the opinion of the most Versatile critic to be of much real weight,
especially on subjects out of the common groove of literature and
science. While, therefore, we were glad to seeMr Potter’
s article
receive its duemeed of praise, together with the adjoining articles
on C hemistry and C hinese,”it seems to as right that the only
periodical exclusively devoted to Chess should examine it from the
chess player’
s point of view,rather than from that of the general
reader.
”
All Scotchmen, and probably most Englishmen, are aware that
the E ncyclopaedia Bri tannica is, and has always been, N orth
British as regards its editing and publishing. In the eighth,
and we believe in some earlier editions, the article C hess
was written by the late Mr James Donaldson ,the distinguished
‘ inburgh player ; and no.one acquainted with the literary as
11 as the chess capacity of various Scottish players at the
sent day will doubt that more than onewriter might have been
i nd north of the Tweed upon whom Mr Donaldson’
s mantle
ght worthily have descended. But with a superiority to theims of a narrow provincialism which reflects the highest credit
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
both on MessrsBlack and their editor, the task was entrusted to
Mr Potter, whose combination of the requisite knowledge with
l iterary ability had already been proved by his conduct of the
C ity of London C hess Magazine. The result is a striking union
of judiciously selected and closely compressed matter with,
vigour
of style. In a few trenchant opening sentences Mr Potter, having
defined chess as an intellectual pastime, puts its recreative force,
or sis medicatrix, upon its true ground—efi
'
ectually disposing of,
without deigning to notice, the current objeetion that it is too
hard work for an amusement.” The truth is that men of active
minds require, as a change from the serious business of life, not
mere rest but a new form of activity ; and chess, from its absorb
ing demands on the imagination as well as on the reason ing
faculties, possesses in“
a singular degree the power of taking a
man out of himself, and not only giving fresh ei ercise to his
intellect, hut relieving°him from care andworry.
Mr Potter has some judicious remarks, in opposition to another
prevailing notion , on the moderate expenditure of time required to
form a chess player. We cannot, however, agree with him in
recommending the aspirant to insist on playing upon even terms
with superior players in preference to taking odds. The stronger
player has a right to be considered as well as theweaker ; and it
is too much to expect him to expose his skill to the debilitatingeffect of playing at evens with one to whom he couldyield largeodds. As regards the learner himself, we believe that his chess
qualities will be equal ly well developed by balancing material
advantage against, his nepessarily inferior powers of combination ,
giving him always a chance of winning instead of a hopeless game,and gradually diminishing the odds as he approximates to his
opponent’
s strength.
We next find an explanation of themoves of the different chess
men, and of the technical terms of the game. The laws of chessare not quoted at length ; but the rival codes of the Praxis and
the Association Rules of 1862 are both referred to,and the points
of difference indicated. The E nglish and German modes of
notation are explained with great clearness andMr Potter then
proceeds to give illustrative games, not attempting an analysis
of the openings—which, however condensed, would necessarily, in
The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle.
consulting the latest and best work, that of Van der Linda
(Berlin, In the introduction -to the last edition of the
H andbuch, published early in 1874, and in the L aws and
Practice of Mr Staunton, who died in June of that year, the
conclusions adopted are those of Dr Duncan Forbes’ workBut Van der L inde’s work had no sooner appeared, than Baronvon der Lasa, in the Sehachzeitung for September 1874, hastened
to give in his adhesion to its views, which are now generally
accepted as sounder, though less dogmatic, than those of Forbes.
Mr Potter has here, as throughout his article} shown himself fullymaster of his subject. After a short notice of C hess in early and
medieval he proceeds to treat of the modern history of
C hess, and under this head gives an account, with dates, of the
principal players from the l 6th century downwards, including
the most important achievements of living masters. His reticencea
andgood taste in treading on this delicate ground is worthy of all
praise—andof imitation. Finally, under the headof the literature
of the game, he passes in review the chief treatises and periodicals.
H e does full justice to Staunton ,to whom he assigns the most
important share in creating the popularity which the game has
achieved in this country. Hi s statements of . fact and his criti
cisms are in general alike accurate. We note one or two points
which seem to us disputable. C omparing Philidor with Ponziani
and the contemporary I talians, Mr Potter characterises the latter
as finer in style but less accurate in analysis. To as, we must
confess, the palm of accuracy seems to belong to the I talian school .
There is scarcely one of Philidor’
s conclusions, if we except arfew
variations in the King’
s Knight’
s Gambit, which has not been set
aside by subsequent criticism. H is theses on the King'sBishop
’
s
Game, the King’
s Knight’
s Game,the Sicilian, and the endgame
of Rook andBishop against Rook, have all been proved erroneous.
Ponziani’
s treatise, on the contrary (ih the second and improved
edition of seems to us the most practically useful work
published until quite recent times. Both in openings and end
games much of what he haswritten still holds its ground, notwith
standing the different rules for C astling and passer battaglia
which prevailed in I taly. We should also like to ask on what
authority Jacobus de C essolis, themedieval Latin writer on C hess,
The Chess P layei’s Chronicle. 101
is alluded to as (apparently) an I talian? The expression used is
Jacobns de Cessolis, otherwise Jscopo Dacciesole;”the correct
I talian form would be da C esole,”but Von der L asa, who has
devoted an elaborate article in the Schacheeitung to this writer,
says expressly that he derived his name from the village of
C esseles in Picardy. L astly, when we find the preceptor of
Philidor,M. de Kermur Sieur de Légal, appearing as M. de
Kemar Sir de Legal, we are inclined to attribute this confusion
of the French S ieur and the E nglish Sir to the printer rather
than toMr Potter.
C H E S S .
IN this world of worry, and fever, and fret,Where manhood
’s a struggle, old age a regret,
”
Where pleasure’s invariably followed by pain,
Andwe seek for the fount of oblivion in vain,Themost potent Nepsnthe, we all must confess,For the troubles of life, is a good game of chess !
I t is true, when asleep, we’re oblivious of woe,
But we’renot then awake to our pleasures, you know ;Whereas, when before us the chess-board is spread,Andwhen deepl engrossed by the game aforesaid,We are keenly a ive to the bliss of the present,And happ
’ly unconscious of all that
’
s unpleasant !
Nay, more, while engaged in this stran emimicstrife,We are deaf to the din of the battle of ife;The real and actual vanish away,Until nothing seems earnest excepting our p layAnd little reeks he of the perilous state
O f affairs, who has given his foe a checkmate!
’Tis a right K ingly game too, and one which no playerC an indulge in who does not play quite on the square !’Tis Episcopal also, and—as they are fewTheBishops in i t have got plenty to do ;And theBook is a bird of good omen, who springsTo the rescue when danger is threat
’
ning its wings.
And the gay, gallant Knight, with his wandering ways,H e reminds us of tourneys and Kn ights and their days ;Tho’ he is not straightforward in action, what then?H e
’
s the cleverest and the most dext’rous of men ;
While the brave little Pawns in the front ranks are seenAnd the chess player
’
s anthem is God save theQueen!”
10‘ The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle.
’Tis affirmed, as we know, that their time to emploWhen not fighting,
’twas played by the heroes at roy ;
But then etymology points to the E ast,And reveals that i ts cradle was rocked there at least,As the terms for the most rt are Persic,
’tis said,
And Shdh (check) means t eKing, andM t (mate) that he’s dead.
But still nohe can tell when this game first arose,Andwhom ’
twas invented by nobody knows ;And as it
’
s thus shrouded in myst’
ry sublime,And all record’s effaced by the thick mists of time,We can onl conclude that a thing so abstruseMust, likePallets, have sprung from the forehead
Besides, it requires somuch science and skill,Such judgment, acumen, and—what’s better stillI t shows na (and this in each mind should sink deep),I f we want to succeed, we must look
'
ers we leap !In short, all that
’
s needed for worldly success,I s requisite too for a good game of chess !
N o doubt there are some like theBlemmyes of old,That African race who were headless, we
’
re told,And to them such a game is unsuited, of course ;But to all who are furnishedwith beads ’
tis a source
O f leasure erennial, where’er they may be,
An availab e both upon land andat sea.
And tho’it’s now li t
’
rally hoa with years,I ts youth is immortal, and s it appears
As fresh and delightful , as if’twere as new
As The C hronicle,” which has just made its debut.
Then success to the latter! now taking its s d,And let
’s hope that its days will be long in the land
'
GAME 39.
Select Reprin ts, No. III —Transaetions of the British ChessA ssociatiOn
,1868—9, p. 61.
WH ITE (Mr Wormald).1 P to K 4
2 Kt to K B33 Bto Kt 54 Bto R 45 P to Q 4 (a)6 P to K 5c
7 C astles
8 R toq (b)9 Btakes Kt
BLACK (MrWishes).1 P to K2 Kt to QB33 P to Q R 3
4 Kt toB3P takes P
Kt to K 5
Bto K 2
Kt to B4
5
6
7
8
9 Q P takesB
104 The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
N otes (from Staunton) revised.
(a) Premature Black should play 4 P to Q R 3, compellingWhite toreply with 5 P to Q R 4, and then 5 K Kt to K 2 , threats
(b) Whiteprefe g a Pawn to losing time by retreating tb op.
(
1
21
21now, further, prevents P to Q 4, and secures a fine attack on the open
e.
(c) The attack from this point is maintained byWhite with remarkable
spirit and ingenuity.
(d) C leverly conceived.
(e) The loss of a piece was inevitable. If he had retreated his Q,Whitewould have won by playin P to KB6.
(f ) Beautifully play all this, as Mr Staunton justly remarks. H is
ungrudging praise of Prof. Anderssen’s and other occasions,stands in refreshing contrast to his notes 0 games in which hewas him
self concerned.
(9) This last errormattered little, as the game is already lost.
GAME 41.[We present two of the best games of the Uniiersity contest the
latter, with notes, being taken from the Field].
Played at St. George’
s C hess C lub, March 22d, 1877.
(Ray Lopez).C Amam as .
Warm (Mr Gunston).l P to K 4
5? W
‘
(Dm23 C
)b“
AS
tP
OD
N
F-‘
O
QO
CDN
O
O!
H
H
p—KHH
-The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.“
105
Q to K 2
Q takes R PK P takes P (h)P to K B4 (i)Kt to Kt 2
P to QB4R to KBsqQ R toqR takes P
Kt to K 3
R to Kt SqKt to q(m)Kt to K B2R takes BR to K Kt 2Kt to K B3Kt to Kt sq
(a) This move we believe is banned by modern authorities, but it was
approved by Morphy andw enthal, andwe much prefer it to P to Q 3.
(b) P toQ B3 seems now to findmore favour than taking off theKt.(e) We do not think this and the next move of White at all judicious ;
Q to Q B2 would surely be a better mode of continuing the attack.
(d) Q to Q 3 is evidently better.(e) R to Kt 3, with the object of doubling the Rooks, appears the proper
continuation.
(f This is unsafe, for White might have replied Q to B 2, winning a
piece. Black would have done better, we believe, to haveplayed, at move 17P to KB4 before doubling R ooks.(g) It would he obviously bad policy to play R takes Kt, Bto Kt 7ch,&c.
(h) We shouldprefer takingwith theKt, and bringing back theQ, after the
exchanges, to Q 3 .
(15) Very dangerous ; the right course was that indicated i n the last note.(k) B to R 6, before taking the P, would have given Black a decisive
advantage speedily.
P(l)gl
geatening R takes Kt P, and thus preventingWhite from playing
to 5 .
(m) Kt toBsqwould have affordedWhite a much better chance of escapeis difliculties ; the retreat to Q sqis immediately fatal.
(n ) Good enough, but R takes Kt P is undeniably stronger play.
m
a
e
e
m
m1
H
K
M4
6
M4
.
m
Pn
o
7
3
&mmfidi
K3
K
KK
R
R
K
BP
4
BB7
B6
K
6
5
6
R
ms
B
mK
K
mK
K
K
K
K
QK
K
QR
K
QKBs
KK
K
R
a
mn
mmmmma
mma
mo
mmma
a
a
mc
c
QQR
QR
R
BR
P
BQP
QQQBQQBBQR
R
R
106 The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
Gun 42.
C AMBRIDGE .
WHITE (Mr J N . Keynes, Fellow BLACK (H on. H . C .
of Pembroke C ollege) .1 P to K 4
2 K Bto QB43 P to KB4P takes Q P
5 P to Q 4Kt to K B3K Btakes KtQ Btakes PP to Q B3
1 C astles
11 BtakesB12 R to K B2 (b)13 Q Kt to Q 214 Q to Q B215 Kt to KBsq16 R takes B17 R to K sq18 R takes R
19 Kt to K Kt 3
20 Q takes Q
O
‘qa
Given
(a) Black might also1Jflay here P takes P, and thus reduce the opening to
theKBGambit with orphy’
sDefence; or else, Black may safely take theKt P and face Falkbeer
’s ingenious attack in the following manner :
3 Kt takes P‘
4 P to Q 3 4 Q to R 5, ch5 P to Kt 3 5 Kt
“
takes P
6 Kt to K B3 6 Q to R 47 R to Kt sq
andhere it was always assumed thatBlack must reply Kt toB4 ; wherenlgon
the first player proceeds with 8 R to Kt 5, followed, on the Q movin to 6,by 9 B takes P oh, and 10 R to R 5
, if the Bbe taken ; butpreventable by 7 P to Q 4
8 Btakes P 8 P takes P
attacking theB, with a P ahead and a good game.
(b) I n the early stage of the game new pieces ought to be brought out asmuch as possible, and there seems to have been nothing to say against
Q Kt to Q 2 .
(c) Black’s attack
,initiated now against the hostileK side, turns out quite
useless. We believe he might have obtained thebest oi . the game by tryingto double the R ooks on the open K file.
(d) White had a slight superiority of position, but, as provedby subsequentexamination, quite insufhcent to win by roper play ; and there was hardlyany chance of his advantagebeing increas as thesituation was a simple one,and no m i stake was likely to occur.
1 P to K 4
2 Kt to KB33 P to Q 4 (a)4 P takes P
5 Kt takes P
6 Bto K Kt 57 Q takes B8 Kt to QB39 C astles
10Bto Q 311 R takes B12 Q to K R 4 (c)13 K R to q14 R to K R 3
15 Btakes Kt16 R e sqto Q 317 R e 3 to KB318 R takes R
19 Q to Kt 320 R takes Q (d)
drawn.
108 The Chess P laym'h Chronicle.
P to Q 4Kt takes BKt to K B5 (a)QKt to B3Kt to Q 5
Q takes KtBto QKt 5Bto K Kt 5C astles (b)Kt takes Kt P
Bto K R 6P to QB4Q to K Kt 5
QwQ 5 ¢Kt to K G ch
Kt takes KBP to K 5
P takes P ch (c)Q takes P ch
Q to K R 5 ch
Q to K BS ch
Q to K 3
P to K Kt 3
Q takes Kt
White
N otes by Mr Fraser.
(a) An old defence recently revived ; for s _ecimens of it see games between
H arrwitz and Slous, about 1846, in C hess hronicle,”etc.
(b) I t must be kept in mind that this is a game sans fagon. White cannotlook for more than a draw by perpetual check by such play ; Dr Fraser, however
,takes good care to prevent this, although the defence requires consider
able accuracy.
(c) Q takes P ch first wouldgiveWhite a better chance.
GAME 45.
Game played some years ago.
( E vans’
Gambit refused) .
WH ITE (Mr Kipping). BLACK (Mr Thorold) .1 P to K 4 1 P to K 4
2 K Kt to B3 2 QKt to B3o 3 K Bto QB4 3 K Bto QB44 P to Q
‘
Kt 4 4 Bto QKt 35 P to QB4 5 K Kt toB3 (a)6 P to Q R 5 6 Btakes KBP ch
7 K takes B Kt takes P ch
8 K to K 2 8 P toQ 4
4
3
K
Q
mt
3
t
t
t
P
BB0
3
2
Bm
l
t
K
Bm
l
2
K
3
P
2
K
mi
K
5
B
“
QK
qQmmBK
QK
BK
mBK
K
K
Qm
ma
o
x
a
mma
mmmwmma
a
wa
mmmmma
P
BQK
KP
BQQK
K
QP
K
K
P
BQK
QK
R
K
Q
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
wumwuwwn
mwmmmfi
mw%
resigned.
The Chess P layer’
s Chrmzicle. 109
Andthe game was finally drawn.
(a) A very original, andquite a la Thoroldway of conducting this defence.
(b) Q to K B3 perhaps would be equally good.
(0) Another sacrifice!yet it seems to us that P takes Kt ch would havebeen far more effective, forWhite must retake with P, andBlack could then ,if he wished to sacrifice, compel theK to take his B, and C astle, checking,with a werful attack.
(60 hese moves are all very cleverly played by Mr Thorold.
(e) Getting rid at last of the attack, but at the cost of leaving his opponentwith two united passed Pawns anda strong position. Black would have donebetter not to check with the R at B8, but after the exchange of Queens toplay R
‘
toB6.
( f ) This was ill judged he ought at once to bring up his K.
w
KBB5
P
K
P
K
Rv/LV5
BK
BMK
R
B8
QBBK
BQ
5
6
5
B
mK
a
Qa
a
a
K
K
a
K
QQQK
a
a
K
Ba
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
k
o
mwk
o
o
fl
0
o
k
k
k
0
0
0
0
0
Bmmt
mt
t
w
mmt
mt
mwwwmmwmt
t
t
wt
t
QP
P
P
P
BP
QQC
QP
QP
QQBR
R
QR
R
P
R
R
P
P
R
R
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
110 The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
Gun : 46.
C onsultation Game played at the Newcastle and Gateshead C hess
C lub on the occasion of the Annual Dinner, March 9th, 1877.
(Petrof Defence) .WH ITE (Messrs. Archdall and BLACK (Messrs. Green , C harleton ,
Mitcheson). Keifl'
enheim, and R eid).1 P to K 4 1 P to K 4
2 Kt to KB3 2 Kt to K B33 Kt takes P 3 P to Q 3Kt to KB3 4 Kt takes P
5 P to Q 4 5 P to Q 46 Bto Q 3 6 P to K B4 (a)7 C astles 7 E to K 2
8 P tQQB4 8 P to Q'B4 (b)
9 P takes Q P (c) 9 Q takes P10 P takes P 10 Q takes BP11 Btakes Kt (d) 11 P takes B12 Q to R 4 ch 12 Q toB313 Q takes Q 13 Kt takes Q14 K Kt to Q 14 Kt to Q 515 Kt to QB3 15 Kt to B716 R to Kt sq 16 P to K 6
17 K Kt to K 4 17 P takes P ch
18 R takes P 18 Kt to Q 519 Kt to Q 5 19 Kt to K 3
20 Kt takes B(e) 20 K takes Kt
21 E to Kt 5 eh 21 Kt takes B22 Kt takesKt 22 P to K Kt 3 (f )23 R to B7ch 23 K to Q 324 Kt takes P 24 BtoB425 R to qch 25 K to B326 Kt to Kt 5 26 R to R 4 (g)27 R toB6 ch 27 K toB428 Kt to K 6 ch 28 Btakes Kt (h)29 R takes B 29 Q R to Kq30 P to K R 3 30 P to K Kt 431 R to Q 7 3 1 R to QKt sq32 R to K 5 ch 32 K toB333 R to K Kt 7
And theBlack allies resign.
N ot good; theKt should retire'
toBor Q 3.
P toB3 orBto K 3 was better, but afterBlack’s 6thmove, theymustin any case have a bad game.
(c) We should preferhereKt toB3 or Q toKt 3.
Whitehave surely a stronger line of action than these exchanges they
112 The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
H e may now simigyretake with K, protecting his piece, or follow thebolder
course advocated Mr Steinitz8 takes B 8 Q takesB9 Kt to-Q 5 9
%toK R 5 (best)10 Kt takes P ch 10 toq11 Kt takesB. 11 K toBsq(best)
White has given u%two pieces for theBook, but has a strong attack.
(b) I f .8 takes P 8 Kt to K B39 Kt t akes Kt 9 Q takes Kt10 B to K 3 10 Q toK 2
and the attack has passed over toBlack.
(c) This interesting combination leads Black to victory.
d) There is no savingmove R takes P would, however, havebeen the bestway to prolong thedefence.
GAME 48.
C hess at Malvern College. Rev. F. R . Drew gives Q R to one of
his pupils.
AndWhite announced
N otes by MrDrew.
(a) The sort of thing very young players do.
(b) To the corner would have been much better.(c) To entice away the Q orBfrom protecting K.
(d) E ntirely unconscious of the 1mpend1ngmate.
BLACK (Master Greenwell ).1 P to K 4
a m mos s3 Kt to KB34 m mxm 5 @
to K 2
aetles
takes K BP
5 B6 0
7 Bs r mos9 Kt to Q R 4l O P mQB411 Kt to K R 3
12 P retakes
13 P mQ 414 K to Kt 2 (b)15 Q to Q Kt 316—Q retakes ch
17 Kt toB5(d)
checkmate in fourmoves.
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle. 113
GAMEGame between MrBird, London, andMr Atkinson, Montreal
(H arrwitzWH ITE (Mr Atkinson).1 P to Q 42 Kt to QB33 Bto K B44 Kt to K B35 P to K 3 (a)6 Bto K 27
8
9
10
12 Kt takes K P
13 P takes Kt
14 Kt takes Q P15 BmQB416 Q takes B. ch
17 Kt to K 7mate.
(a) White could now win a Pawn by Kt to Q Kt 5 , and at the next move
also, which both players seem to have overlooked.
(b) Weak ; he should have playedBto K 3 or Q to Q 3 . Mr Bird’s nextmove simply throws away the game, which is, on his part, far beneath hisusual force.
(0) This was, of course, played without reflection, but anything else wouldhavemetwith the same result ; for, if
16 R toB317 Kt takes R 17 K to Kt 2 (best)18 Kt to Kt 4 ch 18 K toBsq19 Q to R 8 ch 19 K to K 2
20Q toB6 oh, andmates next move.
CHE ss'
. I N T E LL I GE N CE .
Sscsnm ams on C LUBS ANDom ens are invited to assist us inmakingour record of themonth
’s doings as comp leteaspossible.
[The following information reached us too late for theA pril number].The C ity of L ondon C hess C lub held its Twenty-fifth Annual Festival on
the 7th of March, at the C lub- room, Mouflet
’s H otel, N ewgate Stre
M r H . F. Gastineau and Mr Down both t e-assumed office, the former as
President, the latter as Honorary Secretary. The chair was occupied by the
president, the vice-
president, Mr J A . Manning, forming his eis-a- fvis.
A fter the withdrawal of the cloth, the usual toastswere given. Thepresidentthen proposed the toast of the evening, C ontinued prosperity to the C i ty of
BLACK (Mr Bird).P to Q 4P to K Kt 3
Bto K Kt 2Kt to Q B3Kt to KB3C astles
Kt to K R 4
Kt takes BK to R
P to KB4P to K 4
Kt takes KtBtakes PBtakes Q Kt P (b)Btakes RK to Kt sq(c)
114 The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle.
London C hess C lub.
” O ther officers of the C lub were duly honoured, theintervals bein agreeably filled by the performances of MrH ai les on thepiano
forte. Mr acdonnell gave the health of the C ommittee, M. Delannoy,in an eloquent speech, toasted the Lady Players, and Mr Wallis Msckayresponded for the visitors. The C hess Press was pro sed by MrMut ton ,and Mr Duff
y,in returning thanks, briefly reviewed t 0 position of C hess
journalism at ome and abroad.
The fifth annual match between the Univeis ity C lubs of O xford and
C ambridge took lace in London, on March 22d, at the rooms, and under the
auspices of the t George’s C hess C lub
,20 King Street, St James’. E ach
Umversity was represented by seven competitors, whose namea with their
reswctive scores, are given below. I t will be seen that thematch ended verydecisively in favour of O xford, who have now won three out of five of these
contests. Mr Steinitz kindly c61c as um ire, and his services were
called into requisition at the hour appointed for c osin thematch, 7-30 E m ,
in order to adjudicate two unfinished games. O ne 0 these, which had not
advanced beyond the opening, and in which the forces and positions were
equal, he declared drawn ; the other, between MessrsBall and Grundy, hegave in favour of C ambridge, showing, by a clear demonstration, howMrBallcouldwin . Thematch on this occasion was distinguished from its predeces
sors, in being conducted in a semi—private manner, without the ostentation of
an exhibition before the general public. O n the other hand, this gave rise, in
our opinion , to a certain laixit of procedure among th
gard to talking, andwalkin a ut, and pressing round which it
would be well in future to o viate.
The final score was as followsO xford. Won. Lost .
Plunkett 1 O
Grundy 1 1
Tracy 1 1
Brook 1 0
1 0
1 O
2 0
Total score 8 2 Total score 2 8 2
After the match the two teams were entertained at a dinner given at the
C riterion by themembers of the St. George’s C lub, MrMinchin, the honorarysecretar of the C lub, residing, in the unavoidable absence of the president,the E ar ofDartrey. he usual loyal toasts were drunk, the name of PrinceLeopold, as an O xford C hess player, being coupled by the chairman with thehealth of the royal family. The other toasts were, the University C hessC lubs, responded to by their presidents, Messrs Tracy and C hatto ; the C hessmasters, proposed by Professor Wayte, and acknowledged by Mr Steinitz ;the C hess Press, given b Mr E ccles, and replied to by the Rev. C . E .
Ranken ; theWest E nd hess C lub, the visitors,the ladies, &c. I n con
nection with these, speeches were also made by Mr Ball, Mr Gumpel, theRev. F. Puller, and Mr Zukertort, who gave some excellent advice to the
young players around him,which brought a very agreeable evening to an
appropnate close.
L a Strategic announces that the match between Messrs C hamier andMaczuski at the C afé de la R égence, Paris, ended in the victory of thelatter, who won 7
iamss and lost 4, one only having been drawn. The same
journal is now u lishing problems composed for the Problemtourney on that pnnciplewhich it lately set on foot.
116 The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
The return match was pla cdat Rotherhamon Saturday, 7th April . There
players on each si e—C onditions as before. The followmg was the
pairing and score
Rotherham. St. Peter's.
T. Scott
J H oweE . BarracloughJ GreenhoughR . Snow
Total score 4 5 Total score 5 4
St. Peter’s C lub winningby 5 games against 4, threegames being left undecided.
A friendly match took place at Grimsby on the 7th ult. between 7membersof the Grimsby and District C lub and an equal number of the H ul l C hessC lub. There was a very close contest, and the home players, who had the
advan e of the Rev. A . B. Skipworth’
s assistance, gained the victory by one
game. c an nd the scoreGrime y andDistrict.
J Walker
J R . C larkeE . FreehoroughJ W. SandersonG. Pulsford
Total score 6 Total scoreThere was one drawn game between Messrs Guilliatt and Penny.
O u the 14th ult. a match was played between the Manchestercheater Athenaeum C lubs with the following result :
Manchester C lub. Drawn. Athenaeum C lub.
0 Mr. Steinkuhler 1 Mr. J . W. Goodwin1 Mr. Lord 1 Mr. Fish0 Mr. Fleming 0 Mr. R . C . Boyer1 Mr. H . Jones 0 Mr. Gillay2 Mr. M‘C lelland 0 Mr. H ockmeyer
1 Mr. J J Lewis 1 Mr. H ague
0 M . Grubé 0 Mr. Von Zabern1 Mr. Goulden 0 Mr. Locke H olt
1 Mr. Grundy 0 Mr. Dust2 Mr. Simon 0 Mr. R . 0. C ooper0 Mr. Seel 1 Mr. E vans0 Mr. W. Jones 2 Mr. Wilson1 C olonel Viells 1 Mr. Zollner0 Mr. Timpson 1 Mr. Parsons1 Mr. N ewnes 0 Mr.Brevig
MATC H BETWE E N MISSM. Runes ANDMaTnoaonn.—The secondfriendly
match between the above players, at the odds of theKt, has again terminatedin a decided victory for the lady amateur, the result being 7to 2, with 2 draws.A fina l match has been arrangedbetween the same players, at the same odds,
The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle.
for 11 games up after which, should the result prove similar, the proffer ofsuch heavy odds will be abandoned. z
H err Steinitz played 32 simultaneous games on the 11th ult. atBurton -ou
Trent, winning 31 of them. O n the previous day he gave a blindfold exhibition, and won the majority of the games. C oventry Independent.The match between MessrsBlackbum e andZukertort will commence on the
7th inst., if MrBlackburne’s state of health permits. This,however
, appearsvery doubtful. H e was evidently not well, when on the 18th ult. he layedeight simul taneous blindfold games with as many members of the ity of
London]
C lub, out of which he won four, and lost two, the others being drawn.
S'r. Ga os
’s C anss C L UB, Lonnort .
—TheTourney referred to in ourMarchnumber has been brought to a close. Dr. Ballard having retired from thetourney without
'
playing out his games, the result gave to the H on. H . C .
Plunkett and Prof. Wayto, 12§games ‘each, and to Mr Warner, 12 games.
But by theconditions of the tourney, Mr Plunkett was entitled to add 4 gamesand Mr Warner 3 to his score. The prizes are therefore adjudged as fol
lows—1st, Mr Plunkett, 1 to 2nd, Mr Warner, 12 to 3rd,MrWayto, 125 to ntries are being made for another tourney, in
which play is to commence by the 1st ofMay.
Bu l neowam ,N.B.—A match for the championship of the Strathmore C lub
has just been concluded, with the best players only contesting, and the resultis as follows. N ine games to be playedby each person
Davis, Rev. F. W., 9. Bamford, F., 3 .
Davidson,Dr. T., 3. Soutar, T., 3 .
Previous to this the Rev. F. W. Davis challenged 5 members of the C lub, andplayed them 7games each, winning 25 out of the total 35 .
NOTIC E S TO C O RRE SPO NDE NTS.
J . E . R .,London ; J G., Manchester; J S. , Rotherham ; E . T., Bath ;
F. W. D.,Blairgowrie; R ev. J . G.,
C lifton , and all our cc-operators, are
thanked for their communications.
J W.,Worcester. We will insert the accountwhen the tourney is finished.
A . D., Marseilles; Thanks for your numerous papers, which have our at
tention.
F.,Lyons. Your suggestion is good, andmay be adopted.
H . F. L . M., London. We have received your ingemous problems, and
will let you know if we can arrange to publish them.
SO LUTIO N S O F PR OBLEMS.
WH ITE . BLACK.
N o. xxv.—1 Q takes K BP
N o. XXVI .—1 Q to K Kt sq
No. XXVII . —1 R takes P
2 Kt toB53 R mates
N o. XXVII I .- 1 R to Kt 5
2 Kt to K 4 dis ch
3 Kt orBmates
118 The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
l Any other
2 Kt to Q3 dble ch 2
3 Kt mates
N o. X X I X —1 Kt to K 4 ch l KBP takes Kt2 Bto QKt 4 2 BtakesB3 R takes B 3 P takes R4 Kt mates
3 R takes Kt4 R mates
N o X X X —t oBs
%2 R takes
3 P toB44 Qmates
N o XXXI .—1 R toq2 R to K 8 0h3 Bto 8
4 Bdis ch mateN O XXX II . - 1 K t0 Kt 2 1 P toB4
2 R to QB3 2 K oe oves
3 R toB7 3
4 Q orBmates acoordmgly1 K toB22 K to Kt 33 K moves
2 K toBsq, ot s
3 Anythingq
3 Q to K G ch
4 Qmates1 Kt to Q 6
2 Q takes P at Q 4 ch 2 K moves3 R takes Kt 3 Anything4 Qmates
a s
3 Kt takes Kt P
4 Kt mates
3 R wQB34 Kt mates
C oas ser Sow rrons—F. W. Dav is and S. A . Sillem have solvedNo. 25 ;J . Thursby, N os. 25, 27, 31 ; W. M. Gattie, 25, 26, 29 ; E mile Frau, 25, 26,27, 31 ; Zeus and W. Furnival, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, H . Blanchardand C ant,
” 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32.
The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle.
N o . 37.—By W. N o. 38.
—By H . E . K IDSQN .
BLAL R .
W]!ITti. WH ITE .
\Vl1ite to play andmate 111 four DIO VC m .White to play and mate in four mom
From the Austrian “Sclmchzeitung. E ndGame.
N o. 39.—By Faaxz l lm aur. N n . 40.
—By \V. T.
BbAC h . BLAC K.
Wl l l 'l’ li. “1 l l (78:“mite to play andmate in four moves.
TERMS O F SUBSC R I PTION .
Umran Kwanon ,
A nson ) , F ive Shillings andSixpence per annum, postage exta
Worcestershire, except those for the Problemdepartment, which should be sent to J 0mm, E sq., 16 Bothwell St , Glasgow.
‘Elhe (illness 3311113285 t teniae.
1s t J UN E , 1877.
A N A L YTI C A L TR I F L E S .
( From the Schaehzei twng) .
WE received about three months ago from Herr Friess ofburg, a not immaterial contribution to the theory of the Spanish
game (Buy L epee Opening). After the moves
1. P to K 4 1 . P to K 4
2 Kt to K B3 2 . Kt to QB33. Bto Kt 5 3 P to QB3£ Bto R 4 Kt toB35 . C astles 5
.Kt takes P
6. P to‘
Q 41. 6. P to QKt 4he suggests the continuation 7.
Kt takes P as the best
[I n reply to this 7. 1mm would not be good, on account of 8.
9.R tc K -q together with 10.
P to KBa]Black is obliged to play
7. Kt takes Kt
whereupon, in our 0p1n10n, hewill do best to proceed with
8. Bto Kt 2 , thus[If s. ism s
“
,9. Q to Q 5]9. Bto Kt 3 9. P toQ 4
[not 9. Fm on account of 10. BWQ 5]We are thus led to a variation which is
'
decidedly more favourabletoWhite than themode of play
5 . C astles 5. Kt takes P
6. P to Q 4 6. P to QKt 47. Bto QKt 3 7. P to Q 48. Kt takes P 8. Kt takes Kt
9. P takes Kt 9. P to QB3, &c.
To the theory of theBishop’
s Gambit we have now to add a mode1f play which indeedwas brought forward some years since in the
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
N ordisk Tidende by Sorensen , yet has hitherto found no place in
the columns of our Magazine. Shrensen holds, in opposition to
Jaenisch, that after the moves1. P to K 4 1. P to K 4
2 . P to K B4 2 . P takes P
3. BtoB4 3 P to K B44.Kt to Q B3 is the best, and as his reason for this Opinion ,
gives the following variations :
4 Qw R 5 w
5 . K to Bsq6. Kt takes P
[according to Jaenisch the strongest play.]7. Kt to K B3 7. Q to K 2 (best).
[Ul’011 7- Q to ru would occur s. gs:K
QKt to Kt S]q 9 ;
8. Btakes Kt9. K toB210. R to K sq11 . P toB4 (best)
[White’s last move is given by Nielsen. P to Q 4 ,
P “k” P13.
Kt toB8, andWhite remains12°
P takes P
12. P to Q 4
P toB4,
13 . Kt to K 5
14. P takes P
15 . Kt to Q B316. Kt takes P
17. Q to Kt 318. Bto Q 219. Bto R 5 ch
20. P takesB21. R takes R
22 . Kt toB6 oh, andwins.
I i, at his 6th move, insteadof P to QB3Black play Kt to
the brothers Nielsen proceed
7 Kt to KB3 7. Q to R 48. Q toq 8. K to q
[or if 8 m 9 . g-E
-
f fi 11.P to KB4.
9. QKt to Kt 5 9. P o Q 410. Kt to K 5 10. R tc K 2
8. R takesB9. P to
'
K'
R 3
10. K toq11. Q toB2I f Black play 11
with the advantage]12. P to Q 4
The Chess P layer’
s C’hronicb .
4. P to QKt 45 . P toB36. C astles
7 P mQ 48. P takes P
9. Kt toB310. Bto QKt 5
Suhle and Ncwmann assert favourable
position by the continuation
11. Btakes Kt12 . P to K 5
13. P takesB14. Bto R 3 ch
15 . P takes P
18. Kt to K 4
But why rove afar if good lies so near ? We should not play
to Q 5 but 15. Q takes Qas best m conjunction with K to0
K sq,and we have not succeeded i n obtaining therefrom one grain of
advantage forWhite; on the contrary, Black will always win in a
game that i s in any degree regular and cautious.
”
We have un fortunately, in the winter, too little leisure to be able
todevote ourselves independently to the analysis of such variations
as h pen to be not on the orders of the day among the gam es of
thisgace. N otwithstanding, we are of opinion that with regard
to their concluding inference as to victory forBlack, our H amburgfriends have gone too far. We could only wish for a thorough
Gm 50.
Select R eprints, N o. 17.—Tournament of 1851, p. 136.
Wm s (Mr Anderssen).1 P to K 4
2 P to Q 43 Kt to KB34 Kt takes P
5 Bto K 3 (b)6 Bto Q 37 C astles
8 Kt to Q 29 Kt takes Kt
ra s amumr
BmB4P M Q SP takes P
Bto Kt 3BmKusK w l .
White can obtain a
5
6
78
9
10
m
w
W4.
3
3
MBP
Bo
O
Ho/a
4
K
(QmWK
K
a
Qa
u
ma
ma
ma
ma
m
MP
P
K
P
K
BC
P
P
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
P layer’
s Chronicle.
White
N ates (from Staunton) revised.
(a) This, or P to K 3 , is much better than P to K 4, which maintains the
Pawn at the cost of a disadvantageous position.
(b) The move now recognised as the best, 5 Kt to Q Kt 5, had been playedagainst Anderssen by Szen (who then first introduced it) in an earlier round
of this Tournament. I t would appear, therefore, that up to this time
Anderssen had not appreciated its importance.
(0) I t is a general fault among inferior players that they are too tardy inbringing their Rooks into play. O bserve how rapidly the Pieces are broughtinto cc-operation by a master of thegame. [We retain this note ofMr Staun
ton’s for the sake of the general truth which it conveys. H ere
,however, the
move seems to us somewhat premature ](d) An all - important move, as it affords a fine situation for the Kt to be
posted at,and opens a sweeping diafi
r
s
ial for the Q B.
(e) The commanding position of t Kt gives the balance of advantage inBlack’s favour already.
(I ) This was necessary, to enable him to bring his Kt to K 6 again .
3?26 Q toq (f)27 R to K Kt 228 Kt to K 6 (g)29 P takes P
30 R to QBS ch31 Kt to Q 432 Q to QB3 (h)33 Q to Q Kt 334 R to QB7 (i)35 R takes R
From this moment the assault is conducted with uncommon ingenuityan spirit. The sacrifice of the
'
P in this position must haverequiredconsiderable nerve as well as depth of calculation.
(h) This greatly serves to strengthen the attack, and is much better playthan the more obvious moveK R to Q B2 .
(1) E xcellent as unexpected. From this point the game is almost forced.
[A most? Quite, we shouldsay.](j) Threatening mate in two moves, and in two different ways. The latter
stages.
of thi s me are beautxfull played by MrWyvill , who'
v ein the second
prizem th1s ournament, béing efeated only by Anderssen. We have how
ever, somewhat condensed thé exuberant rheto
Gu n : 51.
Select Repn'
nte, N o. VL—Tommament of 1851, p. 144.
Wm Anderssen .
l P toKl v
2 R a QB43 Kt to QB34 P to Q R 45 P wQ 36 K Kt to K 2
7- 0astles
8 P to KB49 Bto Q 210BtoQKt 311 Kt takes Kt
12 K toq13 P takes Q P14 Btakes B15 Bto K B616 P to KB5 (d)17 R takes B18
_Q to K R 5
19 QmK R 620Q takes Q
Nates (partly from Staunton ).
(g) The usual move is 5 KKt to K 2
, threatening the immediate advanceof to Q 4. In reply to thi s, however, Mr Lb
'
wenthal latterly advocated6 B to K Kt 5 : see a game between Messrs L 6wenthal and Skipworth,annotated by Mr Wisker
,in the Chess P layer
’s Chronicle, vol. iv. (1874
p. 332 . The effect of this move is to crampBlack’
s game considerably ; for ii ,m reply to 6Bto K Kt 3,8Bto Kt 3, 8Bto K 2
,9 P to B4
, White has a good game. We think,therefore, that the line of play here struck out by MrWy
'
y ill, of deploying theBat K Kt 2, will befound the best that the situation admits: but in
‘
saying
Ia.\
)h
P
4.
3
3
3
W2
@w
@t
B
B3
R
BH
KM
4
5
K
2
K
P
3
K
R
3
B
QK
QWK
K
tW
amK
Ma
Qw
a
ma
t
a
a
x
ma
t
ma
a
a
a
a
ma
m
P
P
P
K
P
BK
C
P
K
BBBP
BBP
1
2
3
4
5
5
7
8
9
mummn
wmn
mm
The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle.
And after some movesBlack resigned.
N otes byM . R osmthal.
(a Bto K 2 gives rise to a game less brilliant but more
(bl E videntlygl
referable to Q to K R 4 oe o K B4. [Q toQB5 isbetter s forBlack—ED. O . P.
10 P to K B411 R t0K B4 11 Bto K Kt 412 Q to K 2 ch 12 Kt to K 2 (best)13 R to K B3 13 Btakes B14 R takesB 14 Q takes Kt
(If 14—C astles
15 Kt to K 6, 15 Btakes Kt, 16 Q takesBch, followed bt o q)15 R to K sq 15 Q to Q 3
16 R to K 3 or Q 3 with the advantage.
(d)1
1
;to KB4 wonld
f
hav
ibef
e
ii
1stronger.
e rous ; we pre er t e o o0 “go18 Q to QB3
Wing18 Btakes Kt
19 R takesB 19 P to QB3 to20 R takesBGzc. advance the KBP
(f ) Q to K 3 wouldwin forBlaok, em:Q x s
21 R to Q 3 ('
best) 21 P to K B6
Weak22 P takes P 22 P to QB5 andwins.
Q takes Q would still afi'
ord some chance to draw.
Q to QB3 would havebeen somewhat better. But we think thegamewas lost in any case.
Gm 53.
With this game we conclude our selections from the lateMatch.
WH ITE (Mr Wayte).1 P to K 4
Kt to K B3P Q 4Kt takes P
8
8
8
8
8
B K 3
P QB3B QB4B K 2
P es P ( b)g,
2
3
4
5
6
78
9
0 Gas1 es
t
t
t.
K
P
BQK
K
P
mm
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
m
BLACK (Mr Minchin).4
BP
BB
1 P to K
P layer’
s Chronicle. 129
11 Q to Q 212 K toq13 P to K B414 Bto K Kt sq15 Bto QB416 Kt takes K BP17 Btakes B
31 P to K R 3
32'
R takes Kt ch33 Btakes P ch
34 Q to K 8 6 (h)35 K to R 2
AndBlack resigns.
(a) 7 Q to K Kt subsequently by Mr Minchin m a TourneyGame
,is naqu Then
, 1f
8 Kt to K 4
9 Bto Q 3 9 P to Q 4, winning a Pawn .
A great omission . P to KB4 givesWhite a clear advanta e.
Black should at once have taken off theBwith Kt. The iso tedPawn
or K file would then become a mark for attack.
H ere again, by omitting to capture the B,Black allows the attack to
pass to the other side.
1
/
(C
r
Ac}
m
P
h
H
w
uoo
t
m”.
t
mi
mi
4
.
w
.
w
hm‘
ma
w
whm
mn
ba
m
u
w
K
2
K
BBK
K
WmBR
R
BK
BK
QBW2
R
R
m8
6
P
7
R
76
7
BQ4
B4
K
K
QK
K
K
mmR
QQK
K
QQmmmmK
QK
MK
QQMK
MKK
K
Qa
QQK
K
a
mmma
a
mmma
mmma
a
a
a
mma
a
mmma
ma
ma
a
mma
mma
QBKP
K
QK
K
P
P
QQBK
BP
K
QK
R
QR
K
QR
R
R
R
QQQQQQQP
Q
130 The Chess Player's Chronicle.
This lost;
a Pawn, but it would have been exceedingly inconvenient to
P to K 5 .
The key move of a combination which winsWhite a second Pawn.
This, it would seem, was played expressly to tempt White to sacrifice
0 saw that he couldwin by34 B K R 6 dis ch35 Q K
36 R
R37 to Q 3 ch38 Q takes R
threatening mate and preventing the capture of theB. But he hoped by thetext for a speedier v1ctory, overlookingBlack
’s clever rejoinder at
move 35 , which enables him to defend himself for sbms time ling
er.
(i) The only move. If R toK Kt 4,Black would have attac theQ by Rto Q 3, and in answer to the discovered check have ca tured the R with Q.
( 3) Black afterwards wished he had checked at R 4. This, however,would have made no difference; the reply would have been K to K 4, and the
K must ultimately have found shelter at Q Kt 8, as in the actual game.
to
to
to
GAME 54.
Played in London, January, 1877.
(TwoKnights’Defence) .
WH ITE (Mr Wayte). BLACK r Skipworth).1 P to K 4 1 P to
‘
4
2 Kt to K B3 2 Kt to QB33 E toB4 3 Kt toB3Kt to Kt 5 4 P to Q 4
5 P takes P 5 Kt to Q R 46 P to Q 3 6 P to K R 3
7 Kt to KB3 7 P to K 5
8 Q to K 2 8 Kt takes B9 P takes Kt 9 Bto QB410 P to K R 3 10 C astles
11 Kt to K R 2 11 Kt to K R 2 (a)12 C astles 12 P to K B4
'
13 Bto K 3 13 Bto Q 314 P to K B4 l 4 Kt to K B315 P to QB5 15 Bto K 2
16 P to QB4 16 Q toq17 Kt to B3 17 Kt to K R 4
18 K R to q(b) 18 Q to K Kt 319 P
'
to Q 6 19 P’
takes P
20 Kt to 5 20Bto Q’
sq2 1 P takes P 21 R to K B2 (c)22 P to QB5 22 E to K 3
23 Kt to K Bsq 23 R to QBsq24 P to QKt 4 24 P to QKt 3 (d)25 QR toBsq 25 P takes P
The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle.
Nates.
(a) Q to Q R 4 orBto Kt 5 is the correct play here.(b) This movewouldbeperhaps more effectiveafter first exchangingBishops.
(0) Very weak ; but they have no good move to make.
(d) A miscalculation ; he should have played the Q to K R 4.
(e) Both parties appear to have overlooked the consequences ofWhite’s
now playing Q to R 4, which would have enabled them to.retain a decisive
advantage.
(f ) Q to K Kt 3 at once looks better.
(9) We should prefer P to K B3 .
(h) They were obliged to move the Kt, for suppose19 R toq 19 Kt to Q 520 Q takes R 20 R takes Q21 Kt takes Kt 2 1 R to Q 4,&c.
I t would, however, have been better to retreat the Kt to Kt sq.
(i ) Black has now a won game, and he plays it to the end with much
ability.
(k) Stronger than P to K Kt 4 or Kt to Q 4, on account of the replies Q toB2 in the one case, andK toB2 in the other.
(I) An excellent move, leavingWhite with no resource.
GAME 56.
The following gamewas one of two played simultaneously in a match
by correspondence for£20, and published in the I L . N ewa , with insufi
cient notes by the late C hess Editor, who was the stakeholder.
(Fiamhetto) .WH ITE (G. H . D. Gossip).1 P to K 4
2 P to Q 43 Bto Q 34 Kt to K B35 P to QB36 P to K 5
7 BmQB2
14 R to K 4
15 Kt to B316 P to K R 4
17 P takes P
18 K R m19 K R toq20 Q Kt to Q 5 (i)21 QKt to K B4 (h)22 P to K Kt 6
23 R to K R 7
24 K to Q 225 Kt to Q 526 Kt to Q 4 (l)
resigned.
BLACK (Dr. Vines).1 P to Q Kt 32 Bto Kt 2
Chess P layer'
s Chronicle. 133
12 Kt to Q R 313 R to QKt sq14 Btakes B15 Kt to K R 4
16 Bto Q 617 Q to R 5 ch
18 Bto q(f )19 Q takes K Kt P20 Q to K R 62 1 Bto K B322 P takes Kt P23 R to Qq24 R to Q R 725 Btakes Kt26 Q takes Kt27 R takesB(h)28 Q takes R P ch
29 Q takes K P ch
30 Q to R 7 ch
31 Q to QB232 P to KB333 P to K Kt 3
34 Q to K Kt 235 P takes Q R36 P to B4 dis . ch
37 P to B538 P toB639 P to B740 Q to K B241 P to K Kt 4
42 P to K R 4
43 Q to K B444 Q to K 3
45 P to Q 5 dis ch46 Q takec h
47 P takes P, and wins.
Notee revised.
(a) Black would do better, we believe, to keep this P where it is, and
proceed with the development of his pieces.
(6) This move prevents the K Kt from getting into plaay)and as theBhas
no other place to go to, we should prefer continuing with to Kt 3, Bto Kt2 , &c.
(c) R etaking with Kt P was perhaps the safer course, but it would haveblocked the game for both parties, and rendered it far less interesting.
R to K Kt sqK takes R
Q to Q 2
Q to QB3Q to Q 2R to K Kt 5 (i)R to R 5
Q to K R 2 (/c)R takes BR to K R 3
K to Kt 3
Q to Q 2
Q takes PR to qR to KBsqQ to Q 4
Q to Q 3Q to Q R 6
Q to K 2
Q to B4K takes Q
134 The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle.
(d) He ht also play Kt to R 2. I f‘
l 3 P to Kt 5 , White takes P with
Kt, andBlac cannot take the Kt without losing his Queen.
(c) This dangerously exposes the King's uarters ; we should have played
Kt to R 3, covering, if the Q checked, at K%2, and threaten ingP to Kt 3 ,
Kt takes B,&c.
(f ) A P to Kt 5, White wins 06'
hand by
(9) Black 11 pears to have nothing better, for if he play 20 Kt takes Kt or
Kt to Q 7, ite answers withBto R 5,and if 20Kt takes B, the reply is
2 1 BtoB3 , followed by Kt takes Kt,&c.
(h) Well played; the sacrifice is perfectly sound.
(1) Black’s game mustjultimately be lost, but this does not seem to be the
best move at his command.
(h) This is a weak move, for White’
s reply compelsBlack to surren
der at oncemxchange he had won.
Gu ru 57.
In Mr N ash’
s C orrespondenceTourney, first round.
( R ay L apez)WH ITE (F. Woodmass).1 P to K 4
2 Kt to K B33 Bto Kt 54 Bto R 45 P to Q 36 P to B37 Bto Kt 38 P takes P
9 P to K R 3 (d)10 C astles
l l QmK 2
12 Btakes Kt13 Q Kt to Q 214 K R to K sq15 Q R to Q sq16 Kt to K 5
17
18 Q to Kt 419 Kt to K
20Kt to Kt 5 (21 P to Q 4 (lc)22 BtoB223 Q toB324 Kt takes Q25 P takes B26 R to K 5
27 Q R toq28 R takes R
-1
a-c
o
co
oo
qcz
oms
sc
wp-n
w
v—u—n—n
b‘
p» OK (W. T. Pierce).to K 4
wwa
wg
a
wwwg
www
8
8
w
w00
gta0 P
4
136 The Chess P layer’
s C hronicle.
(i) H ewould have done far better to take the P first, e.g.
20. P takes P 20. P takes P
21. Kt to Kt 5 21. K R toq(ItBlack play Q toB4 here, White replies 22 R to Q 4answer is 22 Bto R
22. Q to R 4 22 R to K 6 (best)23 . Q to R 7ch 23 . K to Bsq24. Q to R 8 0h 24 K to K 2
25. Q takes P 25 . R to K Bsq26. Kt to R 7 26. R to QBsq27. Q toB6 ch 27. K toq28. Bto R 4 oh
,and wins.
(h) White cannot lay Q to R 4 now,with advantage, on account of Q takes
P oh, &c.,and R to 2 would be met by the rejoinderBto Q sq.
( 1) Black now frees himself from danger by forcing the exchange of Queens,andBishops being on different colours, the game looks like a draw.
(m ) Bto Q 7 compelling P to Kt 3 , and thenBtoK 8was the proper play .
(a ) White has won this P cleverly enough, but it does not help him much,
for theBlack King is always able to prevent hisBfrom gaining such a posi
tion as to win the Q BP . White’s best chance seems to be to give up theBfor the P by Bto Q 3 .
0) H ighly injudicious, losing a valuable P, and giving White a much
better prospect of victory.
10) I fBlack play K to B4 here, White wins by P to R 5,and we believe
that this move would win in any case.
q) H ere again it seems to na that Black must lose if White play P to R 5 .
r) White’s game is now lost, for if he pla K to Q 7, Black retires theB
to R 4,and has time afterwards to win the R P, and giving up his Bfor
the Q P when advanced, to go after .the doubledPawns with his King.
GAME 58.—Played at C lifton.
Greene). BLACK (Al lies).P to K 4
Q to Kt B3Bto B4P to Q 3Kt to B3C astles (a)Bto K Kt 3Kt to Q 5Kt takes Kt ch
Bto R 6owc z e>Bto Kt 3P takes KBP (e)P to K R 3 (d)P takes P
Q toB3Q takes BP takes B
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle. 137
Q to K B3 (f )R to K 4
N otes
(a) Bto Kt 5 seems preferable at this point, for if White drive back theBby P to R 3 and Kt 4, Black can obtain a strong attack by giving up their
Kt for the two Pawns.
(b) P toB3 would perhaps be a better continuation .
P(c)QAn error of judgment the right course was to take Q P, and then play
to 4.
(d) Weak, here again .
P to Q 4 appears to be the best move.
(e) Was this an intentional sacrifice, ( if so, it was unsound), or did Mr
Greene overlook that he could save his piece by BtoBs l
(f ) R to K 4,followed, if the Q retreated to B4
,by to K B4
, would
have been a stronger mode of continuing the attack.
(9) H ere Black, we believe, should have layed K to R 2 . White couldcould not then move his Kt, on account of t e re
gly R to Kt sq(oh) , and if
he proceeded with Q takes P, or R to K 4, Blac would take the Q P , and
soon be out of danger.
(h) The concluding moves are played in capital style by Mr Greene.
CORRESPONDENCE .
To the E ditor of the Chess P layer's ChroMele) .
Sm,—Mr Barbier’s article on Problem C onstruction” in your A N o.
possesses many features of interest, especially at the
{resent time, w eu
necessity of some approach to uniformity in the met ods of estimating the
relative merits of competing pn blems is beginn ing to be recognized.
I have followed out the proposed alterations in the two problems quoted,and do not see any serious flaw in the indictment, though I cannot speak
with confidence in regard»to the 3 mover, for which the composer may pos
sibly still have a val id defence. I t is chiefly to the 2 mover I wish to
refer, and it seems to me that no exception can be taken to the proposed
improvements, although there is one error in aminor point, for which I don’
t
think the printer can be blamed—beginning about line 14 on p. 75 Therewould be a mate next move with the other R at R This would not be
mate, as K could move to Kt 4 ; but R toB5 would do it therefore the
reasoning is still sound.
I t seems likely that this problem took a prize in cons
eflili enceof the beauty
of the idea, as thefirst move leaves 4 squares for theBK, ofwhich are again
commanded by the second.
The way in which the secondmove unmasks the 2 Rs is very striking ; butI l lustrated L ondon N ews of Ncv. 7, 1874, youwill see that
os is not new ; for it is there embodied by Mr J 0. H oward
brilliant conception, (vide diagram) , which will, I think, he
138 The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle
allowedto be far superior toBa er’s ; but it is only the priorit of its publi
tion to which I wish particular y to refer. The reason that remembered itsowell is that it happens to be the first problem I ever seriously examined;and indeed it first suggested to methe idea of attempting composition. O nething more I must allude to, and then I will no lo er tax your tience. In
a foot notereferring to variations, they are stated to doub ornaments,”
andwhen the are seriously added to a problem this is certainly the case; butsurely a prob em may have two or even three good ideas in it ; and is it
not better, when possible, to embody these in one carefully finished work
of art, instead of flooding themarket with a number of problems con g—Yours sincerely, J . PAUL TAYLO R .
SS. I N T E L L I G E N C E .
«15‘s Sm u m g or ANDom asareiwvited teaseistm plum bing
m record of themt’e domgs ae eom leteaspom ble.
A Bi-monthly C hess M azine is being fiublished at MexiOO ,E strategi a Memcana, edited y Seiior Vas uez
,a brilliant player, and distin
gulshed problemist. Printed i n Spanish, t journal contains a large varietyof shows matter; the games being chiefly those layed in the club at Mexico,which counts a great number of members.
- L a t ia.
A new C lub hasbeen established at L ima, which is open every evening, andm whi ch a tourney is in progress under somewhat novel conditions. Thetourney is divided into three stages, in thefirst of which each competitor playsone gamewith every other the winners of two-thirds of their games in thisround play two games against the others in the second, and thewinners of thesame progortmn of their games in that stage play threegames with theirsurn vors m the final round. Westminster Papers.
The last number of the N erdish Shahtidemle publishes a L atin poem on
C hess of th loth or 1l th century found lately in MS. in the,library of the
convent at Rinaedlu. The, poem is 98 lines i n length, andi s accompanied
The Chase P laym’s Chronicle.
consisting of about 400volumes. In short, for a chess enthusiast,no better
spot couldbe found in which to while away an afternoon than the chess- roomof the C afé International.
A rrangements arenow in rogress fora series of consultation games betweenthe leading players of N ew ork and vicinity. A tournament is also spoken
of, so the chess season connected with the opening of the C afeInternational ,in its present premises, appears likely to be an unusually active one.
Mr L 1iders, the energetic propn etor, who has done so much for chess
already, has fitted up the C afé in the most elegant style, and we trust will
meet, in his new enterprise, with the success wh1ch he so richly deserves.”
The handicap tourney of the L iverpool C hess C lub resulted in Mr Allaire,who received the P andmove, winning thefirst prize; Mr Soul of the first
olass obtained the second.
The prizes in the annual tourney of theDublin C lub were carried off byMessrs. Prim, Molhado, and Woollet in tourney N o. 1
,and by Messrs.
Bassan, Gerahty, andMaxwell in Tourney N o. 2 .
We regret to state that MrBlackburne’s ill health com is him to postpone
for the pres ent his intended match withDr Zukertort.pe
The meeting of the C ounties C hess Association will commence atham on July 3oth. All entries must be made by J ul 28th.
subscri tions to be sent toB. W. Fisher,E sq, N ew 00 e n or
to s. . Kempson, E sq.,57Bristol R oad, Birmingham.
es L em “
The 22d annual meeting of the West Yorkshire C hess Association tookplace, we hear, on April 28th at Bradford, but as we have received no account
of the meeting we are unable to give particulars. The next meeting we
understand, is to be held at Leeds.
C rmss E m m an—V. de L inda possesses the largmt chess library in theworld. I t numbers 1300 volumes. Next cbmes Remington Wilson
’s.
Professor A llen’s numbers 1000. Von der Lasa’s and Franz
’s each numbers
about 800. O f ublic libraries the largest chess collection is in the BerlinL ibrary.
—Chese d.
I t appears from Dr Van L inde’s Geschichte und L itteratur des Schach
spie that the total number of works on the game of chess published since
A .D. 850is 2209. Many of these are of course in MS. We suspect theproduc
tions of A D. 850must have developed but an indifferent imitation of the
modern game. Dr L inde’s great work is by far the most complete ever published, andma berecommendedas amodel of learning andresearch. N 0 such7book could indeedbeproducedbutby aman ofwealth andleisure.
—Sportsman.
MEDIE VAL O nassm .—I t may interest many of your numerous readers to
know that in case H ,in theBritish Mediaeval room in theBritish Museum,
there are sixty- seven chessmen, carved out of walrus tusks 600 years ago.
They are from about 2 in. to 5 or 6 ih . high, and very curious specimens of
ivory os The six kings and five queens are seated in arm-chairs ; the
thirteen bis ops stand, and there is somethin to be said about their mitresfourteen knights are mounted on the very sma est of Shetland ponies, reminding one of mounted knights of the thimble in a burlesque at theAdelphi someforty or fifty years ago the ten warders (castles) are armed men , with shields
very nearly a'
s long as thewarders are high. There are also some curiouslycarved draughtsmen. The chess and draughtsmen were all found in the sand
at Uig, Isle of The locality
together with the diminutive size of the horses, may suggest that their carver
was a native of the far away western islands of Scotland; that at that time
chess was known there, although the game is not once alluded to by Shake
speare; and that the carver had never left his island home sufficiently to
become familiarly uaintedwith the splendid proportions of the chargers of
noble knights.—W. ebb, in the Field.
From ourAustralian exchangeswe learn that in Melbourne thereturn matchMarried 7 . Single members of the C hess C lub, came off on January 25 , resulting in a victory for the latter by 3 games to 2 and I draw. In the absenceof MrBurns, Mr Sedgefield like last year met the champion bachelor, Mr L .
Goldsmith, theresult being again a draw. ThePresident,Mr E . F. A
’Beckett ,was then entertained by the members at a banquet, at which the song and
feast did flow”until the wee sma’oors ayont the when the company
separated after spendin a leasant evening together. The minor tournamentis still proceeding, MrP. gtephen having a decided lead by 8 to 4.
N OTIC E S TO C O RRE SPO NDE NTS.
A . Burns, Melbourne. We will gladly exchange with you and hope youreceived the numbers already sent, which are all yet published. N 0 copiesof the L eader have come to hand at present.
E ditor Adelaide Observer. Your papers and C hess column slips have
reached us.
W. S. H allock, H annibal, Mo. Please forward our three last numbers,as
re
l
have received none since that of February. e replied to your request
y etter.
G. B. C ., Sheffield; H . G., Grimsby ; and others. Your complaints havebeen attended to, and we hope there will be no further occasion for them.
H . B.,Dolphinholme. Thanks for the problem.
J C .,H ull . We are afraid your ingenious composition is not admissible, as
it does not conform to the recognised laws of the game.
W. T. P., London, and A . B. S., H omcastle, are thanked for
W. M . G., O xford. Problem 31
1 R to K Kt sq2 R checks3 Bto Q 84 Bdis ch
SO LUTIO N S O F PR OBLEMS.
WH ITE BLACK.
N o. XXXI II .—1 P to Kt 7N o. X X X IV.
- l Kt to Q 5 1 P to Kt 3 ot 4
2 Kt to Q 8 2 Anything3 K
'
t mates1 P toB3 0rB4
2 Kt to Kt 63 Kt mates
The Chess Player’s
N o.m V.—1 takes P 1 Kt to QB4, ot takes P2 toQ 2 2
3 Q 1nates
1 BtoQR 3, ot to QKt 32 Q toQB3 ch 2 K takes Kt3 P mates
l P takes Kt2 K moves
2 Kt toB6'
ch3
l R mR 4m QB22 E toB53
N o. XXX VI I I .—1 K takes Q P 123 toK 5 ch2 K takes P onB4 2 R to Q 7ot checks3 K to QKt 6 3 Anything4
2 Bto KB5Kt to Q 4 ch 3 K movesKt mates
to K R 3 1 Q toK Kt 4takes R P 2 Q takes R
(best
takes Kt 3 AnythingQKt oe ates
K takes PK to K 6P toB6P MQ 6P to
%7
K to 6, and w1ns
001mm Sow n ona—S. A . Sillem has solved N o. 34 ; F. C hristie, 3 5F. W. Davis, 33, 38 ; W. Johnstone and Emile Frau, 33, 34, 3 5 , 36W. M . Gattie, 33, 34,35, H .Blanchard and“Zeus,
”35
,36
,38
,3 9
W. Fum ival, 33, 34, 37, C an‘
t,”33 34, 35 36, 37, 40
alsoW. Johnstone, 25, 26, 27, 28, which we omittedto c it himwith in lastnumber.We shall be lad to acknowledge any Solutions of Problems which we may
t 6 2oth of eachmonth.
N o. 45.—By H . F . L . Mum N o. 46.
—By H . F. L . Mum
N o. 47.—By H . F. L . Mm m. N o. 48.—By 11 . F . L . Mum
White to play andmate in threemoves.
TERMS O F SUBSC R IPTI ON .
17mm ) c non ,
Five Shillings andSixpence per annum, postage extra
A ll mmmnioat/imwfor thisMagazine to beaddressed to theR ow0. E .
R onan’s, Maleem , Worcestershire, excep t those for the Problemdepartment, which should be sen t to J Ch em,
E sq., 16 Bothwell St , Glasgow
711111: 4111255 3317192133 GIhronitle.
2n d J U L Y,1877.
A'
S K E TC H O F C H E S S L I TE R ATU R E .
I t is proper to state that this Sketch was written nearly in its present
form early in 1876, and before the appearance either of Mr Staunton’s
Laws and Practice or of Mr Potter’
s article in the E ncyclopaedia
Britannica.
THE literary history of C hess dates from about the middle of the ninth
century. It is at thisl
period that the series of Arabic and Persian
MSS. commences, from which several problems were selected by DrForbes, and published in his H istory of C hess. We have also speci
mens, first printed in 1837 in LePalaméde, from an early French MS.
of Nicolas de St. Nicolai, dating from the thirteenth century, and
preserved in the Paris library ; and from another French MS. at
Wolfenbiittel,of about 1350. TO judge by the examples given in the
German H andbueh (fifth edition), the problems and end-
games of
medieval Europeweremostly of O riental origin. The position celebrated
all over the E ast as Dilaram’
s .Problem, given by Forbes, and after him
by Staunton,* from a MS. in the British Museum,
occurs with slight
variations (but retaining the peculiar leap of the Bishop over his own
men) in theMS. of N icolas de St. N icolai.
These works are mostly of an encyclopaedic character, miscellaneous
repertories of the knowledge of those times, and none of them appear
to have been exclusively devoted to C hess. The earliest treatise in
which the moves are described is the L iber de moribus hominum et
oificus nobilium super ludo Scacorum of Jacobus de C essolis, a monk
of C essoles in Picardy, about the year 1300. This writer treats chieflyof the morals of C hess
,and not of the practice of the game ; he
mentions,however
,the Pawn
’
s privilege of moving two steps at its
first advance, aWestern innévation which has only made its way to the
See Forbes, p. 99. L aws and Pract ice, p. 13.
146 The Chess Player's Chronicle.
original home of C hess in'
quite recent times. The work of Friar
Jacques is preserved in manyMS. cepies in various European languages,and an E nglish translation, under the title of The Game and Plays ofthe Cheese,
”was one of the earliest publications of the C axton press.
‘lr
The period when the game assumed its present form,towards the
year 1500, is also that of the general difi'
usion of the art of printing.
From that time to the present, there has appeared a constant succession
of books on C hess, amounting in the whole (reprints and new editions
included) tomany hundred volumes. The most complete catalogue of
these, up to 1846, is to be found appended to Mr GeorgeWalker s last
treatise, his Art of C hess Play”? We shall here mention only the
more important works, especially those which have formed epochs in
the progress of C hess theory. The series begins with the two Spanish
writers, Vicent (1495) and Lucena The former wrote in theC atalan dialect of Spanish we transcribe the curious title from the
H andbuch,“L ibra dels jochs partitis dels schachs en nombre de 100
ordenat a compost par mi Francesch vicent natural de Segorbe,”with
the colophon, en la insigne ciutat de Valencia e estampat per
de Lope de Roca Alemany et Pete trinchet librere,”1495, 4to. The
disappearance of the only known copy of this work is among the manymisdeeds laid at the door of the Spanish C arlists. In the war of 1834
,
the library of the C onvent of Monserrat, nearBarcelona, was removed
for safety to Madrid, and since then the book has never been found.
I t is possible that, in quieter times than the present, search in the
libraries of Madrid and C atalonia would be rewarded by the discoveryof further copies. The work of Lucena
,in C astilian, is also of extreme
rarity, only four ccpies being known to exist. O ne of these is in the
British Museum. Lucena gives openings as well as end-
games ; he
touches upon the Giuoco Piano, and the opening now named after the
later Spanish author, Ruy L opez ; standing as he does upon the border
land between medieval and modern Chess, he gives in some of his
problems the limitedmove of the Queen, calling her A lfa ezza, in others
the enlarged powers of the modern game,and then calls her la Dam
The next important author is Damiano, a Portuguese, who was muchindebted to Lucena. H is book first appeared in 1512, but it wasfrequently reprinted, and is by no means rare. We have seen two
distinct editions, both dated 1514, one in Gothic, the other in Roman
type. The end—games are given on diagrams, with explanations both in
I talian and Spanish. O wing to the rarity of the works of his two
predecessors, Damiano has often been mistakenly supposed to be the
earliest writer on C hess. The C hess fame of the Peninsula soon came
to an end. In 1561 Buy Lopez de Segura, a Spanish ecclesiastic,
This has hitherto been reckoned the first book prinwd by C axton at West
minster. R ecent investigations, however, in connection with the C axton Festivalof 1877, have shown , we understand, that both it and the Recuyell of the
H istori es of h oye were really printed at C ologne before his return to E ngland.
1' Van der L inde’
s work, which we have not seen, besides being brought downto the year 1874, appears to be still more complete in the earlier portion .
The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle. 149
E ach of these passed for the champion player of his time but DesC hapelles wrote nothing, he did not even preserve his own games; and
L aBourdonnais’
Treatise (1833) added little to the science of the game.Meanwhile a school of writers had arisen in E ngland, for whom MrWalker justly claims the credit of having founded modern C hess theory ,by fusing the I talian and French schools of the last century. Thesewere J . H . Sarratt (died W. Lewis (1787 and the stillliving GeorgeWalker. A ll these
,especially the second, belonged to the
first rank of players and their numerous works, which included originaltreatises and translations of the older authors, but which need not here
be mentioned in detail, undoubtedly paved the way for the modern
German school, which we are next to describe. In justice, however, toMrWalker
,we remark in passing that his last work, the Art of C hess
Play is superior to every previous E nglish treatise on the
game, and its chatty and readable style is still unsurpassed.
The first noteworthy German writer on C hess is Duke August of
Brunswick-L iineberg, who in 1616 published a treatise under the
anagrammatic name of Gustavus Sele us, Das Schach oder K‘
o‘
n ig-Spiel
11. s. w. The reputation of this woxfhis owing, perhaps, rather to the
princely rank of its author,than to its intrinsic importance, as in the
practical part it is little more than a translation of L opez. After a longinterval we find in the early part of the present century two dis
tinguished writers, Johann Allgaier (1763—1823) and J . F. W. Koch,a
L utheran pastor of Magdeburg, who published his successive editions
between 1801 and But these,and indeed all previous works in
all languages, were cast into the shade by the German H andbueh of
Von Bilguer and Von H eydebrand und der Lasa. Towards the year1839
,there were assembled at Berlin a group of first- rate
,mostly young
players, of whom the most conspicuous were Dr Bledow (1795Wilhelm H anstein (1811 P. R . von Bilguer (1815 the
late H err Mayet, and, the youngest and perhaps the ablest of the band,H err
,nowBaron, von H eydebrand und der L asa. The enthusiasm of
Bilguer for the game led him. to plan a work which should combine all
that was best and most useful in previous writers with the independent
researches of himself and his associates,daily comparing notes and
testing theory by practice. E very openingwas thoroughly te-examined
each player took some opening for his especial province thus Mayet
wrote the article on the R uy L 0pez attack,Bilguer himself chose the
Two Knights’Defence. The first fruits of his labours appeared in 1839
in an elaborate monograph of that opening, Das Zweisprinyersp iel imN achsage u. s. w. Bilguer did not live to witness the completion of
the H andbuch, which his coadjutors inscribed with his name,
’
as its
projector andprincipal author. The first edition of the complete work
was published in 1843, and in four subsequent impressions (the last in
Staunton is again unlucky in his notions of C hurch titles, a subject aboutwhich, perhaps, he troubledhimself li ttle. The H andbuch calls Koch a Prediger,
”
(i .e. preacher, the usual designation of Protestant ministers in Germany) this he
incorrectly translates priest .’
152 The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
8 now if 20Kt to K 5 (dis. ch) 20Q toKB, andBlack’s game is fully equal to White
’s.
egg!)N othing was to be gained by takin off theB. Themove in the text
1 to a bri lliant sacrifice, which H err ange tells us was also reached in
another game, after the usual moves 4BtoB4, 4BtoB4, by the followingmode of pla
- 5 Kt to Kt 5,5 Kt to K R 3 , 6 Kt takesBP , 6 Kt takes Kt ,
7Btakes 8 P to Kt 3, 9 Q tekes B,9 P t0Q 4, I O C astles, l O Bt0K 3 , I l Bt0 R 6, 11 Q toQ 2 , 12 Kt t0Q 2,12 P takes P, 13 Q R toq ,
13 K R to q ,14 Kt takes P,
14BtoB4,15 l 6 K toB3, 17Q to K 2 .
I t strikes na that in this variation some of Black’s moves are rather
W(i ) I f 24 K to Kt 5, 25 Bto Q 2 (ch) wins theQueen.
(h) Matt is threatened in two moves ; but H err Lange remarks that thecorrect defence is 27K to Kt 7, with the continuation 28 R to Q Kt sq(ch)28K takes BP, 29Bto K s now if 29 K takes P, 30R to q
but by 29 Q takes R , lack would win . I t appears to na,however,
that in reply to 27K to Kt 7, White can still maintain a winning advantageby 28 P to K R 3, followed by 29 P to K Kt 4
, if theQueen retreat, 28
Q to K R 4, afterwards mating, as in the last variation ; while if 28 Q takesR , Black obtains only a single Rook for his Q, and loses by material.
(Z) We leave the solution, which is not difficult, for our readers to discover.
GAME 60.
Special Repnints, N 0. VIII —Tramaetions of theBri tish Chess Association ,1868- 9
, 19. 62 .
s s s
t? 3 E
‘
o
wwo
wmw
8
§§8
S
8
N
8
08
8 ea
03
wH
mqa
uh
wwH
8 P9
mo
mma:
be
e!
0 es
1; 3
16 Kt to Q 217 P to K B318 K toq19 K Kt to Q 5zoq qm s
Kt’s Game.)
BLACK (Mr Steinitz).
02
P
NV
4
o
4
3
mS
2
5
R
&
B8
“B
K
t
QK
t
e
QK
Q
.
m
Q
mK
o
wK
wa
mm
ma
t
e
P
QP
P
K
QBP
P
KP
P
KB
1
2
3
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
15 Kt to B516 P to K B417 Kt t o K 7 (ch)18 P to K B519 P to K 6
20 E to K 3
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
2 1 . K Kt to Kt 622 P to Q 523 R toq24 QKt to R 525 Kt takes QKt P26 Kt to Q 6 (ch)27 Kt takes B28 Btakes P29 Kt takes K -Kt P
L owenthal, revised) .
Q to6 bestP takes P, 8Kt tahes P at B 3, 8 P to Q R 3
'
fGB Q 2may also be 10K toB2, 10Bto K 8
,
even game. hits, instead, exchange Pieces, and ettem
gt to win a Pawn,
the following beautiful variation, communicated by Dr ukertort, is
given in the H andbuch —7 Kt takes Kt, 7Kt takes Kt, 8 C astles, 8Q 3, 9 R toq , 9 0astles, 10 B takes Kt , l O P takesB, 11 Q tak11 B14 Q to Q 3
,14 Q R toq ,
15 Bto K 3, 15 R to K 5,16 Q to
(ii 16 Kt to Q 2,Black mates prettily in three moves,) 16 R to
17 Kt to Q 2,17 R takes P and wins. Black would also win, tho
conclusively, by exchanging Queens, e.g., 11 Q takes Q, 12 R . es 12 Bto K B 4
,13 R to K 3, 13 B to B 5 , and White must at least lose the
exchan e, for if 14 R to B 3 , 14 Q R to K sqis decisive.
(b) his move, the invention of H err Steinitz, seems to give a t dealof resource to the second player, and is now generally consider thedefence in this variation .
(c) B to Q B 4 is stronger.(d) The Q Pbeing advanced, must be lost by this move,(3) Had he taken the Queen, Black would in turn have os turedQueen,
andWhite could not have taken either of the Pawns attacked y theBishopwithout losing a Piece.
(f ) E xamination wil l prove the last series of moves on both sides the bestthat could be played.(9) I f he had played R to Q B 3, White’s most feasible reply would havebeen P to Q 5, sacrificing the Pawn ; nevertheless, the move in the text istronget . Indeed, Herr Steinitz plays the whole of the game with his
usual ability .
Gu n: 61.
A Tourney Game at the St. George’
s C hess C lub.
(King’
sBishop’
s Game) ;
WH ITE (m . Wayte). BLACK (Mr Warner) .1 P mK 4 1 P mK 4
2 Bto QB4 2 Kt to K B33 P wQ 3 3 BmQB44 P to KB 4 P takes P (a)5 Q B takes P 5 C astles (b)6 Kt to K 2 6 P to Q 4
mmmu
B
wBBBm
mw
R
QK
KBK
KP
R
154 The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
13 Kt to K Kt 3
14 Bto K Kt 515 Btakes P16 E toB717 Bto KB6 (g)18 Q to K Kt 519 R takes Q,
20 Q takes P ch
21 Q to Kt 5 ch
22 Q takes B23 R to K Bsq24 R toB725 Q to B3
AndBlack resigns.
(a) I t would be better, we believe, to play P to Q 3, reducing the openingto a.variation of the K
’s Gambit declined.
(b) A t this point we prefer P to Q 4 forBlack, whichWhite should haveprevented him from pla ing at the next move by bringing out his Q Kt to B 3 .
(0) Perhaps B takes t,followed by Q Kt to B 3, and C astles, &c.,
mighthave been safely ventured.
hGigiThis was throwing away his advantage, heought of courseto have taken
t e t.
(e) B to K 3 was the proper plsy both here and at the next move.
f Useless ; whereas by B to K 2, and afterwards B to K 3 , he wouldhave extricated himself in great measure from his difficulties.( g) Finely played. If now P takes Q B, White wins by Q to R 6 ; and if
Black lay B to B sq, or R to K Kt sq,White replies with the decisive moveto t 5.
GAME 62.
We select from the Stratégie another game in the match between
Messrs Morel andBezkrowny.
WHITE (Mr Morel).1 P to K 4
2 Kt to KB33 P mQ 44 Kt takes P
5 Kt toB56 Kt to QB37 Kt to K 3
8 Bto K 2 (a)
m
mmmm
mm
A
P
K
P
BQK
P
C
n
m
l
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
156 The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
Gu n :“
63.
A skirmish played last January at the St. George’s C hess C lub, and
( Scotch
(Mr Skipworth).K 4
fl
N as
N
8
8
8
8’
8 s:
H
wo
o
oo
qca
cm-
os
w-s
H
w
wwo
wwww
WN
W
u-n-l
co
m
Nates.
(a) Played to prevent White from planting his Kt at K B 5, for if he now
does so,Black gains an advantage in position by5 P toQ 4
6 Q takes P 6 Kt to Kt 57 Q toKt 3 7Btakes Kt,&e.
(b) Kt to Kt 3, preventing the egress of the adverseK B to B 4 is rocemmend
fed as the bes t reply, but it has thedemerit of putting the Kt very much
out o lay.
(a) game players refer B to B 4 here, retiring theB to K 2 if attacked byKt to K 4, but in t at casewe think Black can obtain an excellent game byQ toK Kt 3.d) B to B 3 is a bettermove.
a) Not good, but what else can hep lay ?Kt takes B would of course beanswered by Kt takesB,&c.
(f ) Imme fatal ; he should have played14 to
gtA
M H )14 tekes B.
15 to 4 A 15 P toK Kt 316 K takesB‘
16 F te K B417&to Kt 5 (best) 17 Q to Kt 4 ch18 to Kt sq 18 P toQB419 P to QB4 (best) 19 Q takesBP20BtoB3, and the game is about even.
(A) 15 Btakes R 15 R takesB16 K takesB 16 P to K B4
-ephes
toq andwins, and if 17Q to t 3 or 5, Black checks w1th Q at
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
r.
B4
P
3
4
4
3
3
K
m
K
u
m
“K
m
mW
mK
mmmmmw
MP
K
P
QBKP
K
O
BBQBQ
3
4
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle. 157
Gum 64.
Game played in the Edinburgh C lub.
(A llgaier Gambit.)WH ITE (D1
' Fraser) . BLACK (G. B. Fraser).1 P to K 4 1 P to K 4
2 P to K B4 2 P takes P
3 K Kt to B3 , 3 P to K Kt 44 P to K R P to K Kt 55 Kt to K 5 5 Q to K 2 (a)6 P to Q 4 6 P to K B47 BmQB4 Q 7 P mQ 38 Bto KB7 ch (c) 8 K to q9 Q Kt toB3 9 P takes Kt
l O P takes P dis ch 10Bto Q 2 (d)‘
11 P to K 6 l l Kt to K R 3
12 QBtaken ) 12 Kt takes K B.13 Btakes QB ch 13 K to QBsq14 P takes Bch 14 Kt takes Pl 5 Bto K B4 l 5 Bto K Kt 216 Q to Q 3 l GBtakes Kt ch17 Q takes Bch 17 Q. to QB418 Q to Kt 3 18 E toK
19 Q takes Kt (f ) 19 Btakes ch
20 K t o q 20 R takes B21 R toq 21 R toB7
AndWhite resigned in a few moves.N otes.
(a) Ah old defence to the Al lgaier, and, we believe, a very(b) Black’s last move was a variation from the recognised the correct reply to it, perhaps, was to take the mbit P withB.
(0) Was there any objection to playing theKt to 73
(d) I f Q to Q 2, White rejoins with Q B takes P, andBlack will find it
hard to save the game.
(e) The obvious move, Kt to Q 5, would not apparently lead to any moreadvantageous result.(f ) Weak ; he ought, of course, to have C astled, andwould then have still
retainedmany elements of attack.
Gum 65.
Warm (Mr Sanders). BLACK (Mr Murray).l K 4 1 P mK 42 Kt to K B3 2 Kt to QB33 Bto B4 3 BtoB44 P to Q Kt 4 40Btakes P5 P mQB3 5 BwB4
158 Tim Chess Playm’s Chronicle.
C astles 6 Kt to K B 3 (a)P to Q 4 7 P takes P
P takes P 8 Bto QKt 3BtoB3 (b) 9 Kt takes K P (c)R q 10 P mQ 4Kt to QB3 (d) 11 .Bto K 3Kt takes Kt l 2 P takesBP to Q 5 13 Q takes PKt to KBGch 14 P takes Kt
QM m Q 15 QBqR takesBch andmates in moves.
(a) I t has been re
fiested, ad nam ea/m, that neither this move nor Kt to K 2
can be correctly m the Evans Gambit, when the Black Bishop
retreats to B 4.(b) The usual continuation here is P to K 5
, but the movemade seems
to be at least as good.
of(e) We should much prefer P to Q 4, which would giveCu tlin
efion theQQ ’
ueen s side, and [fitting out ofdanger.Of
(d) W played; dowhat hewill, 13c game is clearly gone.
Gum 66.
Played in Mr Archdall’
s C orrespondence Tourney, commenced
December 2nd, 1876, and concluded on March 19th,1877.
( I rregular Opening.)WH ITE (Mr Skipworth) . BLACK (Mr Johnson), Lancaster.
1 P mQB4'
1 P mK 42 P to K 3 2 Kt to K B33 P mQ R 3 3 P mQ 4P takes P 4 Kt takes P
5 Kt to KB3 5 Kt to QB36 Bto QKt 5 6 Bto Q 3 (a)7 Q to QB2 7 K Kt to K 2 (b)8 P to Q 4 8 P to Q R 39 Btakes Kt ch 9 Kt takes Bl O P to Q 5 10 Kt to K 2
l t to B3 11 P to QB312 P takes P 12 Kt takes P
13 C astles 13 Bto K Kt 514 Q to K 4 (c) 14 P to K B415 Q to Q 5 15 P to K R 3 (d)16 Q to K 6 ch 16 Q to K 2
17 Q to K Kt 6 ch l 7 K to Q 218 Kt to Q 5 (e) 18 Q to q19 P to K R 3 19 Btakes Kt20Q takesBP ch s 20K toq21 Q takesB 21 R to KBsq
The Chess
Btakes KtKt to K R 4 (f)Kt takes P
8
8
8
Notes(a) The usual move is Kt to Q B 3, upon which follows
5 Kt to K B3 5 Bto Kt 56 C astles 6 P to Q 37 Kt to Q 5 7 C astles8 Kt takes Kt ch 8 Q takes Kt9 P to Q B 3,&c.
(b) It would have been bad play to attempt to preserve the Gambit P .
(c) B to K 2, reserving the Q B for the post at K Kt 5, would probably bea better move.
d) This is but drivin the B to another useful square, and puttinfibis own
Kt out of play, but Blac seems to have nothing good to do here. he playB to K 2
, White gets a powerful attack by advancing either of the centre
11 P takes B12 P to K B413 Q to K Kt 414 Btakes Kt
35 Bto Bsq36 P to QB437 K toq38 K to Q 239 K to K 3
40 K to Q 341 E to K 2
42 Btakes P (l)43 P takes P
44 P to Kt 5
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle. 161
(e) P to Q 5 , compelling the reply P to Q Kt 3, and followed by the.
on
coming of the Q B’s and Q Kt’s Pawns, seems amorepromisin line of action .
f The more direct assault Kt to Q 5 , &c.,would perhaps e stronger.
(9) There is a good deal to be said for P to K R 4 here(h) Q to Kt 4 at once does not appear to yieldWhite any advantage, for
Black would of coursemovehis K, and then would threaten to play Kt toK 4.
(72) H e might also have p1ayed~ Kt to B sq, Kt to Kt 3 ,&c., with at least
equal advantage. At his next moveWhite should have brought the K to
B 2 instead of taking the P.
Eh) P takes P is certainly better.Z) If P takes P, White marches on his P toQueen, and onBlackqueening
his,White mates in two moves.
C H E S S I N T E L L I G E N C E .
SE C RETAR I E S O F C LUBS A ND OTH E RS are invi ted to assist as in nmkingour record of themonth
’s doings as comp lete as possible.
We read in L a Strategic the account of a blindfold se'
ance, held by M .
Maczuski at the Palais Royal, Paris, in which he contested four
games, sa/ns voi r, under somewhat novel conditions. H is opponents had theright of consultation, so that it was against four groups of amateurs that hehad to contend. H e nevertheless succeeded in
,winnin
gtwo games out of the
four, which, considering that the games were pla e very rapidly (ou an
average of a minute to each move), was a highly cre itableperformance. Thesitting lasted four hours.L a N uo'va 177mm ublishes the names of thewinners in the late Problem
tourney z—l st Prize, err Schriifer, ofBern 2d do.,
H err C onradBayer,of O lmiitz ; 3ddo., Sefior A of Malaga. T e names of Prof.M assini and
C ountVolponi are also honours ly mentioned ; and a s Prize, consistingof Pierce
’s E nglish C hess Problems,” was awarded y Sig. C enturini to a
lady competitor, C ountess Volponi, who took for her motto the appropriateline, Imbellis que viris audet concurrere Virgo.
”
TheNordisk Skaktidende 0 ns with an interesting article by the edi tor,
H err S6rensen , entitled, (lifess Theory for Beginners,” whl ch we havetranslated, with the intention of re-
producin shortly in our columns. I t
consists oi . an analysis of the Jerome Gam it, an unsound but dashingvariation of the Giuoco Piano, invented by ah American, which is aecom
panied by two illustrative games. The Skaktidende also contains a capitalselection of games and problems among the former are three played inSweden, and the first correspondence game ever played in N orway.
The Schachzeitung has a long and able dissertation by the editor on The
present position of the theory of favourite o nings,”the two openings
selected for comment in the article being the cotch andBishop’s gambits.
There is also an amusing sketch of a scene in a C afe at H amburg, and acritical account of the Automaton C hess Player, who, according to the
announcement in our March N umber, is now exhibiting in Berlin, where,
162 The Chase Player’
s Chronicle.
however, be has not been ve victorious, having lost many as
of onl moderate strength. e suggest to him that in his role of
Turk e shoold now try St. Petersburg.
The E leventh C ongress of theWes t German C hess Association will be held
at C olo'
gne on the 18th and following days of August. We have received the
programme, which oom
tfforises various game and problem tourneys
'
,including
consultation and blin 1d play, together with festival dinners, and an
excursion (weather permitting) to the Drachenfels. Prizes according to the
number of the entnes will be given to the winners. If any of our readers
wish to combine a pleasant trip with -an agreeable meeting and some goodchess play, they cannot do better than go to C ologne, where theyto receive a hearty welcome. The entries for the problem tourneys close onJ111 1st those for the game tourneys must be sent by August 15th to H errE . masher, 7Quirinstrasse, C ologne.
O ur Australian exchanges are full of the doings of MrWiskerin that colony. H e has been pla ing bl indfold d tourney games at
Sydney, and has now established a hess column in a Brisbane paper. We
w1sh him renewed health and success in his distant sphere, but we think it apity that before he went he did not issue some notice to the subscribers to theC ity of L ondon C hess Magazine, which, after the publication of one numberunder his editorship, suddenly collapsed.
I NTE R N ATI O N AL C anes C oum .—C hess players of the N ew
invited to contest in a stal card tourney with the chess players of the O ldWorld. There can be at one objection urged to the scheme, and that is thelength of time it will take to decide a contest of this description. While afew may regard this as a fatal objection , yet it is by no means an insuperable '
barrier. We have had all sorts of international contests, but this is the firstt ime the chess players of the United States and C anada have had an opportu
ni t of measun n intellectual strength with the chess players of E ngland,Ire d
,and Soot d. There has been a prompt response to the invitation
on this side of the water, and the entries are now closed. We hope to an
nounce the names and pairing in our next .
The H artford ( Conn) Globe, with commendable enterprise, has recentlyinaugurated two prize tourneys
—a correspondence e tourney and problemtourney, with liberal rizes attached to each. In t 0 game tourney, twentyfive dollars is ofi
’
ere to the winner of the greatest number of games bycorrespondence. Ten dollars to the next, and so on down for seven prizes.
Then comes an extra prize of ten dollars to the winner of the gamecontainingthe most brill iant and sound combination. The following are the problemoffers: For thebest set of twoproblems,either in twoor threemoves,twenty-fivedollars. For the second best set, twenty dollars. For the third bes t set, tendollars. For .the best single problem in three moves, five dollars. For the
best single problem in two moves, five dollars. For the second best singleroblem in three moves, two dollars and theDetroi t Free Press for one year.or the second best problem in two moves, two dollars and the e tfm
'dGlobe for one year. A special prize of five dollars will be given for the bestproblem entered in the tourney. E ach composer is invited to send in a two
move problem aecom anied b his photograph, the author of the winn
ingposition to receive the p otographs as a prize. I t is hoped all
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
C lub Handica 13 entries at 23. 6d ,and the amount doubled by the
president (Rev. Greene). C lass 1 . to give P and move to C lass 2 , P and
two to C lass 3, and Kt to C lass 4. To win the first two games of everyopponent. It will be observed b the following score that some very toughfighting took place here also. he popular President , however, comes wellto the front in the first class with a fine score of 15 won matches, losing2 only ; whilst Mr 0. H unt (class 2) is close behind with 14 won and 3 lost ;and takes 2d prize. MrW. H al l (who has very much improved in his playin class 3 , takes 3d prize;. the Rev. J Southb in the same class
,takes 4t
prize; andMessrs. Bot lot andNewton tie for e 5th prize
Matches won. Lost.
15 2
Mr 7 3
Mr H orlor 7 3
C lass 2.—Mr 0. H unt 3
MrT. G. Bittill 3 9
3 6
C lass 3.—MrW. H all 12 3
Mr Bruce 3 3
5 5
Rev. J Southby 9 5
Mr Dillon . 6 10
C lass 4.-Two entries, but both retired early.
—Bristol Paper.
A match has taken place'
between the C hess C lubs of Dudley and Stourbridg,which ended in a draw, with a score of 9k to each club.
O u Whit Monday, Mr Gastineau, the popular President of the C ity of
London C hess C lub, gave a garden chess party, at which Mr Blackburneplayed six simultaneous blindfold games, wmning the whole of them in theshort space of an hour and a half.
I t is proposed to hold an
.
International C hess Tournament at Paris next
year in connection with the E xhibition .
A match was layed on May 17th between the Bury andWest Suffolk
and C helmsford lubs, with the following result
Mr R . C raske O 0 1—1 Mr A . Nicholas
Mr H . R iddell O O 1 - 1 MrW. S. Pavitt
MrW. Dawson l 1. 1—3 Mr G. H asler
Mr G. W. R ichardson 1 1 1—3 Mr F. R ichardson
In accordance with the arrangements already made known to the members,Mr Blackburne arrived in Bury St E dmund’s on Wednesday last, June 13 ,and on the following afternoon engaged in a blindfold contest with ten
members of the C lub simultaneously, in the Lecture H all of the BuryA thenaeum. The match commenced at 3 P.M., MrBaiman calling the moves,and was continued till 5 P .M.,
when play was suspended for an hour. At 6
P.M. the games were resumed and carried on uninterruptedly, andwithout a
single 104mm on the part of MrBlaekburne, notwithstanding the duration and
severity of his task, until their completion. Mr C raske, as President of the
The Chess l yer’
s Chronicle.
C lub, was placed at 'Board N o. 1, and the rest of the playerswere arrangedinalphabetical order, except that N os. 4 and 9 exchanged places. The resultwas
'
that every game was won by MrBlackbume, except those with the Rev.
L . W. Lewis andMr F. W. C larke, which were drawn.
The l st prize in the problem tourney of the L ebanon (Tenn ) H erald isawarded to MrW. A . Shinkman , of Grand R apids, Michigan. The 2d and
3d prizes fell to two of our countrymen , of whom one, alas, is no more—Mr
R .B. Wormald (2d), and (3d) Mr C . M . Baxter,Dundee.
The programme of the C ounties C hess Association meeting reaches us
just as we are going to press ; we can only, therefore, make a few extracts.
The meeting will be held in the rooms of the Young Men’s A ssociation
,
N cedless A lley, N ew Street, Birmingham,during the week commencing with
Monday, July 30. Play to begin on the 3oth at 6 P.M., and to be continued
each day from 10A .H . to 3 P.M. and from 7 R M. till 12 . There will be threeclasses
,open to provincial amateurs on becoming members of the Association,
by a subscription of at least one guinea for C lass 1, and of 108. 6d. for C lasses2 and Three or four prizes will be given in each C lass, according to thenumber of entries the value of the 1st prize in C lass 1 being announced as
£15, in C lass 2 as £5 , and C lass 3 as £3 . There will also be during themeeting a handicap tourney, not restricted to provincial amateurs, with an
entrance fee of five shil lings, and two, four, or six prizes, according to thenumber of entries. N 0 entries in the three C lasses can be received after July28th. Al l names and subscriptions to be sent to the H on . Secretary, B. W.
Fisher, E sq., N ew C ollege, Leam ington, or to S. G. Kempson , E sq. (the localH on. Secretary), 57Bristol R oad, Birmingham,
who will be happy to giveinformation as to hotels and lodgings.
N OI IC E S TO C O RRE SPO NDE NTS.
Editors of H artford Globe and Tu'
rf , F ield,“and Fumm. Thanks for thecopies of your papers. Would an exchange be agreeable?J G. B.,
H artford, C onn. We get the Times regularly now, and are
obliged for your compliment about the C . P . 0.
Editors of Boston Globe, Mass , N ew York C lipper, Phi ladelphia Chess
R ecord, and Sydney Mai l, are requested to state whether they are willi ng to
exchange or not, as we have receivdd none of their papers, nor any acknow
ledgment of the copies of the C . P . 0. which have been sent them.
S. A. S., C openhagen. Thanks for your complimentary notice of
°
the articlein our April number.R . M . S.,
Adelaide. We gladly comply with your request. The Junenumber has been despatched to you.
J T. P. ,H ull . We shall always be pleased to hear from you, andto receive
news of C hess doings in your neighbourhood. We acknowledge with thanks
the copies of the Amateur Worldwhich you forwarded to na.
F. Bury St E dmund’s. You will see that we have compliedwith yourrequest. Thanks for the account received through one of yourQlubmembers.
S. B.,Bristol. We are obliged for the information , andwill consider our
sug eetion . O ur Jannary number was sent out as an advertisement, an no
furt er numbers would be sent unless ordered. Was this done by“
your C lub
166 The Ohm Playew’s Chronicle.
SO LUTIO N S TO
WH ITE . BLA CK.
N o X LI—l Q to QqN o. X L II. —l Kt to Q 8 l Btakes Kt
2 Q to K Kt 4 ch3 Q ot mates
N o. XLI I I .—Tbe Black Pawn on the Rook’s file shouldWhite Pawn. We withhold the solutionissue.
N o. X L IV.—1 R takes P on B3 t akes R onBG .
2 R takes P on Q 4 2 Anything3 Qmates
1 K takes R on Q 42
8toq ch 2 Anythingoe ates
2 Kt toB3 ch3 Qmates
2 Q to Qq3 R ot mates
This problem can also be solved Q2R “a
N o. X LV.—l B to R 82 Q to Qq3 Qmates
N o. X LVI . Q to QKt sq 1 Kt to Kt 32 Q to R 7 23 Kt mates
2 Q takes Kt3 Mates accordingly
Emile Frau, 41, 42, 45 ; F. W. Davis, 41, 46, 48;
“Zeus
,
”
45,46
,48; W. Furnival
,4 l
, 45, H . Blancl1ard and “
C ant,41
,42
,44. 45, 46,
We shall be glad to acknowledge an Solutions of Prohle h'
hreceive before the 2oth of each month.
y ma w m we may
168 The Chase Player’
s Chronicle.
N o. 53—m the I llustratedL ondon N o . 54.-By C .W. of E
N ews.
” By J . C Btm .
wurm .
White to play andmate in threemoves. White to play andmate in f
N o. 55.—By A . Tows smm . N o. 56.
—E ndGamc
warm. mm : (mm sun swoa‘mjWhite pla first , compels Black to mate White to play andw
hilnTD
FWhite) in fivemoves. I n the match recently playedH ull .
TE RMS O F SUBSC R IPTI ON .
UNITEDKwenou, Six Shi llings per annun
- 170 The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
in any handbook. The Americans call the game Jcrome’
s double
opening, in allusion, probably, to the fresh sacrifice of a piece which
follows at the next move,but we shall prefer to use the shorter and
sufficiently clear designation,
Jm om’
s Gumrr.
‘
4 Btakes P‘
(ch) 4 K takesBThat the King must take is evident
,otherwise the Bishop without
any hindrance can retire with his booty.
5 Kt takes P (ch)O ne must confess that this is a forcible invention, and difficulties
begin now already for Black. There is clearly a choice between two
things between taking, and so maintaining further the preponderance
of two pieces, or going with theKing, for example, to.
Bsq, and beingcontent with the one piece, which, however, has cost two pawns. We
will treat these contingencies separately under First and Second
Defence.
FIRSTDEFEN C E .
q5 Kt takes Kt
White’si best,mom is now 6 P to Q 4
, or Q to R 5 (ch). By thefirst move ohemins back one piecequite easily, but when there follows
6 B takes Ekhe Only receives the scanty recompense of one pawn for
the other hy.,the second move he exposes himself to the evil of gaining
no piece fick, inasmuch as Black can protect himself by K to K 3 .
According to our conviction, the check with the Queen gives the bestchances
,and we therefore carry out this
, while we point out the resultof P to Q 4 in the sfiecimen game N o. 1.
6 Q to R 5 (ch) 6 K to K 3
Black now essays to keep both the pieces, and this must, after the
defence adopted, 5 Kt takes Kt, be regarded as consequently the most
correct. For if he prefers to interpose the Kt at Kt 3, White plays
7Q 8 M ’
and one of the pieces falls under far moreK tO K
unfavourable conditions than if the King had immediately retreated
on the 5th'
move (Second Defence) . In specimen game N o. 2 we shall
see'
unfolded same of the inconveniences which the move treated of,
6 Kt - to Kt 3, brings with it.
7 Q to B5 (ch) 7 K toQ 38 P to Q 4
It is impossible to decide whether this attacking move is stronger
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle. 171
than a multitude of others which offer themselves in this interesting
position, and of which we especially prefer P to K B 4 and Kt to
Q R 3, but it seems clear in every case into what abysses Black is
plunging.
8 B takes P9 Kt to QR 3 9 P to QB3
With this move Black escapes ; under (a) and (b) are seen less favourablemodes of play.
( a) 9Q to B3
10 13 4 12 3 4411, 11 Kt takesB. 12 Kt takes Q.K to B4, Q takes Q, r
“
to'
K Kf s,
13 14 R t “9 4 610» 15 LWE LQ.
§L 16 andK m e a K m qa K m x a
White has the best position .
0
10 ow ns 11 Kt to Kt 5 (ch) , 12 Kt takes B,Kt to K 2, Q to Bsq, K to B4, K takes Kt ,
13 131 ° 1“5» and White must win .
10 P to QB3 10Q toB311 P takes B 11 Q takes Q12 P takes Q
‘
12 Kt toB213 BtoB4 (ch) 13 K to K 2
Black must now,though ot c mpletely out of danger, be able to make
his superiority of a piece a pawn prevailing.
SE C O NDDE FEN C E .
5 K to B sq(best)Al though the first defence was not thus to be abandoned, we .shall
still recommend this as more solid, and easier to manage.
6 Kt takes Kt 6 Q P takes KtBest if Kt P takes, P to Q 4 follows, and the Bishop becomes shutout from the game. I t is also here of importance to have the open
Queen’s file.
7 C astles. 7 Kt to K B3s ome s
follows 8 Bto K Kt 5, 9 $ 5?and Black is com
pletely extricated, andhas the advantage.
s omo s
9 Bto K Kt 5l o nmo s11 P to K Kt 4
This move, which costs a pawn, 18 not absolutely necessary, but it
172 The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
promotes an energetic liberation of Black’s game, which is important
in such positions to have in view.
12 BtakesB 12 P takesB13 P to K R 3 13 Bto K 3
14 Q takes Kt P 14 K R to Kt sq
15 Q to R 6 (ch) 15 K to K 2
16 Kt to Q B3. The best move to preserve the Q Kt P, whichis necessery
16 R to Kt 3, and Black’
s
attack becomes irresistible.
SPE C IMEN Gu m N o. 1.
Warm . BLACK.
1 P mK 4 1 P mK 4
2 Kt to K B3 2 Kt to QB33 BtoB4 3 E to B44 Btakes P (eh) 4 K takes B5 Kt takes P (oh) 5 Kt takes Kt
6 P to Q 4. See the remark upon this under First
6 Btakes P7 Q takes B 7 P to Q 3
8 C astles 8 Kt to K B39 P to KB4 9 P to QB4
This move,and the development of the Queen’
s win’
g standing in
connection with it, we cannot regard as right, at any rate not until all
was in order on the King’
s side. Kt to QB3, eventually folldwed byR to K sq, would have been the proper continuation
,and must have
left few favourable chances remaining forWhite.
l O Q to QB3 10 Q Kt to K Kt 5
11 Kt to Q 2 11 P to Q Kt 4
12 P toK R 3 12 P to K R 4
Black must now prepare to sacrifice a little,because he did not
protect himself in time.
13 P to K 5 (best) . To have taken immediately would not have
been near so good the situation now requires thoroughly attentive
play. 13~
P to Q Kt 514 Q to KB3 14 Bto Q R 315 K P takes Kt 15 Btakes
,R
16 Q to Kt 7 (ch). H ere P takes Kt would also have been good;White
,however
, plays to driveBlack into a mating posit ion.
R to QKt sqR to K B3K R to Kt 3
R takes P
Kt takes P (ch)Kt to Q 6 (ch)R to Kt 7 (ch)
Gun 68.
(E vansH E (Prof. Anderssen).
to K 4
wwo
o
mqmd
e
wwufl 3
3
H
p—ih-l
15 Kt to Q 516 R to Q Kt sq17 R to Q Kt 318 Btakes Kt19 Q to R 5 ch
20 R to K Kt '3 ch
21 Q to R 6
And Black resigned.
N ates by Professor Wayte.(a) This was formerly a recognised mode of conducting the attack. I t
would now be considered a loss of time, in view of the reply Kt to R 4,
followed by Kt to K 2 .
(b;A perfectly sound sacrifice.
(c B takes R was of course not to be thought oi. The following brill iantvariation at this point (from the sameVol. of the O
’. P . p. 143) has been
often printed, butwill bear repetition
Btakes Q P15 E to K 3 (c)16 R to Q Kt sq17 K to R 2
18 Btakes B19 K to Kt sq20Bto Kt 2
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle. 175
WH ITE (Mr A . Simone).
16 Bto QKt 517 P to K R 418 Q to Q 319 P to K 5 dis ch20 P takes Kt2 1 BtakesBch
22 E toB5A ndmates next move.
(d) 16 Kt takes Kt, 17 B takes Q, 17 Kt to Q B 6, appears to offer
some resource here. The move made is immediately fatal.(e) In bookish openings it is well known that identical games have some
times occurred between different players. The present game was also playedat the St. George
’s C hess C lub, between Mr Wayte (White) andMr T. L .
H ampton (Black), some years after its first appearance in the C . P . C . Theleading moves of the attack were remembered by White, after which Black’s15th, l 6th, and 17th moves are all extremely natural. We give an additionalmove on each side, as actually played on this last occasion. Mr L iiwenthal
had resigned onemove sooner.
GAME 69.
Select R eprints, N o. X —Ohess P layer’
s Magazine, 1865, p . 197.
(R ay L opez Knight’
s Game) .WH ITE (H err N eumann BL A C K (Prof. Anderssen ).‘ 1 P 130 K 4 1 P tu K 4
2 Kt tu K B3 2 Kt t o Q B33 Bto Q Kt 5 3 K Kt- tn B34 P to Q 3 B to B45 P to QB3 5 C astles6 B takes Kt 6 Kt P takes B7 Kt takes P 7 P to Q 48 C astles 8 P takes P
9 P to Q 4 9 B to Q 310 Kt takes QBP (a) 10 Q to q11 Kt to R 5 11 Q to Q Kt 4 (b)12 Kt to Kt 3 12 Bto K Kt 513 Q to Q 2 13 Btakes P ch (c)14 \K takesB 14 Q takes R15 Q to K B4 15 Bto K B616 P takes B 16 Q takes P ch
17 K to R sq 17 P takes P
18 Q to R 2 18 Q to K 8 ch
AndWhite resigns (d).
(a) This is a bad move, to which the loss of the game may be justlyattributed.
BLA C K (Mr E . Williams).15 K to Kt 2
16 K to Kt 3
17 B to K Kt 518 B takes R19 B to B 420 B takes Q2 1 K to R 4
176 The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
(b) By this moveBlack is enabled to maintain the superiority of position ,securing a successful issue of the contest.
(0) A brilliant stroke of play, characteristic of H err A nderssen’s genius.
(d) Foreseeing 19 P to K B 7 in reply to 19 Q to Kt sq. This game is a
remarkable example of the early wresting of the attack in this opening, and
against a first- rate antagonist.
The long-talkedof match between Messrs Blackburne and a ertort
commenced on June 27, but only two games had been played when an
irregularity was discovered with regard to the stakes, and thematch wasthereupon broken off. We append the games, with n otes taken from
the F ield
GAME 70.
7 Kt to B38 Kt to QKt 5 (a)9 Bto K B410 Kt takes P (c)11 Bto K 5 (e)12 Kt takes Kt P (g)13 Btakes Kt P14 P to Q R 415 P toB3 (h)16 Bto K B417 Btakes B(i)18 Btakes Kt (j )19 Q takes B20 P to Q Kt 3 ( l)2 1 K R to Bsq22 P to Q Kt 423 Q to K 3
24 P to B325 Q toB4 (p)26 P to Kt 5 (q)27 P to R 4 (r)28 Q to Kt 529 Q R to Kt sq30 Q to Kt 431 Q to K 532 R to Kt 4
33 Resigns (t)
BLACK (Mr Blackburns) .1 P to K 3
2 P to Q 43 P takes P
Kt to K B 3
14 Kt to K 5
15 Bto'
K Kt 5
16 Bto Q 317 Kt takes B18 Btakes Kt (k)19 Q takes B20 Kt to K 5
21 R to Kt 2 (m)22 Q toB5. (n)23 R toq (o)24 Kt toBS25 Q R to K 2
26 R to K 3
27 Kt to R 4
28 P to Kt 3
29 P toB330 P toB431 K to Kt 2 (s)32 R to K 8 (ch)
178 The Chase Player’s Chronicle.
the board, P toK R 3, preventing the pinning of theKt, was better for thaturpose.p
(t ) This was bad judgment in itself, and its logical se uence, the e
of all Wh minor pieces, subjects his pawns on theQside to all sorts of
harassing attacks, which must ultimately disturb their cohesion, and leave
them with insufficient rotection. The retreat of the B to K 3 was much
stronger, for it kept the game closed to the adversary’s pieces, and also
threatened inciden tally the advance of P to Q B 4, which P could not be
captured, for otherwise a piece was lost by the answer of P to Q 5.
(j) Forced; for if Q to K 2, Black answers R to K sq; and if Q to Q 3 ,the Q would be driven back by B to B 4. Q to Kt 3 was of no more usefor Black, after retreating the Kt to K 2
,would have brought one of his
rooks behind the Q, and ul timately must have gained at least one pawn .
(k) The only move to avoid serious 1088. Had he taken the B at once, the
game might have gone on thus :18 Q takesB
19 Kt to K 5 19 Btakes Q20 Kt takes Q 20 R toB221 Kt to Kt 4 21 Bto Kt 622 R to R 3 22 E toB523 R to Q B sq, followed by P to Q Kt 3, winning easily.
(I) The best of the three moves at White’s command,P to Q Kt 4, was
obviouslyinferior, on account of the reply Kt to K 5 ; and had he played
R to Q sq, the game might have proceeded thus :20 R to QBsq 20 R takes P2 1 R takes R 21 Q takes R22 Q takes P 22 Kt toB523 P to QKt 4 23 Q to R 6, &c.
(m) MrBlackbume conducts this part with carefully strained attention and
clear judgment. A t the first blush K R to QKt sqwould seem superior, for
it brings an inactive piece into play ; but it will be seen that the point of
advantage was deceptive, for it would have enabledWhite to protect the QKt P with the R , since White could not then answer Kt to Q 7, attackingQ and R , for Black had then a potent reply in Q to K B 4
, attacking R
and Kt.
(n ) We should have preferred R to Q B sq, threatening R takes Kt P,besides Kt takes P. I f White in answer pushed the P to Kt 5, then the Qcould play to B 5 , with the object of capturing the Q P shouldWhite attemptthe defence of R to R 3 .
(o) The sudden change of tactics in the midst of action is rarely advisable,and we cannot approve of this attempt to shift the attack from the Q side tothe other wing, after having taken all the pains to weaken White
’
s Pawns.
I n our Opinion, R to Q B sqwas again the consistent and most effectual line
of continuation.
(p) The Q had certainly more freedom here; but it seems to us that Whitemight, with more chance of drawing the opponen t into an impulsive attack,have retreated the Q to B 2 . I f Black then doubled the R ooks, Whitemight reply R to R 2 ; if, on the other hand, Black attacked the Q by R to
K 7, the Q m ight move to B sq, keeping the R inactive, asBlack could notafford to withdraw it , and submit to the exchange of Queens.
(g) P to R 5 seems,on principle, stronger, as it presented greater chance
of the advancing of the P already covered by the R .
(7) This gives Black the long-desired entrance with his Kt on White’sK side. E ither P to K Kt 4, or P to K R 3 (the latter with the object ofleaving a more convenient retreat for the Q open at K R 4) might have
The Chess Piayer’
s Chronicle.
”
179
prolonged the fig .ht Black . could not in either case afford to direct thisattack against the Q B P by R to K 6
,for the advance of White’3 passed
Pawns had to be well taken care of. N or had he, for the same reason,pmuch
more immediate prospect by concentrating an attack with his R ooks at K 7.
(8) H aving the game virtual ly in hand at last, Black works his way withwell-measured steady advances. He threatens now
32 P toK R 333 Q to Q 2 33 R toK 7
34 Q to Q sq 34 Q to R sq35 Q toBsq 35 Kt to Kt G,
(t) White’s last move has left him open to immediate disaster, ut h1s
game was gone. H e has now nothing better than to exchange the R , andthen to play theK to R 2
,after whichBlack forces the genie by Q to B 8.
(1111111 71.
( Ray Lapse) .
Wnrrs (J H . Blackburne). BLACK (J H . a ertort) .1 P to K 4 1 P to K 4
2 Kt to KB3 2 Kt to QB33 Bto Kt 5 3 P to QB34 Bto R 4 4 Kt toB3 .
5 Kt toB3 (a) 5 B'
toB4 (b)6 Kt takes P 6 Kt takes Kt7 P to Q 4 7 Bto Q 3 (c)8 P takes Kt 8 B takes P9 Kt to K 2 (d) 9 P toB310 P to KB4 10BtoB2l l Q S 11 P mQ 412 P to K 5 12 Kt to K 5
13 Bto K 3 13 Bto B4 (g)14 Q to Q 4 14 C astles (h)15
‘
P to B3 15 P to K B3 (t'
)16 Bto Kt 3 16 Q to K 2 (h)17 P takes P 17 Kt takes KBP18 Kt to Kt 3 18 Kt to Kt 519 K to Q 2 19 Kt takes B20Q R toq (m) 20Q to R 521 R takes Kt 21 B takes P22 Kt takes B 22 R takes Kt
23 K to Q 3 23 P to B24 Q to K 4 (o) 24 P to B25 Btakes P 25 P tahss B(ch)26 K to B2 (p) 26 Q to B7 (ch)27 R to K 2 27 Q to B428 Q takes Kt P 28 E to Kt ssq29 Q to Q 7 (q) 29 Q to Kt 330K to Kt sq 30 R toB2 (r)31 Q to Q 5 31 Q to Kt
Chess Player’
s Chroaisle.
This movewas , we believe, first introduced by Paulsen in his famousgames layed against Morphy in the N ew York tournament of 1857.
(b)The usual reply is P to Q 3, but Black adopts this apparently dangerousdefence on the strength of the new manoeuvre by which it is followed.
(c) Professor Anderssen suggests this ingenious retreat, which we had
occasion to point out some time ago in the Four Kn ights’
Game, where it
would appear a good answer to the same sort of sacrifice of the Kt for the P.
But the analogy seems to fail in one important point—that in the otherwise
similar situation of the Four Knights’ opening, the first player’s K B and the
second player’s K Kt are at home; and, as will be shown subsequently,Whi te
might have utilised that difference to gain some advantage in sition.
(d) A fine move; for he prepares a sound attack without t e least risk, as
Black cannot capture the P on account of the reply Q to Q 5.
(e) Feeble in the extreme; for it may be regardedas tantamount to throwingaway the advantage of the first move. It was manifestly stronger play to
advance the P to K 5 at once, e.g11 P to K 5 11 Kt to K 5
12 Q to Q 4 12 P to K B413 E to K 3 13 C astles14 Bto Kt 3 ch 14 K toq15 Kt to Kt 3, followed by C astling on the Q side, with the
superior game.
(f Strong as it would have been before, the advance is quite unsuitablenow, for the P at K 5 is soon made an object of attack after
,
the op nent’s
C astling. The best plan would have been now to capture the P, an to en
deavour to keep the game even by exchan°
ng Queens.
(9) Better than B takes P ; for thoug the latter gained a P, it wouldhave equalised the game, the parties remaining with Bishops of opposite
colours, e.g
14 P takesB15 Kt to B 316 B takes P ch17 Q takes Kt, &c.
(h) White on the last move could not attempt to prevent the C astling byQto Q R 3 on account of the reply P to Q Kt 4, driving back theB, followeby P to Q Kt 5, which P obv1ously could not be captured by the Q withoutsubjectin the latter to loss b B to Q R 4. The Q would then have beencompelle to keep confinedatQR 4. Black, under the present circumstances,has obtainedan excellent game, and in our opinion acted wisely in not yieldingto the temptation of winning a piece by the following
182 The Chess Player’s Chtoniele.
GAME 72.
O neof the games played by Mr Blackburne, blindfold, at Bury St.Edmunds.
( Philidor’
s
Warm (Mr Blackbnrne).1 P to K 4
13 C astles
14 Bto Q Kt 515 Bto Q Kt 4 (e)16 Kt takes B17 Bto K 2
18 Bto Kt 419 P to KB420 P takes P
2 1 P to K B422 Q R toq23 K R to Bsq24 Kt takes B25 P toB526 K to QKt sq27 R takes Kt (i)28 P to K 6
29 R takes P
(a) We believe this is thought by some of our first-rates to be superior tothe old line of play springing from P takes P at this point.
I fBto KB4,White’s reply is Q to Q 5, and if P to Q 4, he can answer
with P to K 6.
(o) I t is difficult to find a good move for Black here, if he playBtoKt 2followed by C astles, White gets an overwhelming attack by B to B 3 and P toK B 4; perhaps B to B 4 was the safest course.
mmm)
a,m
m
P
W
n“
4
MKt
“
3
N.
WH
Mt
3
5
W
m.
M4
s
s
o
a
K
2
ww4
2
3
2
3
3
3
22
P
BK
K
K
R
P
K
R
sm
(K
QK
n
h
a
K
K
BQK
K
QQa
QK
ma
K
QQQa
K
Kw
Qa
K
K
QK
ma
a
a
K
mma
a
a
a
a
a
mmma
a
a
ma
ma
mua
mma
ma
a
a
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
78
9
0
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
The Chase Player’
s 011707177319. 183
(d) H e would havedonemuch better here to C astle, which he never gets achance of afterwards.
(e) Finely played, especially when it is remembered that this was only one
out of ten simultaneous blindfold games.(f ) In the exposed position of Black’s K
,this, we think was an error; he
ought rather at once to move away his Q R in order to be able afterwards toplat toB4 or KBs
(9) Black cannot slim to waste time by such moves as this here again hisroper course seems to be to remove his Q R . H adbe taken the K P withB,hite could reply with P to K B 4, and on the B retreating to B 3, P to K
R 4 followed by R to K sqwould have been crushing.
(h) I t does not appear that White could gain much by Kt to B 7 (ch) andP to K 6 here, but hemight have played Kt to Q 4 perhaps, or Kt takes B(oh) and then P to B 5 with telling effect.
(12) MxBlackburne’
s play in this game is a model of excellence; havingonceobtained an advantage of position, he never relaxes his hold.
am e ”.
Playedat theDivan, May 1876.
i (G. H . D. Gossip).0 K 4
E
'fi
8 N wno
g
wwm
$
5
8
8
8
8 El
em
wuo
woo
qcs
cnP-
wwy-a
8 P1
H
l—‘H
3
23 Kt to QB424 Btakes P25 P to Kt 3
26 Bto Kt 5
BLAOK (Mr Lowe).P to QB4Kt to QB3P to K 4
Kt toB3Q P takes BBto Kt 5Btakes KtBto Q 3BP takes PP takes P
Btakes PKt to Q 2
Q to K 2 (d)P toB3P takes P
184 The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
27 Kt takes P 27 Kt takes Kt
28 R takes Kt 28 K R toq29 Q R to q 29 P to QKt 4 ( r30B
o
to B6 30 Q to B231 Btakes P 31 R takes B32 B takes R dis oh, andwins.
(a) P to Q 4 at once is better, or Kt to B 3 .
(b) We prefer B to B 4 here; for if Kt to R 4, then Kt takes K P ; and ifKt to B 3 , the reply 18 Kt to Kt 5 .
(c) Q to K B 5 would be stronger rha s.
(d) Mr L . should, of course, have astl but he gets three Pawns for his
lost piece.
(e) Throw mg away the game. H ad he played R to B 2,White would havefound it hard to stop the Pawns.
(f A fatal error; by changing off the Rooks he might yet have saved thegame.
GAME 74.
Played at Edinburgh C lub in 1872 .
WH ITE (M1‘ G. B. Fraser). BLACK (MrD. Fraser).
1 P to K 4 1 P to K 4
2 K Kt to B3 2 Q Kt to B33 P to Q 4 3 P takes P
4 Kt takes P 4 Q to K R 5
5 Kt to K
8
B3 5 Q takes K P ch
G Bto K 2'
6 Bto Q Kt 5 ch
7 P to B3 7 E to K 2
8 C astles 8 Kt to K B 3 (a)9 Bto Q 3 9 Q to K Kt 510 P to K R 3 10 Q to K R 4
11 Bto K B4 (b) 11 P to Q 312 QKt to Q 2 12 Bto K B413 Bto K 2 13 Kt to Q 4 (c)14 Kt to K 5 (d) 14 Q to K R 515 Bto K Kt 3 l 5 Q to KB316 Kt takes Kt 16 P takes Kt
17 Q to Q R 4 l 7Bto Q 218 Bto K Kt 4 l 8 Kt to QKt 319 Btakes Bch 19 K takes B20Q to K Kt 4 ch 20K t o q(e)2 1 K R to q 2 1 K R to q22 Kt to Q Kt 3 (f ) 22 P to QB423 Kt to Q R 5 23 P to QB324 R takes KB
And Black resigned.
186 The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
withstanding the exertions of that indispensable ad‘
unct of a rosperons C hess
C lub—an active andindefatigable Secretary. The resident MrJ H odgkiss,J.P.) has intimated his intention of offering as a prize for competition amongthe members a splendid Staunton Shakspeare. Visitors always receive awarmwelcome. C ountry players often drop in. Amongst recent strangers was one
Dundee—Mr A. Baxter, brothsr of the celebrated player andblematist, Mr C . R . Baxter, and cousin of the noted chess compbser,Mr C .
RI . Baxter. During Easter, Mr A . H olloway, of Williamstown, visited theC lub, giving Kt and move, andworsting the Secretary and another memberfour games. O n .Wednesday evening, April 4, he andMr H . C harlick had a
game on even terms, the latter winning after three and a half hour’s play, and
150moves.
In Melbourne steps are suggested to bring the long-winded handicap tourney to an end. The L eader Problem Tourney for a prize of £4 43 . closed onMa l st.
IxyiWilliamstown (Va.) theenterprisin
gC hess C lub hasstartedanotherhandi
cap tournament. Theprizes are£2 and 1,to bewon twiceby thesame players
by May 15 and June 30. E ight players have entered, Mr E . L . Baileystarting at scratch, and
°
ving such tremendous odds as Kt to the second, andtwo Rooks to the third class. H e has won both his opening games. We
miss with regret a former winner, Mr J Watson .
In H amilton (Va.) the C hess C lub held its first annual meetingMarch 5.
The C lub numbered 44 members, and during the year had held three tournaments—the winners bein Messrs. J Ser
fieant, H . J Bloomfield, and in the
last (3 prizes) Bra hay, nketell, and L . orwitz.
In Sydney in t e handicap tourney Mr C . M. Fisher still maintained a
strong lead of 10games to 1, with Mr L ea a good second, 95 to 3 . A matchis spoken of between Messrs. Fisher andWisker.In BrisbaneMr J Wisker has taken themanagement of the C hess C olumn
in the Week. O u March 23 be repeated his extraordinary bl indfold feat of
playing six games at o nce ears voir against six strong Brisbane amateurs,
winning 4 and losing 2—all in the short space of four hours. M rWisker is
wrong in stating in the Week that his two performances were thefirst instancesof blindfold chess in Australia. Mr Fisher
, the Sydney C hampion, isadept at blindfold play, and we believe he has more than once played a plurality of games at once without seeing the boards. Mr W. C rane, Jun . , ofSydney, has also ayed uently a single game in this manner. Mr L .
Goldsmith,the we ~ known ictorian player, has shown that he is skilled in
this department of the game. Mr H . C harlick,ofAdelaide, plays in this way
with facility, and in past years has frequently practised it. O u one occasionhe managed two games simultaneously blindfold against two members of theold Adelaide C hess C lub, winning both in two hours.In Wellington (N Z.) Mr O . Benbow is now recognized as the best chess
player in the colony. O uMarch 19 he conducted nine games at once at theC hess C lub, winnin eight andonly losing one toMessrs. A lcornwho consulted. A dicap tourney was to begin March 26.
The Inter-colonial match by telegraph between N ew South Wales and
Victoria (Sydney andMelbourne) has been won by the latter by atwo games.
We have pleasure in giving our readers the paired list referred to in theJuly issue of the Chess P layer’s C hronicle. We expect to publish a selectionof the games played in this great match some time next year, if the pla ers
keep-
up to the time limit : this month some of the Bri tish team bespending theirholidays.
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle. 187
TheBritish team are arranged alphabetical ly.
Great Bri tain v. America.
INTE RNATI O NAL PO STAL CARD C H E SS TO URN EY.
nam es mm .
J Allen 87L indsay Street, Belfast. P . G. Toepfer, Milwaukee, Wis.H .Brewer,GervisHouse,Bonrnemouth. E ugeneDelmar,careDufi
‘
,Malcomson
255 C anal St. , N ew York.
Wm. C oates, 6 Graflson Terrace, C hel Max Judd, 415 Washington Street,tenham. St. L ouis, Mo.
J T. C . Ghetto, 7 Granville T. E .Brenzingu,U.S. H otel,SaratogaLondon
,W0 . Springs, N .Y.
J C opping, St. N eots. Dan . Jager, P .O .Box 197,N ewYork.
J C rake,9 Rose Street,Beverly R oad, Thomas H . Foster, Mt. C lemens,
H ull. Mich.
G. W. Farrow, 28 Prospect Street, 0. G. L incoln, 784 Main Street,
Kingston Square, H ull. H artford, 0011.
G. H. D. Gossip, Gothic C ottage, E ast Mrs J W. Gilbert, 21 C apitol Ave.,
Bergholt, C olchester. H artford, C onn.
John H . H ood, Balsall, near C oventry». 0. H . Blood, Biddeford, Me.
E . H . H eath, Ewell Road, Ewell,Surrey. Don. 0. Rogers, Antisdel H ouse,Detroit, Mich.
D. M. Latte, 49 C onstitution Street, F. H . C urtiss, Almy UintaWyoming, Ter.
H . W. Molson, Scotchmount, L isburn JamesBurke, 129 Avenue,0, N ew
Road,Belfast. York.
Sergt.-Major M‘Arthur, 1 Portfield A . W. Gentil, N . W. Mut. Life Ins.
Road, C hichester. C oy., Milwaukee, Wis.
H . Monck, 13 BelvederePlace,Dublin . Jacob Frech, Surg.
-General’s O ffice,
Washington, DC .
Wm. T. Morton, Midton Road, Ayr. Max B. P ielet , ZE tna Life Ins. C oy.,
H artford, C onn .
Wm. N ash, St N eots. Jno. 0. R omeyn, Lock Box N o. 5,R ondout P . O ., Kingston C ity,Ulster N .Y.
Jos. O ’Brien, 5 Post Lane, R enfrew. E . A . Kunke],Wolcottville, 0011.
J Parker,8A lbion Terrace, Grimsby. I . E . O rchard
, C olumbia, S.C .
J T. Palmer, 28 John Street,Kingston F. A. Boothby, Portland, Me.
Square, H ull.Edwin Palmer
,Fairfield
,C ullumpton, Edward H ime, 21 C arondilet S treet,
Devon. N ew O rleans,L a.
R . H . Phillips, 28 Prospect Street, Hull. L . W. Davis, O conomowoc, Wis.Rev. C .E .Ranken,St.Ronan
’s,Malvern . Wm. J Berry, Beverly, Mass.
R . J Stranger, C ourt H ouse, N orth T. B. Bull , C hess Editor, DetroitMolton, N orthDevon . FreePress
,Detroit
,Mich.
G. W. Stevens, 30 L ittle Park Street, H . H olmes, Bay C ity, PierceC oventry. Wis.
C olonr-Ser J Scott, Royal Sussex H . C . Lunt, Independence, Kau.
Militia, hichester.H enryWaight, 3 1 C lement St., H alifax. Leroy S. Atkinson, Tilton, N .H .
H .Williams, 43 H opeStreet, Wgn. O lcutt
,Drawer F.,
H artford,onn.
C olour-Sergt. Woods 35th Regiment, L . T.Brown C ranberry N J .
Barracks, C hichestér.We loan from a rivets source that C aptain Mackenzie, the C hess
C hampwn of America, as not acceptedMrBird’s challenge to play amatch.
188 The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
Tan C E NTE N N IA L O rmss PROBLEM TO URN AME NT.—The decision of the
umpire (Mr E . B. C ook) in the C entennial Problem Tournament has beenmade public, and, as was to be expected, Mr Samuel L oyd, the famous pro
blem composer, carries off the lion’
s share of the honours. The following arethe successful competitors :
For the best single problem of the Loyd.
For the best set Samuel Loyd.
For the second best set Samuel Loyd.For the thirdbest set Jacob E lson.
For the best two-mover Samuel L oyd.For the best three-mover Samuel L oyd.
For thebest four-mover Samuel Loyd.
For the second best two-mover H arry Boardman.
For the second best three-mover Jacob E lsonFor the second best four-mover Samuel L oyd.For the third best two-mover J B. M ‘Kim.
For the third best three-mover J H . Finlinson.
For the third best four—mover J H . Finlinson.
We are indebted to the courtesy of Dr C . C . Moore for the above particulars.—N ew York Turf , Field, andFarm .
C H E SS I N C AN ADA .—The members of the various clubs throughout the
Dominion are“brushing up for the coming tournament to be held at
Quebec in August.C H E ss IN N EW YO RK. MrBird is still here. I t is his intention to start
a chess resort on the plan of the Divan in L ondon. H e is also preparingfor publication a book on the O penings.TH E L O N DO N C LUBs.
—St. George’s.—The handicap referred to in our lasthas been won by Prof. Wayte, the scratch player, with a score of 161;
games out of a possible 20. The second and third prizes are not yet decided,a few i1n ottant games remaining still unplayed.
West nd.—I t is this C lub
,and not the St. George
’s,which is now located
at 31 C raven Street, Strand. The statement in our last was the result of anerror of the press.
The handicap tourney at the C ity of L ondon C lub has been brought to a
c
lon
eilusion. Mr Potter takes first prize, Mr Stevens second, and MrBlock
t ir
We are glad to learn that a C hess C lub has been organized at H ackney, in
connection with the I nstitute, and that it already numbers 38 members. Themeetings
"
are held on Tuesdays and.Fridays, and a fair attendance has been
kept up, chicfly owing to an introductory tournament, arranged on a capital
plan by MrBeyfus, the H on. Secretary.
We havenow examined a large portion of the MS. of Mr Gossip’s forth
coming book, and areof opinion that for clearness of arrangement and accuracyof detail it equals, while in fulness of analysis, as well as in contain ing the
newest discoveries and suggestions, it surpasses any manual of C hess heretofore
published. Among the subscribers are the R evs. Prof. Wayte, A. B. Skipworth, F. R . Drew, 0. E . R anken ; W. N ash
,E sq. ,
J Watkinson, E sq., JH alford, E sq., J L . H olmes, E sq.
, etc., etc.
We are glad to learn that Mr Steinitz has accepted Mr Blackburne’sc
ga
ll
t
e
lnge to a return match, and that the contest will probably begin very
s o y.
The Chess Player’s Chronicle.
SO LUTION S TO PROBLEMS.
1 K to K 5 orQ 52 Q to K 3 oh 2 K moves
3 Q matesN o. L II .
—1 Q to R 6 1 Btakes Kt orB, orBtoQ 22 B to B 5 ch 2 Anything3 Q mates
1 Bto K 3 ot 3, or R toK 3
2 Q to Kt 7ch 2
3 Q or Kt mates
N o. L II I .—1 Bto K B4 l Kt toQKt 22 Q takes K P 2 A nything3 Kt mates
2 Q to K B 73 Q mates
N o. L IV.—1 Q to K B8
12 Q to Kt 53 Q to Kt 8 oh4 Kt mates
N o. LV.—1 Kt to B 6 ch 1 R interposes2 Kt to Kt 5 ch 2 Kt interposes3 Q toB8 ch 3 Binterposes4 Q takes Kt ch 4 B in terposes5 Q to K Kt 3 5 Kt takes ate
N o. LVI .—1 R te Q R 7 t o K BB2 R takesBch 2 K takes R
3 Q to Q Kt 5 oh, andmates in three moves.
C om mon Sow rros s.—H . Blanchard has solved N o 43 ; F. W. 50;
E mile Frau, 5 1 ; J . E . N orth, 50, 51, 52, 54 ;“Zeus
49, 50, 51, 52 , P. s. Shenele, 49 50,51
,52, 53, 54, 55 ; 02m,
”
43, 49, 52,53, 54, 55, 56.
We shall be glad to acknowledge any Solutions of Problems which wemayreceivebefore the 2oth of each month.
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
P R O BL E M S .
Under the supervision of _J O HN C RUM, 16 Bothwell Street, Glasgow, to whom all
C ommunications connectedwithProblems, Solutions, should beaddressed.
N o. 57—From the L ebanon H erald. N o. 58.—By H . BLAN CHARD.
By C ol . A . Z . H ueems.
BLACK. BLACK.
WHITE .
White to play andmate in two moves. White .to play andmate in threemoves.
N o. 59.—By Sergt .
-MajorM‘ABTHUB. N o. 60.
—By W. A . SH INKMAN .
BLACK. BLACK.
White to play andmate in threemoves. White to play andmate in threemoves.
192 The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
N o. 61.—From the Derbyshire Gazette. N o. 62 .—By Rey. C . E . RANKI N .
By S. L on ) . (An idea of H err King’s revised.)BLACK
warm . wmrs .
White to play'
andmate in threemoves. White to play andmate in six moves.
N o. 63 .—By H . F . L . N o. 64.
—E nd Game.
BLACK. BLACK (M11 D. B. CHAPMAN ).
White to play andmate in twelve moves.
TE RMS O F SUBSC R IPTI ON .
UN ITED KINGDOM, Six Shillings per annum post free.
ABROAD, Five Shillings andSixpence per annum, postage extra.
A ll communications foe° this Magamne to be addressed to theRev. C . E .
RAN KE N , St R onan’s, Malvern , Worcestershire, except those foe
° the Problem
depa/rtment, which shbuhl be sen t to J'
. Cram, E sq. 16 Bothwell St., Glasgow.
Games andProblems should be sent as early i n themon th as possible, i n order:°
to secureattention, and other matter not late?° than the 20th.
‘filhr t sss lfilapsr
’
s t roniclr.
l s t SE PTE MBE R , 1877.
THE PRE SENT,
PO SITIO N.
O F I ns TH E O RY O F
FAVOUR ITE O PEN INGS.—(N o.
(From the Schachzeitung.)AMO N G favourite openings of a lively character, in the front rank are tobe named the Scotch and Bishop
’
s Gambits. We will therefore place
at the top the development and present position of these games.
Scores GAMBIT.
1 PwK 4 i P a K 4
2 Kt to KB3 2 Kt to QB33 P to Q 4 3 P takes P fiest)
The opinion that 3Km ,“ P
4W 5 Q“k“?gives White
freer game has been always acknowledged.
After 3 p take, p , White has the choice between three continuations
4 BWQB“, 4 Kt“k“ P: and 4 “0
23 3 : of which the first named is
the oldest, and now the rarest, the last named the newest. 4 Bto Q B4
has gone out of fashion, because, on the one hand, 4 BtoB4 5P
t g53
3
3
leads to a variation of the Giuoco Piano unfavourable to White (thecompromisedgame, 4m no one any longer regards as tenable)while, on the other, the ao-calledVitzthum attack finds . its refutation in
the two following main variations
game.
BtoB4Kt to R 3 (best)QwB3PmQ 3
C astles (Q R )
194 The Chess Player’
s C'hronwle.
5 Kt to Kt 5
6 Kt takes B P7 B takes Kt ch8 QmR 5 ¢
9 Q takes B10 C astles
P to Q B 3, orBmKB4
l l R q ,
andBlack’s position is somewhat the best.
In reply to 4P ”0 Q B3 , may be adopted the safe defence, 4 p to Q 4,
5K P M OO P, 6
P tahgs l’, 7
Bto K 2 (best), 8Bto K 3 Kt tO B3 ,
Ta mi“
: Bto"
K Kt 5,
"
ba n"
u ,
'
Q to a 4 ch ,
Castles; 11BtakesB, 12
Btakes Kt, 13 Q to Kt B, 14 Q takes BP,Btakes Kt, Kt takes P , BtakesB, Q to Kt 3, Kt to R 3
, 650.
I t would be risky to play 4 m because after 59
3438-2
1436 a demonstrable mode of correct defence does not yet
exist. Upon 6 m would follow,not 7 Kt t° Q 2, but better,
7 Kt to 3 3° Also the experiment of leaving theKt P alone, and playing
instead 5 m or p m ”, has as yet no satisfactory
result to show. Anderssen has made use of the first move, B to Kt 5 ,in tourney games, yet has only
won in consequence of a weak continua
tion of the attack on the part of his opponents. Paulsen played the
move Kt to B 3 at Diisseldorf, against Flechsig, and after an extra
ordinarily tiresome defence,obtained a draw. Lastly, P to B 7 has
been tried by Misses, the result of which variation was allowed (after
a wearying game for Black) to be only a draw. As a conclusion, it
remains therefore to be preliminarily established that 4 1) take, p can at
this point hardly be recommended. So long as the narrow path of
an entirely satisfactory defence fromthis point has not been discovered
,
the proportionately easy-to-be-conducted attack will always have over
whelming force.
The continuation 4 K‘ “k“ P has acquired by far the most favour.
In reply to this, the three defences, B to B 4, Q to R 5, andKt to B 3 ,
have of old time been known . The last, analysed by E . von Schmidt,Kt takes Kt, Bto Q 3 Q to K 2, .
leavesWh1te, after 5 K 2 takes Kt,6W 7 1n somewhat
the better position. 4 Qm a 5 may, theoretically, be satisfactory for the
defence, but it at any rate gives Black a more difficult game than
perhaps any other single opening ; in practice, therefore, 4 Qm 3 5 is
rightly not liked. In answer to the Horwitz attack, 5
196 The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
The latest thing in reference to the variation 4K
im‘
sf’ has been
briefly proposed by Mr Spencer of C hicago, in the American Chess
R takes B,Journal. H e plays 5 m 6 mpromises to disclose thereupon an analysis of this
.mode of play.
Lastly; of more recent date is Prof. Wayte’
s proposal,’not to play
4 BtoB4, but 4 QtoB3 , in order to guard against 5K‘wBB Thi s
variation is indeed of only inferior consequence, since,to begin with,
there is no reason to avoid the attack of Kt toB5
To be continued.)
and the.
Jonrnal named
Gum 75.
The following is the consultation game referred to in our report of
the Leipzig C hess C ongress
(I rregularWm'm (L . Paulsen, Dr Goring,
and Metger) .1 P to QB42 P to K 3
3 P to QR 3 (b)4 Kt to K B3 '
”U
m
19 Kt to Q 220 Kt toBsq(h)21 Kt takes Q P (j )22 B takes BThe suggestion was ours, .not Poof. do not
some of the conclusions put forth in thisthe opinion that P toK B 4 is good
BLACK (A. Anderssen, J. H .
Zukertort, andDr C . Schmidt).1 P to K 3 (a)2 Kt to K B 33 P mQB44 Kt to B 35 P to Q R 3 (c)6 P to Q 4
14 BtoBsq15 P to K R 3 (e)16 P to K 4
17 P takes P
18 P to K 5 (g)19 Kt to K 420Bto Kt 5 (i)21 Kt takes Kt22 Kt to Q 6
23 R takes Kt (k)24 Q takes P25 Q to Kt 326 Q takes B27 BtoB328 P toB629 P takes P30Bto K 2
31 Q toB232 Kt to Kt 333 F te B734 Bto R 635 B takes R (m)36 R takesB37 Kt toBsq38 P toB3
C'hess Player’
s M M . 197
Nem.
(a) In the correspondencematch between London and Vienna, the councilO
fiened here with P toK 4. The move in the text is more in
it t
of the letterhe spirit of a close
above-named matchme.
,
t to QB3 was phyed enfly, and the
23 P takes R
24 E to K 425 Btakes B26 Kt toB327 Kt to K 528 P takes P29 Kt to Kt 43Q R to Kt sq31 K R wQBm32 Q to K 433 R to Kt 2 (l)34 Q R takes P35 R takes Q3 6 Q to R S ch37 P to Kt 338 Q to K 839 P to R 4
40,P to R 5
41 Kt to R 242 Kt toB343 P
'
to Kt 444 K to Kt 245 Q to R 446 Kt to R 447 P toB448 P to B5
198 The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle.
answer of K B to Q Kt 5 brought the leading players into such difficul ties
as to produce the impression with some strong players that P to Q R 3 wasan indispensable move in this opening. I n the resent instance the precau
tion seems to us, however, unnecessary, and the t might have been developedat once, since a comfortable retreat was open for it at K 2 in answer to B to
Kt 5, to be followed accordingly by P to Q R 3 or Kt to Kt 3 . A t any rate,Kt to K B 3 could have been played
lgrst with advantage, for if then Black
played P to Q 4,the afiswer of Q t to B 3 became perfectly correct, the
position being analogous with many others arising in the same opening where
the doubling ofWhite’s Pawns at Q B 3 is even an advantage in consequenceof the second player
’
s Q P being already fixed.
(c) O ne of those routine moves which im rceptibly damage the progress
of the game when not carefully weighed in t ion to the position in eneral.
As the sequel shows, the advance of this P weakened theQ wing cousi erably,and gave the opponents the advantage in the development.
In our opinion White has now the best of the game. White’s faradvanced Pawns on the. Q side are very menacing, while Black
’s centre
Pawns can easily be kept inoffensive.
(6) Black play the waiting game, and, as a matter of fact, they can donothing else.
f ) Taking the Q P with theKt was obviously out of question on account
of B to K 3 after retaking first theKt.
(g) Black’s Q P is now made still weaker, as it remainsquite fixed now,
and sufficient forces can be accumulated against it to win it ultimately, yet
there was nothing better. H ad they played for instanceKt to R 4, thegamemight have gone on thus
19 Q to R 2 threatening P to Kt 620 P takes P
2 1 Kt takes P22 R takes Kt,23 R takes P,&c.
(h) H ere P to K R 3 was a necessary precaution, andWhite’s neglecting
it seriously imperils their position. The .Q could not take the B P in replyto the move so ested, as Whitewould then answer Kt takes K P.
An exec ent move, which givesBlack a fine attack.
White gets the worst of this capture; but, whatever they did, theyco not recover from having allowed their opponents egress with the B on
t
l
he K flank. H ad they taken the B first, the game might have proceededt us :
2 1 BtakesB 21 K Kt takesB22 P to K R 3 (if Kt takes P instead, 22 Kt toBGch
then follows Q to R 5 ; and on
the R or Q defending the K BP, the answer of Kt to B 6 ch
would decide the game).23 P takes Kt 23 P takes PAnd, play asWhitemay, they cannot prevent mate in a few moves, asBlack
gi ll
h
bi
éi
z
ng next the Q to R 5, followed accordingly by Q to R 6
,or .Q takes
0 c.
(k) The sacrifice was unavoidable. H ad they moved the'
R to B 2, the
answer would have been Kt from Q 4 to Kt 5, followed accordingly by Q toR 5
, or Q takes P.
(l) The play of theWhiteallies, who had to defend an uphill battle, hasbeen simply beyond praise. Whether Black were prepared for the beautifulmanoeuvrewhich follows we cannot tell ; but it will be seen that they would
200 The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
Gm 76.
The following games were at the late meeting of the
C ounties’
Chess Association.
Wmm (MrThorold).P 4
P B4Kt to KB3
£
8
8
8
8
8
8
$
71
40
00
P4
71
8
8
8
8
730
P
B
P
P
QP
P
P
P
P
P
BBP
P
24 R to Q R 225 Bto Kt 326 Btakes Kt27 Kt to Q228 Bto K 6
29 K to Kt 2 (g)30 K toB33 1 R to K Kt sq32 K to K 3
Resigns.
N ates.
(a) A sacrifice which may fairly be ventured in an ordinary game, but
finich ought hardly to succeedm a match game of importance against Prof.ayte
(b) This move does not seem of much use in the present variation, as theBishop can always be driven back and shut out, or forced to take theKt, andthus bring the adverse Q into good lay.
(c) It was rather bold to C ast e i n front of such a formidable line of
BLACK (M1‘ Wayte) .
13 P to Q R14 Kt takes P15 K Kt to QB316 Q Kt to Kt 5 (c)17 K toq18 Kt takes QBP19 P to K R 3
20 P to Q 6 dis ch2 1 Bto K 6
22 Btakes B23 Bto K 4
24 Kt to Kt 5
25 Kt takesB
The Chess P laya’s Chronicle. 201
infantry ; but it appears almost necessary, since White threatens to playQ to Kt 3, with embarrassing effect.(d) Kt to Kt 3 was here, we think , the proper move.
(e) We should have preferred Kt to K 4 at once, as it was highly im
portant either to get rid ofWhite’s Q B, or to prevent the advance of theP to Kt 6, and the check of the B at B 4.
(f ) The position at this juncture is so curious anddifficult that we give a
diagram of it
White’s best move here, we believe, was K to R sq. I f,in answer tothis
,
Black play Kt takes R ,Kt to K 6
,or Q Kt to K 4
, White replies withQ to R 5, winning
'
easily. Black can , however, play Kt to K 2 in which
case the game would robably be continued thus
2O K to sq 20 Kt to K 2
21 Q to R 5 21 Kt to Kt sq22 B takes Kt 22 K takes B (best)23 B takes R P 23 P takes B24 Q takes P 24 Q to Q 225 P to Kt 7 25 Q takes P (best)26 R toKt sq 26 Q takes R ch
27 K takes Q 27 Kt takes R
(can he do better andWhite draws the game by perpetual check. I f, at
Lnov
l
e
I 2g),Black play P to Q 6, White can of course simply take the P with
18
(9) Therewas no occasion to give up the piece but do what hewould, the
battlewas evidently lost.
GAME 77.
(Bishop’
s Gambit).WHITE (M1
‘ Pierpoint). BLACK (MrWayte).1 P to K 4 1 P to K 4
2 P to K B4 2 P takes P
3 Bto QB4 3 Q to R 5 ch
4 K toBsq‘
4 Kt to QB3 (a)5 P to Q 4 5 P to K Kt 4
6 Kt to QB3 6 Bto Kt 27 P to K Kt 3 (b) 7 P takes P
mm TM CMM PMwfi CMmMe
his two Bishops. From this point with ordinary care the game must be
drawn.
(d) R to K 3 was better, threatening an attack on theWhite King, andpmventing B to Q 6.(e) The Q beingmore out of play at Kt 3 than at B 2, this is but helping
the adversary ; B to Q 6 was the proper move.
(f He ought rather to secure possession of the Open file by playing Q to
GAME 79.
E 5 E a
O
&o
9
01
cf 8
8
P4
.0
w
A
ss
00
03
is”
wwwo
eo
oo
-q
cu
cuP-
ce
wu
r—u—n—u—lQ
WWN
WNQ
WN
BU
N
WBU
FU
8
K g
w8
3
8
19 Kt to q20Btakes Kt P2 1 Bto B322 Q P takes P23 Kt to Q Kt 524 Q Kt takes B (y)25 Kt to Q 5 (k)26 Q takes Kt27 R to K R 5 (i)28 R takes R
29 Q to Q R S ch
30 Kt to QB7 (k)3 1 R to q32 K toB2
Notes.
(a) Some of the authorities say that this defence should allowWhite torecover his Pawn, but we do not know how they demonstrate it.
cvt"
n a ”s? 35 E 5
,
H
o
wmqa
mwwwfl
o
wo
wwwwwe
ww
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
25 Kt takes Kt26 Q Rm27 R mK 4
% E&M m R
29 Btoq30 R to K Bsq(l)31 Kt to KB6 ch32 P to Kt h
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
~ 205
P to K Kt 3 , toKBs , K tak P,(b) It does not appear that by 6 P a lm” ,
7 —5 8
the first player can gain any advantage here.
(c) Mr R . ought undoubtedly to have taken the Bishop, whenwould probably have proceeded thus, 7 3: 8 P to KB3 ,
Black has nothing to fear from the oncoming of White’
s Kt to Kt 5,his best course therefore was to C astle, or else to play B to Kt 5 with theview of bringingKt to Q 2 and C astling on theQ
’s side.
(6) Kt .to Q sqwould perhaps have been a better move, kee ing in reserve
K R 4 as a place of retreat for theK Kt, if attacked by the t P, since the
Kt in reality threatens nothing by going to Q 4.
(f Apparently an oversight, yet not so bad as it looks, for Whitethreatened to lay P toK 5, which now he cannot do.
(fi) Better t an Q takes B eh
,for then Black would simply cover with Kt
4.
(h) I t would probably be stronger togay Kt to B 7and then to Q 5.
(i) This was a weak move, as the was wanted at R 2 for defensive
purposes. White’s game herewas difficult, and his best course
‘
perhaps was
to retire the Kt to B 3.
(k) Weak again ; had R to Q sq, threateningKt takes P, been layed now,
it would apparently have obviated all danger, as in that case lack couldgain no advantage by the check of theKt at B6(0Whitemust now lose either the exchange or his Q, but the latter con
tingency he strangely failed to see; the ending is very well playedbyBlack.
at
GAME 80.
Deciding game in the last round of the H andicap.
(I rregular Opening)WHITE (Mr Skipworth). BLACK (Mr Ranken).1 P mQ 4 1 P mK 32 Kt to KB3 2 Kt to KB33 P to QB3 3 P to QB4P mK 3 4 P wQ 4
5 P to QB4 5 Kt to QB36 Kt to B3 6 P to Q R 37 P takes Q P (a) 7 K P takes P
8 Bto Q 3 8 P takes P
9 P takes P 9 Bto K 310 C astles 10 P to K R 3
l l Bto K 3 11 Bto Q 312 Q to Q 2 12 -R to QBsq13 P to Q Kt 4 ~ 13 Kt takes Kt P
14 Kt to Kt 5 14 Kt takes B15 Kt takes B ch 15 Q takes Kt16 Q takes Kt 16 C astles
17 P to K R 3 17 P to Q Kt 418 Bto Q 2 18 Q to Q Kt 319 P to Q R 4 19 Kt to K 5 (c)2O Bto Kt 4 20K R to q(d)
206 The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
21 .P takes P
22 Q takes Q23 R to R 5
24 Kt to K 5
w01 w
8
8
a
i r
s
wq
ce
qoo
to
wa
q
92
8
8
Ab
mwuwo
ws
.8
N
C)
e! N
mmoo
wwwwwwmww
$
03
03
uumwwwwww
www8
8
52 K to R 453 R toB7 ch
54 P to Kt 4
55 Btakes P
N otes
(a) The position is now that of the Queen’s Gambit refused, and the usual
(b) The soundness of this move is very questionable for if White take thepiece, Black cannot, we believe, recover its equivalent without getting an
inferior game, ag14 P takes Kt 14 Btakes P15 K R to QB 15 Q toB2 (best)
(for 15 W would be 8 more unfavourable to him)16 Kt takes P 16 Q takes R ch17 R takes Q l7Btakes Q18 R takes R ch 18 Btakes R19 Kt takes Kt ch 19 P takes Kt20Kt takesB; andwe should takeWhite
’
s game for choice.
27 P takes P
28 E to B529 Kt toB630BtO Kt 331 K toB232 P wQ 633 K to Kt sq34 P to Q 535 Kt to R 5
36 P to Kt 5
37 P to Kt 6
38 K toB2 (g)39 R toB740Btakes R41 P to Kt 7
42 R takes B43 Kt toB444 Kt to K 3
45 K toB346 R to K 747 K to K 448 R to Q 749 Kt to B550 R mQ 451 Kt takes P ch52 K toB553 Kt toB354 K takes P
Mates in two moves.
208 The Chess Piaget’s Chronicle.
“O&
MMN
MND
ND
M
n-‘
o
eo
oo-qcz
on
p
w
AndWhite now gave forcedmate in37Bto K Kt 6 ch (the 37 K to R 5
move)38 K to R 2 (conclusive) 38 Q R to K B sq39 E to K 5 39 P to K R 4
40 3 takes R and mates
two more moves.
N otes by Mr G.
(a) White has various other lines of attack at his disposal, but thequietdevelopment of the left wing is perhaps quite as good as anything on the
board.
dire blow at hermajesty.
ee everything straight.ite would not have done better to keep
this move m reserve and retreat B to Kt 3 instead. Some very interestingvariations s rin from this mode of play.
(6) H adBlue C astled on the King’
s side hewould have lost a piece byWhite’s reply of P to Q B 4.
A fair venture!The remainingmoves are rather instructive.Had the King gone to Kt squareWhitemight also havebrought the
game to a conclusion by35 P to QB536 Bto QB437 R to K 6
,&c.
(13) Fatal. As theBishop apparently could not be saved heought to haveplayedR toK B sqand left the piece to its fate.
33 Btakes34 K takes P (k)35 K to R 4
36 Bto QKt 2 (i)
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
C H E SS I N T E L L IG E N C E .
Sncnnu mns or C LUBS ANDo'rnnns areinvited to assist us in makingour record of themonth
’s domgs as comp leteaspassable.
The annual meetingof theC ounties C hessAssociationwas held atBirmingham in theweek beginning July 30th. For the l st class cup tourney there
were twelve entries, for the 2d class eleven, and for the 3d class‘
seven, the
latter being all local players. The names and scores are given below. O n
referring to these, it will be seen that no less than two competitors in the l st
class, and two in the second, were unable to play out their games. This wasowing partly to some of them having to leave before the end of the week,
partly to their being eugaged'
also in the handicap tourney, which always goes
on simul taneously with the other, and partly too, we believe, to time lost bothin playing, and in the arrangements for pla g thegames themselves. In all
future meetings it wouldbe better, we thingto inelet on sand-
glasses beingused, at any rate in the more important games. Wewould likewise suggesttheappointment of aMasterof the C eremonies,whoseduty shouldbe topair the
players, as it not unfrequently happens that, for want of some methodical planof arrangement, two competitors who have already playedwith each other are
compelled to waste several hours for want of opponents, the others,being all
engaged. TheM . 0. might also receive and play over the games recorded, in
order to ascertain their correctness, and to prevent that loss of game-records
which has so often occurred at these meetings. E ven with these precautions,when the same player enters for both the cup tourney and the handicap, andhas to play in consequence perhaps fifteen long and difficult games in the fivedays (as was the case on this occasion), it becomes almost impossible to ensurethat all of these shall be properly gone through in the time. In order there
fore to avoid skittling play, and to leave no excuse for unfinished scores, we
would suggest that in future, when the entries for any one class exceed eight,no player of that class he allowed to compete in the handicap tourney until hehas finished all his other games. What to do with the scoring of unplayed
games has been always a difficulty. O ne year such games were added to thescore of the competitors who remained to the end of the meeting, and who
were ready andwilling to play them out ; another year they were divided,half a game being scored to each of the opponents who ought to have played
together and failed to do so. This year, however, the committee tried the
plan of cancel ling the whole score of any player unable to complete his tale
of games; unl ess it were through the default of his opponents. There areobjections to each of these three courses, but the last is decidedly the worst ;it created considerable dissatisfaction, andwe arequite sure it will not againbe adopted.
A t the business meeting of the Association, which was held on August 3d,with Prof.Wayts in the chair,MrFisher resigned the ofiiceof permanent Hon.
Secretary and Treasurer,and the unanimous thanks of the A ssociation were
voted to him for his past able services. The Rev. 0. E . Ranken was elected
to fill his place, and consented to undertake the post for one year. The cihoeof President, which had been '
vacant since the lamented death of the late
L ord Lyttelton, was conferred unanimously upon John C ochrane, E sq. ; andwe are glad to announce that theveteran player has accepted theappointment,and signifiedhis intention of being present at the next annual meeting, whichit was resolved to hold in London.
:After the business meeting came theannual dinner,which took place at the
Midland H otel, andwas largely attended. The chair was occupied by the
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
President of theBirmingham C hess C lub, Alderman Avery, and in the vicechair was the Rev. J Greene, President of theBristol and C lifton C lub, whoseliberal offer of a £5 prize, for a tourney on the displacement
-of- the—piecesprinciple, the committee were reluctantly obliged to decline for want of time
to play it. I t only remains to add that cordial thanks are due to the local
H on.fiecretary, S. G. Kempson, E sq.,for his exertions
, and also to Alderman
Avery, and the other members of theBirmingham C lub, at whose houses thecommittee were so hospitably entertained.
We append a table of the scores, from which it resulted that, in C lass 1, thel st prize fell to Mr Jenkin of Glasgow, the 2d to ProfessorWayte, and the 3d
to Mr Thorold ; the fourth was left undecided between Messrs. Yarranton,H alford
,an
'
dPierpoint , but on beingmed out afterwards, was won by Mr
Messrs. Skipworth and ken, having been unable to play out
theirgames, had their scores cancelled.
F I RST C LASS TOURN EY.
Yarranton 5 4 1 Wayte 1 2
Fisher 2 7 0 Martin 7 1
Skipworth 3 5 0 C oker 5 1
M inchin 3 4 3 H alford 3 2
Ranken 2 4 l Pierpoint 6 l
Thorold 7 3 O Jenkin l 2
Drawn games counting° half a game to each opponent, it will be seen
that Mr Jenkin’s total score was 8, MrWayte’
s 7, andMrThorold’s 7. The
games, however, reduced Messrs. Jenkin’s and
This left Messrs. J enkin andWayteequal, andMr Jenkin was victorious.
2d and 3d class tourneys. are as follow
SE C O ND C LASS TO URN’
EY.
Won . Lost. Drawn.
Burroughss 4 6 0
Perry 7 3 O
Kempson 4 6 0
Ryder 8 1 1
N ewham 8 2 0
Murray 4 4 1
Mr Ryder takes l st prize, Mr Newham 2d, and M1;Wallbank 3d. Messrs.
Wood’s andWarren
’s scores were cancelled.
TH IRD C L ASS TOURN EY.
Won. Lost. Drawn. Won. Lost. Drawn.
Wilson 3 3 O 6 0 0Michael 5 1 0 1 5 0
H il ton 3 2 1 1 5 O
Shorthouse 1 4 1
As will be seen, Mr Griffiths is 1st here, Mr Michael 2d, andMr H ilton 3d.
In the handicap tourney, for which there were 16 entries, Mr R anken wonl st prize, whileMr Skipworth took 2d, Mr Pierpoint 3d, andMr Fisher 4th.
For the following account of the L eipsic Jubilee Festival, and also for thesplendid game and notes at the beginning of our present number, we are
indebted to the FieldThe Leipsic C hess C ongress was openedon the 15th of July by a preliminary
meeting, Privy C ouncillorDr R . Gottschall in the chair. The master-tonrnament (Meister- turnier) and the chief tournament of amateurs began Monday,the 16th, at 9 a m , and were continued up to Saturday, the 2 l st, at theunusual rateof two gamesdaily. This hardwork was interruptedWednesday
212 The O bese Playef s Ohronide.
will, as usual, be the Régenee of the bathing-
places, and it is there, .ou
going away, that the habitués of the C afede la Regence have ap inted theirrendezvous. Mr Rosenthal, from the beginning d this month, as installed
himself on this beautiful beach, and intends to remain there till the end of
September; he writes that several amateurs are already there, and that theseason, in a chess int of view, promises to be very brilliant. Before settingout forTrouville, Rosenthal and a fewof his friends went into the park of
St. C loud, where, seated on the grass, under the shade of an ancient oak, each
having a pocket chess-board in hand, seven amateurs competed against Mr
Roizn
glal, who playedwithout seeing the boards, and came out with honour.
The second prize in the handicagtonin
gof the St. George
’s C hess C lub
has been awarded toMrWarner, w ose fin score (after games originally
given) was 16; being only half a game behind the total of rof. Wayte.
There was a large assemblage of members and visitors at the C ity C hessC lub on Wednesday, July 25th, to witness Mr Blackbum ‘
e’s performance
against nineteen adversaries, simultaneous] Among the visitors was the
celebrawd German master of chess, H err witz,who received a cordial
welcome from the officers and members of the club. Mr Blackburne was
?posed on this occasion by Messrs. H opkinson, C hrees, Adamson, Beyfus,
eorge, Mutton , Bentley, H arris, Philp, C utler, E llerton, Gastineau, W. JDown, Pitcher, Tinsley, Smith, H eywood, H arris, andW.W. H opkinson. In
the result, Mr Blackburnewon seventeen and lost two games,—one each to
-Messrs. H eywood andPhilp. In the course of the evening, H err Harrwitz
played offhand, a couple of brilliant games with Mr H . F. Gastineau, yieldingthe odds of a R ook—L ewd andWater.
We are sorry to learn from the Field that, owing to a disagreement aboutthe amount of the stakes, the return match between Messrs. Blackburns andSteinitz is likely to fall through.
SYDNEY C nnss C LUB.—We learn from the Sydney papers that thehandi
cap tournament has been brought to a conclusion , the‘
three highest scorersbei ng as follows :C . M. Fisher 2
T. Lea 3
G. A . Russell 9 5
Mr Fisher’
s score is highly honourable to him, considering how heavily hehandicapped, and it is singular that the only two games he lost were to
the same player, Mr Russell, to whom he gave the Pawn and two moves.A novel sight was witnessed at the Adelaide C lub on Tuesday evening,
May 29. A blind visitor fromMelbourneengaged in play with the Secretary,Mr Shuttleworth, who rendered the odds of Kt and move. The game wasadjourned until the following evening, when it was won by the blind player.The conquerorarrived at his moves by handling the men, themethod of playdiffering in thi s respect from ordinary blindfold practice.The minor chess tournament at the Melbourne C hess C lub has landed Mr
J H amel a winner by 9 games to 3. The victor is a brother of Mr S. Hamel,the President of the Nottingham C hes s C lub
, and one of the strongest of
English provincial chess players. The Melbourne C hess C lub has started a
handicap tournament on a grand scale. I t promises to eclipseall itspredecessors. We sincerely trust
’
that all the first-class players will com to, i ncludinMessrs. A.Burns, J M. C onnell, L . Goldsmith, L . S. Phillips, andS. W
g
The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle.
Sedgefield. The proprietors of the L eader have subscribed £5 5s towards theprize fund, and their great rival the Australasian has done the same. Thecontest will be on the princip
le introduced by MrW. Ravenscroft Stephen inthe tourney of 1871
—via , the pool or three lives. Each competitor willhave to play matches of threewon games each ; each match constituting a
life,”and the loss of three matches, or lives, disqualifyin him from another
chance. A time limit of 20moves per hour has been fix subject, however,to mutual arrangement. The handicappin took lace May 26. There willbe three prizes of £5 58, besides two-fift of t e total ; two-hithe of thebalance and the last, one-fifth.
—Adelaida ObserverMisoellany.
At themeeting held on Thursday, the 19th July, at the C afé International,N ew York, the following chess editbrs were present —Mr J B. McKim
, Mr
E . A . Kunkel, Mr S. Loyd, Mr James Mason,Mr A . P. Barnes, Mr F.
Teed, Mr Geo. H . Mackenzie. O n Mr McKim explaining the object of the
meeting, amotion was made and carried, that a C hess Association be formed,under the name of the American C hess and Problem
.A ssociation
,
”the
oflicers oonsisting of President, Vice-President, Treasurer, and Secretary. O nthe motion to nominate officers, the following gentlemen were unanimouslyelected: President, Mr E . B. C ook
.Vice-President
,Mr J G. Belden
Secretary, Mr J B. MoKim; Treasurer,Dr C . C . Moore. Messrs. McKim,
Loyd, and Mackenziewere a pointed to draft the bye- laws and regulationsof the new association.
—Tur Field,andFawn.
N OTIC ES TO C O RRE SPO NDENTS.
Games receivedwith thanks from E . T.,Bath H . B Derby; and J . B.,
Hampstead.
H . E . T., N ewbald,Brough. We have re lied to you by post.E ditor of South Australian Chron icle. We acknowledge with thanks the
copies of your paper sent us, andwill communicate with you b letter.Problems received with thanks from Sergt.-Major M ‘Arthur, A . Sillem
,
H enry Blanchard, C . W. of Sunbury, C olour-Sergt . Scott, A . Townsend.
C . T.,H ighgate. The position is an interesting one White, we think,
ought to win in any case.
SOLUTIO N S
wm 'rn.
R to Q 5Kt to Q4 l oves
P toB4 2 K takes KtB‘metes
R toQ7Kt toB5 chKt mates
Q toK Kt SP toB4Kt oe ates
Q to KBsq l Bto Kt 7, or R P moves
8mQ Kt sq 2 Anything
5
3
Q.
B
.
r
r
t
”
m
m
u
mx
m
BM
K
M
Km
r
m
w
mm
M
m
Bu
B
P
P
8
1
2
1
2
1
2
Wm.
Pm
hw
m
am
214
[110768
dis ch mate
(by“Dolphin
8,Kt to K 6
4, B mates.
IBmB, K mB
ved in 10moves
Kt to
m.
m
M
M
a
m
t
a
t.
QQKm
MR
K
MMBKBK
a
wwma
ma
a
a
a
wmm
BQP
P
QR
K
P
QQKK
K
3
4
5
6
7
8
mm
a
s
a
ma
aa
a
aa
4
8
6
3
75
Rm u
n o
$
3
38
7
4
RBRm
BQa
m
txBR
ma
mma
wMt
a
ma
a
a
m
K
QQQR
QQK
QQQQQP
1
2
3
4
5
6
78
N o. LXIV.
(B) 3 Bto R 2
4 Q takes R5 Q to R 2,&c.
C onano'r Sonnrrons.—J . H . N orth andW. Johnstone have solved N o. 58;
4 R to B 7
Dolphin,” 63 ; S. A . Sillem, 57, 58, 59 ;
“Zeus,”57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62 ;
W. Furnival and C ant,”57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64.
We shall be glad to acknowledge any Solutionsof Problemsreceive before the 2oth of each month.
216 The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle.
N o. 69.—By H . Bm cnaan. N o. 70.
—By J H . N oam .
WHITE . WHITE.
White to play andmate in four moves. White to play andmate in four moves .
N o. 71.—By C .W., of Sunbury. N o. 72 .
—Select R eprint .
By A NDEBSSE N .
su es . BLACK.
TERMS OF SUBSC R IPTI ON .
UN ITED KINGDOM,Five Shillings andSixpence per annum, postage extra.
218 The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle.
suficient to support the defence. White has two other courses at his
disposal, which could not till now be transferred to him—l l Ki w i“!
and 10W “
Firstly, 11Egg ? 12
W “ leads'
to an entirely
satisfactory game for White ; and secondly, it is indeed more than
probable that the researches of northern chess amateurs (principallym p ,S. A. Sorensen and V. N 1elsen) m the vanahon 12 gmzp’
13 M have likewise brought to light a good game for the
first player. H ereupon, 13 “ t ,14 (by 14 Kt takesB,
15W 16W 17“ W E Black would have a very
bad game one compares the continuation 17Kt to Kt 5,
18P
133373
?2
131
31
26111, 20 21
Kt to K Gch
) ’ 15
16 17m 18 “W “ , would result ino
the gain'
of
a Pawn for White, while 13P M ” 15 3.-fi g; 15 egg ,
16 i% 17Ki w i s“
opens no better chances for Black ; and
finally, 13 m m ,
15 ng-
gggs 16W
at the most only equalizes the game. If this,as it
appears, 18 mcontrovertible, many a player will probably, after
10M giveup the answer P to Kt 5 (with which 11K
T;
is inseparably bound up), andagain investigate the Anderssen move,10m e: This is also recommended by Rosenthal, and is to the
present hour not refuted. ThatWhite, as Siirensen supposed, by means
oi'
11 232 1 21 obtains a good game, we are allowed to hol d in doubt.
Black replies with Q to B.
3. All plasters on the defence against
10 cannot save us, if White plays 10 whereupon
Zukertort, in an erroneous manner,by means of 10m
11K toKt sq, 12
Kt tq g, 13Btakes P, 14
Btakes Kt ,15
Kt tO K 2,“
1171753 1 , W es R [i t uh bs Kt, m16 2
5;—332; wished to help on Black to victory. V. N ieleen remarks,
very rightly, that here White shoots at the bird backwards ; he
should play 11 (if 11 12 M ) , 12
13 Kt to K i tt So then may the defence against the Bishop’
s gambit ,
which a few years ago was still general ]y preferred, stand on weaker
I t is not yet proved that Nisleen’
s experiment may be of parti
cular consequence for carrying out a move earlier the Sanders’
P to K 4, BtoB4, Btakes P ,and after 1P to K 4,
2P takes P,
3p
‘
to—Q4,
4om e n s
,
The Chess P layer’
s Ohrohicle. 219
5K toB
[W lfi for playing at once 6W 7w n i '
If . Blackindeed rejoin with P to K R 3 White will
,by means of s
B“k““h
KQ takes B,
9 10Q together with 12K“” W “
and 13 P takes P. obtain a superior game. But Black will play
7 Bto Kt s,Whefenpon either the usual variation arises
,or 8
KmB5"P mm a
Kt toKt 5, K toq K tak9 m 10m 11
KFt—‘T
-
se—‘B-Q—g’
can be done. The move‘
Kt to Q B3, employed by Schwede, has approved itself hitherto in
many trials.
?32?rec
it
in
ge
zxded after 1 i f;gi: 2 3 g2232
4 W 5;5 to play 5 m also in a certain measure
a combination of the chief defences 2 and 3 . Sorensen , however,
7P to K 5, 8
Kt takes P.
P to QS P takes P,
9Rt P, 10
BM OSB, 11P tO Q 4, 7
P td K 5,
Qtakes Kt, Q to K 2, P to QKt S, Kt toQB3 , Kt to K Kt sq'
,
8 9 &c., by whichWhite has a very goodgame.
The game can hardly be equalized by 3 K, m K B3 The variation
4“m
m “ 3
(r pm , theKt takes) , 5 1’ K 5 , 6
,
BM kt 7Bto Kt 5 P to Q4, P toB3, P takes B.
ga h zeh, Q takes p ch , Kt toB3, Q takes Kt P, Kt takes P ,8 Bto K 3,9
Kt toBs,10Q
'
fi—es r,
11 12 “3
in favour of White. Ou the other hand,
one regards 3 p to Q 4,
4M 5W as thoroughly satisfactory for the second
player. In practice, the defence Kt to K B 3,without the Queen’
s
check at R 5, is much neglected the pet C entre gambit versusBishop’
s
gambit, has almost alOne kept the field.
The defence 3 m 7 ; has up to the latest period maintained a
good repufi tion. The alinost exclusively played continuation was
4Qgg
o
ni im 5 6W White can now play 7P “0 Q 4.
or w a s without, by any of these moves, long bolding
Also,Black neednot fear theSpencer attack, 7“3112? s
9 he can quietly play 9W
nt m x g s, or 9 “oq for if
10MO E 11 M 12
P w QB i? or, in theother case, 10
B“k°'mo
P to Q 3 , P to QR s, Bto Kt 5; R takesB,Kt to QB
_ _
8,
Bto Kt 2,11
Q to Kt 3or 1f 10
Q to Kt 3 .
4 M is completely refuted by the answer 4 Q to a 5 eh ,
5Kt toB2 , 6
Btakes Kt , 7 QtO K g, 8
Kt toB8,or 8 ’
P_
tO B4, 9P tt kOBP,
P takes P, R takes B, P to Q 4, P toBS, Kt to B3, Kt to Q 5,
10 11W 12 figfi ggj Against this the oft
220 The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle.
named Danish analyists have set up afresh the mode of attack,Kt to BB, K toBsq, Kt takes P,
4 Q wh1ch Jaemsch, by 4 “
W M “,
5 “ m p ,6xm fi
7K
azl
ég3’ thought to be ruinous.
The above cited inferior defences enjoy no favour with the chess
public. In general, the Opinions of theoreticians thereon are that
Boden’s andMorian’
e methods of play may well beget an equality, that
still,through the variety of the modes of attack standing at his
command,White has somewhat more chance. TheBryan-Kieseritzky
counter-
gambit is of insufficient value, .on account of 4 ag
e
;3.
5am e n .
6 7P toQ4, 8
‘
P to Q 5, Kt toBs,Bto QKt Z, Kt toq
‘
fi'
s, 11t 3, Kt to K 4,
Q takes Kt , P to K Kt 4, K to Kt 2, P to K 5 ,10 11 Tm .P,12 Bto QS,
13 “
B'
15W 16 and wins. O r, 6
q a P wog n a8 BtoB4,9
a tom s,10
Kt toBs.l l
P to x xu , Kt takes Kt, K to Bz,13Kt w ch,
14 m 15 &c. , andt tehas thebetter
position. Both variations exist in Bilguer, S. 472.
In conclusion, we find that the attack exclusively in the Bishop’
s
gambit has been of late improved, so that the defence, as above alreadysaid, stands on weaker feet. I f
, likewise, a declaration m 131-ownson
’
s
C hess Jonmal, The Bishop
’
s gambit may be considered theoretically
invincible,”must be designated even now as exaggerated, it remains,
however,very certain that our skill in the opening afi
'
ords, at the
present standpoint of theory, far more pleasantness and ohances of
winning to the first player than to his opponent.
Gu m 82 .
The two following games were played in the Anderssen JubileeTourney at L eipsic, and are extracted, with most of the notes
,from
(M;Zukertort). Goring).
Opening).
BLACK (Dr1 P to K 4
2 E to B43 P mQ 34 Kt to QB5 Bto K Kt6 Bto Kt 3
222 The Chase Plagef s Chronicle.
-
l
ifBu “Ki ’
all would yet remain equal, forBlack daned not take
the Q R P, or he would lose a piece.
(f ) This proves fatal we see, however, on the whole, no favourable moveleft forWhite.
(g) Thedecisivemove, whichwithdraws theWhiteBook from the first rank.
(h) There is nothing better.The finish of the game is excellently played by Dr Giiring.
Gm 83.
(Knight’
s‘
WH ITE (Mr L . Paulsen).1 P to K 4
2 Kt to KB33 Kt to B34 Kt tak
01
P4
8
3
? 33
H
i—‘OCDCDQ
Q
wwwwwwww
8
8
8
8
8
8
u-‘
r-a
00
10
23 Btakes Kt24 P takes P
25 R to QB326 R to K B2 (/z)27 Q takes R
28 Q to R 429 P takes P
30 Q toq3 1 R toB232 Q to K 6
33 R to K Kt 2
BtoB2 ch
35 Q to Kt h
Resigns.
BLACK (Mr Winawer) .1 P to K 4
2 Kt to QB33 BtoB4 (a).4 Btakea P ch
5 Kt takes Kt
25 R to K 7
26 R takes B.
27 P takes P
28 Bto Kt 529 Q toB530Bto B631 R toB232 K to R 2 (i)33 Btakes R34 K to Kt 235 K to Bsq
The C hess Player’
s dhromlcle.
Nates, chiefly from the Schachzci tdng.
(a) A defence several times already pointed out by 11s as deficient.(b) Better, we believe, than checking with Q at B 3 .
(c) A gravemistake, through which all advantage of the opening is lost forWhite; P aulsen masks his K B and at once yields the important post at K 5
to the adverse Kt. C orrect continuations for the first player were either
9 Qi”Q 3’ 10M ' If hereuponBlack retorts 10
11 gtt
fke
e
'
s
cbWhite obtains the advan tage by
14 R to B7c , &c.
(d) The Bishop is now entirely shut out ; it were better to withdraw it toK 2, for White can no longer prevent his opponent from coming to theattack.
(e) We should have preferredKt to K 2.
(f P to Q B 4 at once, and afterwards B to Q sq, appear to us to be hererelatively the best.(g) I t is a question whether there is now anything at all better forWhite.
Winawer pla the whole game admirably.
Upon“Kt 3. there could not indeed immediately follow W IFE, on
account of B“kw P 0h Black,however, would play next R toK 4 orQ7, and
always win.
(6) K to R sqor B to K 5 wouldbe at once decisive.
GAME 84.
We continue our selection from the games played in C lass I . of the
C ounties’
C hess Association
e a (Mr C oker) .1 P to K 4
2 Kt to KB33 P to K 4
4 Kt takes P
5 Kt to K B56 Kt to QB37 Kt to K 3
8 Bto K 2
9 Bto Q 210 C astles
11 P to KB412 K toBsq13 Kt to Q 514 Kt takes Kt
15 P takes B16 P to QB317
‘
Q.to Q R 4 ch
18 P itakes P
19 Bto K B320 Q to R q21 P to K Kt 4 (h)
Gumbit).
BLACK (MrYarranton).1 P to K 4
224 The Chess P layer’
s Uhrom'
cle.
E to K 3 P takes P
Btakes KBP Bto K 4
P to K Kt 5 P to KB4 ( i)P takes P Q takes PBm 4 d KqBtakes R R takes BBtakes B Q takesBQ to K Kt 4 P to K R 4
Q takes R ch
(a) Some of our leading players appear to think that this defence"
gives
White a slight advantage, and they prefer P to K Kt 3 , followedzblti) Q 5 .
(b) In the presentéyosition this move seems of no use, he ought rather, we
believe, to play B to 3,and C astles (Q R ) .
(c) C autious over much ; here again C astling on Q side was clearly the
proper course; should White then play P to K B 4, P to Q 4 would be
the reply.
(d)We do not like this andBlack’s next move. Q to R 3, followedpresentlyby P to K B 4, was the correct play.
(e) C astles (Q R ) was much better than taking the Kt, or, at any rate,the second Kt.
(f Fatally blocking in his already imprisoned Queen theBishop shouldhave retreated to B 4.
(y) We do not see what was the objection to P to Q 4 here.
(h) B to Kt 4 oh was stronger, wmmng either the exchange or a Pawn,with a good attack to boot.(i ) K to his sqseems to afford Black more chance of escape, but in any
case he has a bad game.
Gu n 85.
BITE (Mr Pierpoint).K 4
B4O
g
a
s
s
s
g
s
s
*
o
woo
mwm01
a
w
m
c»
cf
cf9
wee
“
sa
eoa
”um
3
2
3
2
2
4
M5
m3
4
3
3
3
MK
P
K
BmR
P
KK
fi
MK
KMK
K
QK
e
K
m
mmmt
mmwo
:mJmomo
LB
226 The Chase Playw’
s Chronicle.
20Q to Kt i eh21 R to K 7
22 K toBsq23 R takesB?24 Q takes ?25 Bto Kt 7ch, and
(o) speedily gets Black into trouble;in this opening, it is nan ny necessary for the other to do w toq thoughhere there wouldhave no danger had he covered the check withBishop.(b). In such a situation the attempt to get up a counter attack
perilous ; the proper course, we believe, was to play R to K Kt sq,presently by Q to Q 2.
(c) If P takesB, White then takes Kt with R ,&c.
(d) We should have preferredKt to R 5 , forcing the exchange of Kts, andallowingBlack afterwards to play K to Kt 2.
(c) Fatal, but Black has apparently no good move here, perhaps his bel twas Kt back toKt 3 again.
Gu m 87.
Warm (Mr Ranken). BLACK (Mr Halford).1 P to K 4 l P to K 3
2 P wQ 4 2 P mQ 43 Kt to QB3 3 Kt to K B34 P takes P 4 P takes P
r Fisher).
(4)
3
5
2
4
6!
1
m
(K
Q
mmBm
R
KBK
mm
mK
R
m
mmu
x
m
tmwwmwms
m
a
ma
mu
m
MP
P
P
QBK
BQP
P
BBK
P
KP
BK
E
9
0
1
1
200
1
2
3
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle. 227
N otes.
(a) Q Kt to K 2 is a move often played here ; the only objection to it isthat it allowsBlack to Kt on K 5 at once, thoughWhite has a goodanswer to that in P to
(b) Much too n'
sky game ; BtoK 2 is the safe and correct
course.
so) Weak ; he shouldhave played this P to B 4, or elseKt to K R 4.
d) P to B 4 would not do now, on account ofBlack’s reply Kt takesK B P.
(3) Well played; thefinishing strokes are capitally delivered byMrBalford.
GAME 88.
Played in the handicap tourney of the C ounties’ C hess Association .at
Birmingham .
Knights’
hum m3 mm&
\.
P
.
mm4
Wm4
m
wMa
wmmB4
M3
3
K
2
(Kmo
BMKMm
B
QQk
BK
K
Q
m
a
t
u
mt
wt
t
mwwmma
mmmw
mP
KK
BK
$K
K
BK
KP
P
KBBP
Q
B.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
11
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
mm flwGMn PMwfi CWmmk
19 P to QB420Bto K 521 Q takes B22 Bto K 223 Q R to Q 224 K R q25 Q to QB526 Q to Q R 327 Q to
'
Kt 2
28 P to K R 3
29 K toBsq30 P toB331 BwQ 332 K R mK Bq33 Q R to K 2
34 Btakes R35 Q to Q 236 Bto Q 337 Q takes Q38 E to B2 (i)39 K to Kt sq40Bto Kt 341 R to QBsq42 K toB243 R toq44 K takes R
45 K toB246 BtoB247 P to K R 4
48 Bto Q 349 P to Kt 3
(a) At this point Mr Ranken once tried Q to Kt 4, with the
Q “k $2132n9P“k“ Kt’
K
(This of course was risky, the safe playas to Q sq
9 B p oh, (x to B.q18 the proper move) ,
11 (This loses thegame;Black shouldp1ay P toQ3.) 12 1 31P to KKt 3,
13 “K B4: andwms.
th(b) Better than C astling, in which case the game might have proceededus
l l Bto Kt 5 11 P to Q 312 Q to R 5 12 P to K B313 BtoB4 ch 13 P to Q 4 (best)M BmQ 3 M P mK R a15 BtakesBP l takesB(best)16 P takes R 16 Btakes P17 QR to K sq, andWhitemust win.
\.
lk
5
BK
QWW3
2
4
M5
3
WK
R
mi
4
6
QR
mWW3
R
4
R
2
3
5
6
mus
s
mmmmmmmmws
mwmm
mmmmmmmmmwm
P
BK
QK
BP
QP
QBBQK
R
R
QQR
P
P
K
P
K
BK
P
BBP
P
230 The Ghee; Player’
s Chronicle.
s
a
g
e
“.8
”A
h
ESN
mmoww
3:
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
O
a
g
ww
go
g
E
N
wwwmwmmwwwwwow
8
i
This is the strongest niove.
White is now considered by the authorities to have the better game.
We believe he has, but the position is one that requires at care.
(0) White’
s next move wins a piece, but we doubt i 14 P to Q 4 is not
(d) Blackhasa threatening position ; White, however, makes agood defense.Much better than takin the Q B P,
for which there is no time.
(f ) Threatening, if the Kt Played out, to capture the Q B P, for if Q P
then takes Kt, mate follows in a ew moves.
White is going in for a bold counter-attack.
P to Q R 4, with a view to secure himself on the Queen’s wing, wouldhave been better.(i) He has no resoume lemfor if K takesB, the R checks andwins.
Gu n: 90.
A brilliant game between Messrs. Vasquez and Reind, C ity ofMexico.
(3alvio-Cocltram
1 P to 4
2 P to KB43 Kt to K B34 BtoB45 Kt to K 5
6 K toBsq7 P to Q 4 (b)8 Kt to QB3
The (files? P layer’8 Chronicle. 231
Btakes P ch
5
8
8
N
wo
g
po
8
8
a
we
pq
a
g
e “d
f”
e
wo
wwo
wo
wo
wwo
wwo
wowm
“ta
ct
8
8
3
0056
174
50
is generally thought to fortify the l acond
H ereBlack deviates from the acceptedmode of defence, which is :7 P takes P oh
8 K takes P 8 Q to R 6 chQ R to Kt sq 9 Kt to K R 3
with a continuation favourable toBlack. Themove in the text appears weak.
(d) H e could not safely remove the attackedKt on account of the dangerous check of theWhite Kt at Q 5 .
(c) This and the preceding move ofWhite are cleverly played.
(f Better than taking the Rook, which is out of play.
(9) A finemove, as the result shows. Mr Vasquez is certainly a brilliant
player.
(It) H e has no other choice.
(6) From the 25th move White allows the enemy no respite from theonslaught.
0
The game is finished off in excellent style.
232 The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle.
Gu n: 91.
Played at Bath, February 26th, 1877, at the odds of the P and two.
WI
H
DI'm (K
Miss Watson). Bu C X (Mr Thorold) .to
lP l
‘
O Ql P to QB4 (a)
2 Q to R 5 ¢h 2 P to K Kt 33 Q takes P 3 Q
'
Kt to B34 Q to QB4 (b) 4 P to QKt 4 (c)5 QmQ 3 5 P mQ 46 P to K 5 (d) 6 P to Q R 37 K Kt toB3 7 Bto KB4S Qq S R wQBq9 P mQB3 9 P wK 3l O QKt to Q 2 10 P to QKt 5l l Btakes P l l P takes P
l 2 P N m P l 2 R mQB213 Bto QKt 5 l 3 Kt to K R 314 QmQ R 4 14 QmQ 2l 5 Kt to QKt 3 l 5 Bto QB716 Q to R 8 ch l 6 R toBsq17 Btakes Kt 17 Q takesB18 Q takes Q l S R takes Ql 9 Bto Q 2 (e) l QBto Q 620Kt toQBsq 20Bto QB52 l Bto K Kt 5 (f ) 21 Bto K Kt z22 R t0 QKt sq 22 C astles
23 K to Q 2 23 Kt to Kt 524 BwK 3 24 R wQ 3 325 R to Kt 2 25 K R to Qq26 P to K R 3 (g) 26 Kt takes B27 P takes Kt 27 BtoBsq28 Kt to Kt 5 28 Bto Q R 629 R to Kt 7 29 Btakes Kt ch30 R takes B 30 R takes P ch
31 R to B2 3 1 R to R 8
32 Kt takes K P (h) 32 R to K Kt 8, and wins
in a few moves.
(a) MrT. considers this to afford as good a chance to the second player asany other defeuos.
(b) We believe B to K Kt 5 wouldbe a good movehere, orP to Q 5’at once.
(c) Very rash ; Miss Watson ought to have taken the P, and on Kt taking
Q P, moved Q to K 5.
d) P takes P,followed by Kt to Q B 3, is more attacking and ins time.
(e) If White had castled now,Black could not capture the with any
profit,
the solution tourney took place, and the prizewas carried of?b W. Kirdorf
of C refeld. In the masters’tournament six competitors entered: Dr Goring
of Leipzig, J Metger of Gettingen, E . Schallopp of Berlin , C . Wommera of
C ologne, J H . Zukertort, anda young E nglish amateur. The following tableshows the result of play
l letger. Wemmers. Zukertort.
Wemmers
Amateur
The first prize, 200 marks, was taken, therefore, by J H . Zukertort the
secondwas divided between Messrs. Metger, Schallopp, and Wemmers. In
theWest-German tournament, the prizes were taken by E . H ammacher of
C ologne, J E hlen of C refeld, G. Kist of C ologne, andDr R ichter of Siegen.
There were, besides, two visitor tournaments, and a consolation tourneyarranged for the losers. A general meeting was held on the last day of the
congress, and after some formal business had been settled, it was decided to
hold next year’s meeting in Frankfort. The festivities of the C ongress were
concluded with a trip to
The M imi?M ade for August opens with an
Swedish, upon an important variation of theGiuoco Piano. The article is byMessrs. Borén and Svenonius of Stockholm,
and it appears, as far as we
able to understand it, to be very interesting and clever. By-and byewehope
to present it in an E nglish dress to our readers.
According to La Strategic, all the chess talent of France has for some°time
t been concentrated at Tnouville, where at the C asino, together with M.
nthal, have assembled daily such amateurs as MM. Lo Queens, Vie,Morel, the AbbésDurandandVincent, le Beaupin,&c., &c.,
and the gameshave gone on swimmingly, amid the sound of the waves.
The late numbers of the Dubuque Chess J ourna l, and the Septembernumber of the Westminster Papers, contain interesting analyses of the
R ichardson attack in the E vans’ Gambit, which we are sorry that, for want ofspace, we are unable for the present to reproduce.
The Latin poem on C hess, to which we alluded in our June number, hasheen, by the courtesy of J Watkinson , E sq. , forwarded to C anada, where it isbeing translated into E nglish verseby a good classical scholar. I t will appearsimul taneously (we hope next month) in the H uddersfield C ollege Magazineand in this Jautual. a
The H artford (C onnecticut) Times is still continuing the publication of
the articles andpoems sent to compete for the prizes in its literary tourney.
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle. 235
in .the Iaternafional Post C ard Tourney with America are nowin full awin When they havemade a little further progress, we will, if itbe rmi
°
ve themoves of some of them as far as they have gone. Mr
C . L incoln ay ing retired from the contest, his place has been taken byDrWhite ofTennessee.
A N aw O nass-Boox.—The Lebanon H erald silver rise cup chess roblem
tourney was beyond question the most brilliant an most success 1 com
petition of the decade, elicitin contributions from eminent problemists inhalf the States of the Union, anada, E ngland, Scotland, France, Prussia,I taly, and Switzerland. In response to a general desire for a permanent
momento of this great contest, it has been decided to issue a volume containing all the competing problems (one hundred and over) which were ublished
'
in the Herald. The book will be printed on tinted pa r andboun in cloth ;Price 31, post paid. As A C hess C entury will be so (1only by subscription,the names of those desiring copies should be sent in at once, that the size of
the edition me. be properly regulated. The money need not be sent untilthe book is t e y for delivery: Address all '
orders , to R . L . C . White Cm,Publishers, P .O . Box A . Lebanon, Tennessee, U.S.
—Lebwnon
A novel tourney is being carried on in connection with the Chess columnof the Danbury Newe, so ably conducted b MrB. M. Neill. In order tosecure good problems and games for pub
°
cation, the editor ofl‘
ered an
acknowledgment for every problem and game that was accepted. An afierthought seems to have suggested itself, and the roposed tourney is the result.E very three months prizes will be given for t s best problems and gamescontributed during that period. The problems are to be accompanied bymottoes, &c., as is usual in these competitions ; thegames, however, are not tobe sent anonymously. The prizes are- for the best three-move prohlems,10dollars ; for the second, 5 dollars ; for the best game, 5 dollars ; and forthemost brilliant game, a copy of the N ews for twelve months. We shall be
glad to hear of the success of themovemenh—N ewcastle Comm i t.
THE C ANADIAN C anes C ossas ss.—The meeting was to takeQuebec on the 28th of August and following days.
Hennaassmm C O L LEGE Maem nn—The September issue of thismagazine com letes the first volume, and we take this opportunity to tell ourreaders that t is school periodical is one of the most entertaining that ccto our table. We have repeatedly
alluded to the excellence of the chessodepartment. N or do we stand a us. In every chess column in which
,
reviews of chess monthlies appear, praise is awarded to itinstruction, and entertainment. The editorofl
’
ers a s imen copy to any ofour readers who wish to see ih—Glasgow N ews of the eels.
O ur Australian exchanges ass as usual full of interest. From the capitalchess column of the Adelaide Observer and Miscellany we extract. thefollowing itemsIn Brisbane, under the stimulus of the presence ofMr J Wisker, a C hess
C lub has been organised, numbering 40members, and the newly formed C lubhas started a handicap tournament on the pairing principle, each match to
286 The Chess Player’s Chronicle.
consist of the best of three games. There are 16 competitors, MrWisker,with tests, not having entered.
In milton (Va.) there is a flourishing C hess C lub, and the local Spectatoris about to start a C hess C olumn.
In N ew Zealand the various tourneys excite much attention. In theC hristchurch tourney of 21 players the rizes consist of a handsomesilver cup,a second prize, and four class prizes. r Bookham, the local champion, iscom
giting. H e is also eu cd in a match by correspondence with Mr 0.
Ben w of Well ington. In anedin, MrD. R . Hay has won the silver cupin the C lub tournament with a score of 19 to 2 . In Auckland
,the tourney
forMr Ai tken’s silver cup is a proaching completion, the contest reall
yvyingbetween Messrs. Morton and gtawart, both of whom (femarks the eddy
N ews) are well known as skilful, cautious, and able players.
” I nWell ington,the handicap chess tourney among 32 competitors, on the cutting down
t inei le, has resulted in two htat-class layers, Messrs. Brown and Hullett,
ing eft to play off for the prize. As t ey are both“
strong players, the final
gamewas expected to be a goodThe telegra hic match between the Adelaide and Moonta Mines C lubs,
which lasted mm 8 run . till 6 L IL , was won by the latter, the score beingAdelaide 0, Moonta 4, Drawn 1.
Since the Counties meeting very little has been doing in E n lish C hess ;the rincipal activity appears to
'
prevail in theH ull district, as wifibethe ollowin extracts from the excellent chess columns of theAmateureditedby r J T. Palmer
H ULL C anes C LUB.—The Secretary of this C lub is actively preparing for
the winter campaign.
Gm sr .—Six members of the Grimsby andDistrict C lub, recently played
a match with six members of the Grantham C lub, at the‘
residence of the Rev.
A . B. Skipworth, Tetford. The final score was Grimsby 8games,Grantham 4.
Mr Skipworth with his usual hospital ity provided the players with a
sumptuous repeat. The correspondence match between the Grimsby andGrantham C lubs is postponed until winter sets in.
Several rivets matches have recently taken place, or are now in progressin Hull. he combatants are Morris 12. Palmer ; Morris 17. Morston
‘
; Farrow
v. Philip ; Palmer 11. Jacobsen ; Dixon Lefller, &c.
C hess Players in H ull and district deeply deplore the death of JamesWalker, E sq., aged 66. The deceased gentleman was an enthusiastic loverof the royal me, and had been identified with H ull C hess for upwards offorty y e was a member of the C atholic Institute, and the Hull C hessC lub, and will be sadly missed when the usual local matches take place nextwinter. To sum up this feeble tribute to his memory we may add that Mr
Walker was esteemed and respected by all who were privileged to know him.
I t is proposed to hold an influential C hess gathering at Grantham early inJanuary, in connection with the L incolnshire C hess Association, under the
presidency of Earl Brownlow. c
Baxs'ror. YO UN G Man’s C H R ISTIA N A ssoow rlos C anes C m a—The
members’ annual meeting was held on Wednesday evening, September 12, atthe Institution, St James’ Square. The resignation of the President (0.
Boome, in consequence of ill health, had to be acce ted with muchregret . There was also a change of Secretaryship, Mr S. T. ey retiring from
238 The Chase Player’
s Chronicle.
1 BtoBsq, or P to K 4
2 K to Q 33 K moves
This problem can also be solvedby playing either Q B orKt to K Kt 5
N o. LXXI . - 1 Q to Kt 32 Kt toq dis ch3 Q to Q 3 ch4 Qmates
N o. LXXI I . - 1 Kt to R 5
2 Kt to-Kt 7 ch3 K toB44 Kt mates
C onanc'r Sow 'rroxs.—F. V. P. has solved N o. 68; S.
'
A. Sillem, 65, 66W. Johnstone, 65 , 66, 72 ; J , H . N orth, 66, 68, 70, 72 ; Emile Fran, 65, 66,68, 70, 72 Zeus and “C ant,
”65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72.
We shall beglad to acknowledge any Solutions of Problems which wemayreceive before the 2oth of each month.
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle. ass
P R O BL E M S .
N o. 73.—'From the L ebanon H erald
N o. 74.—ByW. A . Smmmm .
*
BLACK.
N o. 75.—By H . a om nn .
warm.
White to play andmate in three moves. White to play andmate in three moves.
We are indebted to MrWatkinson of H uddersfield for this excellent Problem .
240 The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle.
N o. 77.—By C olour-Sergt . 80011 . N o. 78.-From La
By H err Sonatin a
White to play andmate in three moves.
N o. 79.—From La N o. 80.
—From “La Strategic.”
By H err Sonatin a (Leonie). By H err Sonatin a (Leonie).
warn .
White to play andmate in four moves.These threeProblems of H err Schriifer’s gained theFirst Prize in the late Italian Tourney.
TERMS (IF SUBSC R IPTI ON .
UN ITED KINGDOM,Six Shillings per annum post free .
ABRO AD, Five Shillings andSixpence per annum, postage extra.
Second Edition.
C OMPR ISIN G
A C ollection of 156 Choice Games of the past quarter of
a century, With Notes, including the finest Games in the
Exhibition of 185 1, and in t he Vienna Tournament of
1873 , with excellent specimens of the styles of Anderssen ,
Blackburne, Der L aza, H austein, Kolisch, Lowenthal,
Morphy, Staunton, Steinitz, and the p rincipal E nglish
Players. Supplemented by Games of Labourdonnais,
MacDonnell, and C ochrane, contested prior to 1849.
C ompiled by H E . BIRD.
C loth lettered, 33 . 6d. gilt and gilt edges, 4s.
The entire series will be found full of interest and points of excellence,
and can scarcely fail to afford amusement and pleasure, as well as to impart
instruction, to all who may avail themselves of the opportunity of examin ing
them,
and they will be of especial service to amateurs who aspire to
pre—eminence in C hess.
L O NDO N : DEAN AND SO N , I GOA FL E ET STR E ET.
TH EO RY O F .TH E C H ESS O PEN INGS .
N ew Treatise, arranged on the plan of Wormald’s C hess O penings,”com
prising the latest discoveries by themost eminen t Players. I llustratedwith
Diagrams. By G . H,D. GO SSI P , Author of the C hess Pia er
’s Manual,
” &c.
Price 65 . 6d. N ames of Subscribers received by the Rev. E .~Ranken, St.
Bonan’s, Malvern .
A ll commumeatibnsfor thisMagamne to beaddressed to the Rev. C . E .
RAN KE N , St R onan’s, Malfvem Worcestershire excep t thosefor the Problem
departmen t, which should be sent to J . Cram , 12’
s 16 Bothwell St., Glasgow.
Games and Problems should be sent as early m themon th as possible, in orderto secure attention, and other matter not later than the 2oth.
‘GIhe (Eli tes ifllapsr
’
s QIhroniclz.
l s t N O V E MBE R , 1877.
N APO LEON’
S C H ESS BOARD.
IN Scribner’
s Magazz'
ne for this present O ctober, there is an
extremely interesting sketch of the life of C aptain E . E . Morgan ,
an American seamen, who, before steam was applied to ocean
navigation , commanded for many years in succession several of the
first class packet ships which’
carried passengers between N ew
York and L ondon . C aptain Morgan was a man of superior
intellect, and possessed a fund of native humour, With large
heartiness of nature, qualities which, as their correspondence
testifies, obtained for him the cordial friendship of many E nglish
men of high mark, such as Dickens, Thackeray, E dwin L andseer,Sydney Smith, the great painter Turner, and other celebrated
men. O u three different occasions the vessel under Captain
Morgan’
s commandwas chartered by JosephBuonaparte, sometimeKing of Spain, for the conveyance of himself and suite across the
Atlantic. These passages afforded immense gratification to the
worthy skipper, who was an enthusiastic admirer oi”
the genius
of ls petit Caporal, to whom, singularly enough, he bore a strong
personal resemblance.
Joseph,”we are told, was himself aman of little apparent force
of character, and his time seems to have been largely spent at
chess or draughts—gamas at which he had a truly royal objection
to being beaten . H e had his share too of the family peculiarities,and while usually kindly and generous, was quick- tempered and
wilful to obstinacy. H is exhibitions of temper were sometimes
amusingly childish, as,on one occasion when C aptain Morgan ,
having been so unwise as to beat him three games in succession
at back-
gammon,he shut the board in a pet, and told his sucess
ful opponent to take it out of his sight, for he would never playon it again
—a promise which he persistently kept, leaving the
board in Captain Morgan’
s possession. The friendship which
242 The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle.
was begun during these voyages lasted until Joseph’
s death, and
C aptain Morgan not only visited him more than once at his
domain at Bordentown , but also received from him certain proofs
of especial regardwhich were of scarcely less than priceless value
to one who had so keen a sympathy with the fallen fortunes of
the great Emperor. The place of honour among these souvenirs
belongs, perhaps, to a plain ,strongly made chess board, which was
used constantly by N apoleon during his imprisonment at St.
H elena. I t was his companion during his voyage from France,and though fitted up both for draughts and cribbage, had
evidently been used for little but the favourite game of chess .
O ne is tempted to linger long over the inlaid squares upon whosefield the hand of the great warrior had marshalled his mimic
forces,and it is with a feeling akin to awe that one touches the
ivory figures which, through long years, were the silent com
panions of the man who
Fought a thousand glorious wars,And more than half the world was his ;
And somewhere now in yonder stars,C an tell
,mayhap, what greatness is.
N apoleon’
s predilection for chess is of course well known,
although he was never anything of a player ; the restless activityof his life allowing him no leisure, probably, to devote to thecultivation of the game. But in the solitude of St. H elena hemight, had he so chosen ,
have mastered its intricacies. A treatiseon chess from his hand would have been a rare addition
, methinks,to the literature of the royal pastime and poor occupation as it
may be thought for that wonderful brain , it would have beenbetter surely than spending his time in the dictation of uncandidstatements of his past career to Gourgaud or Bertrand
,keeping
up ignoble bickerings with that ill- used man,Sir H udson Lowe
,
and eating away his heart in bootless regrets for the pinnacle of
glory and power from which he had toppledheadlong, like Lucifer,never to hope again .
”H . A . K.
NAPO LE O N AS A CHESS-PLAYER .
WE take the following interesting sketch of the great N apoleon’
s
skill at the “mimicry of war from the C hess C olumn of theWeek, which is under the able management of MrWisker zThat N apoleon played at chess habitually is universally known ; that he
played well is a common belief. H e generally won, but great personages of
244 The Chess P layer’s Chronicle.
N APO LEON PLAYIN G C HESS AT ST. HELENA.
(From an old volume of the Chess Player’s Chronicle.)
Buoru ru 'm ,as is well known, was frequentl in the habit of playing chess
in his solitude at St. Helena, and it is relatedby one of his annalistsC ases, I think—that he would sometimes pause in the middle of a game, and
look round him in an abstracted manner, with thoughts apparently diverted
into some other channel.
Shorn of his wide dominion,And stript of borrowed throne,Within a narrow chamber coop’d,Sits Great N apol
'
eon :
solitary islet,Upon the heaving main,
H is prison home ; that chequeredboardH is only battle-
plain.
H e marks it not. O ld memoriesU n the captive pour
Ha Pyo
the sun of Austerlitzictorious shines oncemore
AtBorodino’s ghastly frayH e joins the slaughter shock
Leans now in sternest anguishThe oorse of roughDuroo.
And see!a gentle vision,With melancholy eye,
And patient, mild, submissivGlideth de
'
ected by.
Upon the f eu conquerorShe looks with pitying mien
Th cruel wrong is well avenged,0nd, hapless Josephine!
But 10!a darker shadowFalls on the massive brow,
A death- like pallor overspreadsThose marble features now;
Two blood- stain’
d phantoms slowly flitBefore his troubled sight
H is straining eyeballs gaze uponYoungD’E nghien andWright.
I t had been well,dread C orsican,
For suffering mankind,If ever to that mimic strifeThy wars had been confined.
Then mourning Jena’s fieldwould ne’erH ave drained her sanguine flood,
N or themelting snows of RussiaWept red with human blood.
Where all thy serried legions,Thy stalwart grenadiers?
Where thy resistless phalanx
O f steel- clad cuirassiers?
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
Their scatter’d bones by thousandsO ld L eipsic
’s meadow strew;
In bleaching masses thick they lie
In Spain—at Waterloo.
An exile in captivity,Such now thy joyless fate ;A widower and childless
The oppressor desolate.
Ay, R etribution’s steadfast gripE nfolds her victim fast ;
To thine own lips the bitter cupC ommended is at last.
Gu ru 92.
245
H . A. K.
Select R eprin ts, N o. X L—Toum ament of 1851, p. 141.
WHITE (MrWyvill).1 P to QB4
15 P takes QP16 Kt takes B17Bto Q Kt 518 Kt takes Kt19 Bto Q 220 K R to QBsq21 Q to q
N
N
N
N
(Sicilian Game).
BLACK (Mr Anderssen).1 P to K B42 E t to K B33 P to K 3
4 E to K 2
5 C astles
6 P to Q 37 Kt to K 5
8 BtoB39 P mQ R 410 Kt to QB411 Kt to QB312 Kt to K 5
13 P to Q 414 Bto Q 215 P takes P
16 Q takes Kt17 Bto K 2
18 KBP takes Kt19 R to KB320 R to K Kt 3
21 Q to QBsq22 Kt to Q R 2 (b)23 Kt to QB324 Q takes P25 Bto K R 526 Btakes Q27Bto K R 5
246 The Chess Player’s Chronicle.
g
a
s
e
s
s
g
s
s
g
g
fiéeae
g
é
mg
N ates (chiefly from Staunton) .(a) MrWyvill has certainly played the opening with excellent judgment.
26) To Q sqis perhaps preferable.
0) An extraordinary lapsus for such a player in such a contest.
(d) Quiet but effective.
(e) H aving managed to escape the immediate danger which menaced him a
moment since,White now plays capitally.
(f Taking the Q Kt P would have availed him nothing, since Whitewas sure to win either the Q Kt P or Q B P in return .
(9) Black never recovered the consequsnees of thus shutting up the Rook.
but sound. The rest of the game is beautifully played by Mr
yv1
(12) The prelude to a masterly combination.
(h) This attempt to liberate his hapless R ook is quite unavaili ng. Takingthe Q Kt P ,
with either R or Kt,would not have been much better ; and
if 44 R to K R 7, in order to clear his game by giving back the exchange,White’s passedPawn must win.
GAME 93 .
Select R eprints, N o. X I I .—L 6wenthal’s Morphy, p . 292.
(Philidor’
sDefence).WHITE (MrBird) . BLACK (Mr Morphy).1 P to K 4 1 P to K 4
2 Kt to KB3 2 P to Q 33 P to Q 4 3 P to K B44 Kt to QB3 (a) 4 P takes K P
R to K Kt 3
R takes Q Kt PKt takes R
Resigns.
248 The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle.
The following game was played at the late meeting of the C ounties’
C hess Association, in the tie match for the first and second prizes of the
first-class tournament between Mr Jenkin and the Rev. ProfessorWayte.
(Ray L opez).WH ITE (M1
' Jenkin) . BLACK (Rev. Prof. Wayte)1 P to K 4 1 P to K 4
2 Kt to KB3 2 Kt to QB33 Bto Kt 5 3 P to QB34 Bto R 4 4 Kt to B35 C astles 5 P to Q 3 (a)6 P to Q 3 6 Bto Q 27 P toB3 7 P to K Kt 38 P to K R 3 8 Bto Kt 2 (b)9 Kt to K R 2 9 C astles
10Bto K 3 (c) 10 Kt to K 2
11 Bto Kt 3 l l Bto B3 (d)12 P to K B4 12 P takes P
13 QBtakes P 13 P to Q 4l 4 Bto Kt 5 14 Q to Q 3l 5 BtoB4 15 Q to Q 216 P to K 5 16 Kt to R 4
17 P to Q 4 17 Kt takes Bl S R takes Kt 18 P to KB319 P takes P 19 R takes P (e)20 R takes B 20Btakes R2 1 Kt to Q 2 21 R to KBsq22 QKt toB3 22 Q to Q 323 K Kt to Kt 4 23 Bto Kt 224 Q to K 2 (f ) 24 Bto Kt 425 Q to Q 2 25 Bto Q 226 K Kt to K 5 26 BtoBsq27 R toq 27 P to B328 Q to K 2 ,
28 K toq (g)29 Kt to Kt 5 29 Btakes Kt30 Q takes Bch 30 Q takes Q31 R takes Q 31 Kt to B432 P to K Kt 4 32 Kt to Q 333 R to K 7 33 P to K R 3 (h)34 R to R 7 ch 34 K to Kt sq35 R takes R P 35 K to Kt 236 R to R 4 (i) 36 R to B537 K to Kt 2 37 K toB338 Kt to R 7 ch 38 K to Kt 239 K to Kt 3 39 E to K 5
40 Kt to Kt 5 4O R to K 741 K toB4 41 R takes P
P layer’
s Chronicle.
42 K to K 5 Kt toq43 R to R 7 ch K to Kt sq44 K to B4 R to 7
45 R to K 7 K to sq46 R to K 3 R to K B7 ch47 Kt toB3 Kt to Q 348 P to K R 4 Kt to K 5
49 P toB4 P takes P
50Btakes P Kt to Q 751 Bto Q 3 Btakes Kt oh (I)52 R takes R Kt takes R
53 K takes Kt K to Kt 254 Kto B4 K toB355 P to Kt 5 ch K toB256 BtoB4 ch K toBsq(m)57Bto Q 3 K toB258 K to K 5 Bto Kt 559 K to Q 6 BtoB660 K toB7 P to R 4
61 K to Kt 6 P to R 5
62 P to Q R 3 Bto Q 463 BtoB2 Bto Kt 664 Bto K 4 (n) Bto Q 465 B takes B P takes B66 K takes P K to K 3
67 K to B 6 Resigns.
N otesfrom theF ield.
(a) ProfessorWayts informs us that he prefers the present mode of defenceon account of the counter-attack suggested by the Schachzeitang in answer
to Kt takes P, which is recommended by all authorities, namely, supposing5 Kt takes P
6 P to Q 4 6 P toQKt 47 Kt takes P
N ow we can certainly see that there is some danger in taking the profferedB; but we fail to understand what harm can accrue toBlack if he continueKt takes Kt, followed early by B to Kt 2 , or Q to R 5 .
(b) White’s last move was weak, and we believe that Black, not having
yet castled, might have made preparations for an attack against theK side byP to K R 3, followed by P to K Kt 4.
(0) Again a lost move. H e might have pushed the K B P at once, and
then taken with the B as well as afterwards.
(d) Black’
s plan was to get support for pushing on the Q P. But as theB was sure to be blocked up at its present post , it was clearly better to opposebishops at K 3 , and then to retreat the Kt to Q 2 as early as possible, ifWhite opened the K B file by P to K B 4.
(e) B takes P was superior. White would have been obliged sooner or
later to lose a move with the R .
(f Again loss of time, as the immediate sequel shows.
(9) The K ought to have been kept as near as possible to the other side, asit was evidently drawing close towa
lrgs the ending game. Probably P to
250 The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
Q Kt 4, in order to prevent the advance of the adverse Q B P toB4, wouldhave been more to the purpose.
(h) The sacrifice of the [P is well conceived, and Black gets qui te an
equivalent in position.
(i) The R is there very M l placed, yet he had nothmg better. H ad be
checked at R 7, theK would ave moved to B 3 ; and as the Kt could then
only be defended by P to K R 4, the K Kt P would have lost its support,andBlack would have captured the latter with theB, obtaining the superior
itiou.pos
(j Professor Wayte justly ints out here that P to Q B 4,at this
juncture, would have been muc stronger, and his next move was adopted
chiefly for the purpose of reventing this advance.
(k) H ad he now plays P to Q B 4, Black would probably have re hed
R takes P ch,followedby R takes Q B P, comingout W1th three pawns a sad
for the exchange.
(1) Too early. As the piece was already fixed, and hewas sure of effectingthe desired exchanges, he m
'
ht have first played P to K Kt 4, with the viewof holding theK back after a exchange, or else R to B 2, and in either case
he would have°
ned an important move.
(m) White’
s t movewas a loss of time,andBlack might have now taken
advantage of it to secure a draw at least, by interposing the‘
B; forWhitemust have exchanged in that case
,and then it was easy enough to keep thebalance with the superiority of pawns on the Q side against the adverse
majorit on the Q flank.
(n) be last part of the ending is well playedbyWhite, who now wins thegame easil
GAME 95.
A fine game, played at the C ologne C hess C ongress, between H erren
Wommera and Zukertort. From the F ield.
(Ruy L opez.)Warm (H errWemmers) . BLACK (H err Zukertort).1 P to K 4 1 P to K 4
2 Kt to K B3 2 Kt to QB33 Bto Kt 5 3 Kt to B34 P to Q 3 P to Q 35 Btakes Kt ch 5 P takes B6 P to K R 3 6 P to Kt 37 Kt to B3 7 Bto Kt 2BBto K 3 8 P toB49 QwQ 2 9 P mK R 3
10 Kt to K 2 l O R to QKt sql l P toB4 11 Kt to Kt sq(a)12 P to K Kt 4 12 Kt to K 213 Kt toB3 13 Kt toB3l 4 P to QKt 3 l 4 Kt to Q 515 Btakes Kt (b 15 BP takes B16 Kt to Q 5 (c) 16 P to QB3l 7 Kt to Kt 4 17 Q to Kt 318 Kt to B2 18 P to Q 4 (d)
252 The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
the K B P at an early moment, and therefore compels the opponent to playP to K Kt 4
,which weakens the latter
’
s K wing.
(b) White is compelled to exchange, for if he retreated theKt to R 2 , the
answer of Q to K R 5 would have seriously embarrassed his game. Blackhas therefore attained his object of shifting the Q B P to the Q file, and nowhe will be soon enabled, as will be seen, to undouble his pawns andget thebetter sitiou.
(c) nferior to Kt to K 2,but anyhowBlack was bound to gain ground.
O perating with energy and decision to heal the sore point of Black’s
game, and doubled pawns 5n the Q file.
(e) This was a necessary precaution, for if he captured the P at once,
White’s rejoinderwas Kt takesK P,followedby R toK sqin case theB retook.
(f C ertainly not as good as playing the K R to the same square. It was
altogether fallacious tospeculateon aprospectiveattack byadvancing theK BP .
(g) This fine move preserves the two bishops. Had he attacked the Kt at
once, Whi te would have answeredKt to B 6.
(h) I t certainly threatens to take the Q P with the Kt in caseBlack playsthe R to B 6 at once; but then it is only a temporary relief, and the Q issoon obliged to go back again. White’s game was already extramely difi cult.
Kt to Q R 3 would have been answered byB toBsq; ant o Kt 2 was
not feasible, on account of the rejoinder Q to Q sq.
(i ) Black’
s last two moves were very fine, and are selected with studious
care and precision.
(j ) I t will be observed at a later stage that the retreat of the B to thissquare is well conceived to prevent the adverse Kt from coming in at Kt 5.
(k) O bvious] he could not take the R on account of the reply P to K 5
(dis ch) follow by P toK 6, and then accordingly by R to B 7, or P takes R ,
winning a piece in either case.
(I) R takes P was manifestly more expeditious, andwould have leftBlackwith three pawns ahead and an m y won game.
(m) White plays this part in a more feeble manner than is excusable bythe bad sition, and his difficul ty to find an absolute good plan to save the
game. nquestionably he could more prolong the defence by Q to K 2 ,
followed by Kt to B 3 .
(n) The counter-attack is a desperate resource; but he had hardly anythingsatisfactory. H ad he played the R to Kt 3 , Black would have checkedwiththe R at Kt 7, followed, on theKt interposing, by B to B sq,&c.
(o) The Kt has no move, and consequently the R is also fixed, and there isno hindrance to the slow advance of the pawns.
Gun 96.
We give the two next games, played at the Quebec Chess C ongress,as specimens of C anadian C hess, rather than for their intrinsic merits.
BLACK (Mr J . W.
1 P to K 3
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle. 253
8 P to K R 39 P mQB310Bto Q Kt 5 (a)l l Btakes Kt12
13 Q to QBsq14 Kt to R 2
15 P to K B4l 6 R m ,
17 QKt to K B318 Q to Q 219 Kt to Kt 420 Kt (Kt 4) to K 521 P toB5
~ 22 Kt takesBch
23 P takes P
24 Kt to R 4
25 Kt takes P
26 Kt takes B27 Bto Kt 528 R takes R ch
29 R toq (e)30Q takes R31 Q to B232 Q to K 333 Btakes Q34 K to B235 K to Kt 3
36 K to B437 P to K Kt 438 P to K R 439 K to Kt 3
40Bto Kt 5 ch
41 K to 4
42 K to 5
43 P tahs Kt
44 K aktakes P, and wins.
K
BK
ducted in a somewhat eccentric A tB sq, to be followed by Kt to Kt 3 ; White
to K B sq(f There
.
was no immediate necessity to exchange Queens, and Blackthereby throws away his only hope of a remiss.
v-d
n—n-dr—u-n—u—c
Q
UI
NF
OO
NJ
l-d
o
wm
8
8
8
111
8
17 C astles
22 P takes Kt23 Kt to Bsq24 P to B425 Kt takes P26 Q takes Kt27 Q to Q 328 R takes B.29 R takes R ch
30 Q to Q 23 1 Q to K 3
32 Q takes Q ( f )33 K to K34 K toB
to
39 Kt to Bsq40 K to Kt 3
41 Kt to K 3 ch
42 Kt takes B43 K takes P
a u:
l-s
r-s
a 8
S
woo
-q
ca
ous-
eo
wu
wwmg
mwo
wE 8
Q11 Kt to K Kt 5
12 R takes P (c13 R takes Kt14 Kt to Q 515 Kt takes Bch
16 Bto K 3 (d)17 P to QB4 (e)18 Q to Kt 319 Bto Q 320Q R to K Bsq21 Kt to B3 (g)22 Btakes Kt23 Kt to R 4
24 Q toB325 Kt takes B26 ° R takes P
27 B(B5) toB228 Q to B2
N otes.
(a) Too tame; Kt to B 3 may, we believe, he played here with advantage(b) This loses the game, P to K 5 was the proper move.
(0) Good enough, but as it allowedBlack to get a little breathing time fromthe attack, Kt to Q 5 would be still better.
H e shouldhave played P to K 6 here, for if the B takes it, Kt takesB,andBlack cannot retake without losing his Queen.
.(e) N ow that his Rook is guarded, there is no reason whyWhite shouldnot
wm the exchange by Kt to B 7, a.g.z
as
E
wwwwmgoo
www
8
8
8c
eo
oo
-a
cnn
p
ouo
u
5
8
8
;
m
«0
71
ES
01
H Q12 Kt to B7 ch
13 C astles (Q R )14 Q toq15 R P takes Kt
M E RmK 2
17 Kt toB418 Q to Kt 3 (f )19 K R mBq20 P w R 3
21 Q toq22 Btakes B23 P to K Kt 3
24 R to Kt sq25 P takes Kt
26 Q to Kt 327 P m R 428 Q to Kt 229 K to Kt sq30 R (q ) to KBsq3 I R m32 Q to Kt 333 Q to K 5
ultimately won .
256 Player’s Chronicle.
33 Kt to K 7disch34 Kt to Q 535 Q to KB2 (j )36 R takes B37 Q to KB538 P to QKt 5 (k)39 R takes Q40Kt toB341 P takes P
42 R to Q 543 Btakes P44 R to Q 645 R takes R P
46 R to R
47 P to R
48 R to R
49 P to R
50 R to Q 8
5 1 P to R 7
52 P to Kt 4 ch53 K to Kt 354 K to Kt 2
55 R to KB856 K to Kt sq57 R takes P ch
58 R toB259 K to Kt 260 R toB8
is drawn.
8
5
8 eh (m)6
R
(a) A well conceivedmanoeuvre for extricating himself from a somewhatembarrassing situation.
(b) H e ought rather to have checked with the B (for if P interposes, Ptakes P), and afterwards retiredQ to B 2.
(o) P to Q B 3, followed by Kt takes B oh, and C astles (K R ,) would, webelieve, be stronger lay.
(d) The stroke an counter- stroke just here are particularly interesting.
(e) Much better than taking either Pawn.
(f H err Zukertort pointed out a beautiful variation by which Black couldhere win by force 28 R takes P ch.
29 K to Kt sq(best) 29 Kt to K 7ch30K to R 2 30Kt toB5
gbeautiful move).
3 1 Q to Kt 4 3 1 R takes R oh32 K to Kt sq 32 Kt to K 7ch33 K toB2 33 R to K Bch audwins.
(g) 31 K to Kt sqwas of course better, but it wouldhave leftBlack awinning position.
32 Q takes Kt ch33 K toKt sq 33 Kt to R 5 wins easily; but Kt
takes Kt is goodenough, if correctly followed up.
The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle. 257
(1) Instead of this move, Black shouldhave played33 R tct QB sq
34 Q to Q 5 34 R to QB7, andWhite cannot
save the ga .me
(i )We prefer Q to Kt 6, threatening Kt takes B P .
C hangig wg Queens before this advance might be better.
(I) Ah error, the King should stay where he is, and the Rook should go to
B 7at once.
(m) I t would be better to play on the R P, fore
ifWhite then were temptedto advance his P to Kt 4, he would lose the gem
(11) Mr Puller heremakes a slip 1n his turn : as was afterwards pointedout,he had here an easy mate in threemoves.
Gun 99.
In publishing this game, played in 1874 at the Divan, we are
requestedby MrGossip to state that Mr H ofi'
er won a slight majority inthe total score.
(A llgaier)Warm (Mx G. H . D. Gossip).
1 P to K 4
11 C astles
12 P to K Kt 3
13 Kt to QB314 Q to Q 215 Q R toq (c)16 P to Q 517 Kt takes P18 Kt takes Kt
19 Q takes Kt20 Q R to q21 P to B322 Q R toq23 K R to K B2 (f )24 Bto
Q0wH
4
m.
5
e;
0
H
b
su
m3
3
t
@
I.
\
\I
2
I\
e
4
P
K
5
R
R
BK
3
BB
K
t
4
at
3
(K
a
K
a
s
K
Q
Q
3
5
6
3
K
4
3
K
3
3
2
K
K
K
tK
K
Qm
m
m
K
BK
K
BK
K
K
QQm
R
R
m
mmmmmmwt
a
mmwmo
mmmmmmmmmmmmm
ma
m
mH
MMH
MH
H
MMMK
K
K
P
P
K
QBBQR
BBR
BBBP
R
K
K
1
1
1
mmuwmn
mmmmms
a
s
mma
a
a
a
258 1714 Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
32 R takes R
33 Q takes Q34 K R takes Q B35 R takes P, and wins.
Nota .
32 Q to QB433 Btakes Q34 P takes R
(a) This form of defence, even when accompanied, as it ought to be, by Qto K B3 at move 7, is now considered inferior to B to Kt 2 or Kt to K B 3 .
(b) Kolisch gives Bto R 3 as the best continuation .
(0) We should rather have played the P to K 5
(d) In his anxiety to force an exchange of Queens,Black here loses a piece;Q Kt takes Kt was of course the proper move.
(a) P to Q Kt 3 , in order to develop theBat Kt 2,would now be stronger
but for its allowingWhite to exchange Queens.
(f We should much prefer R to K 3,with a view to doubling the Rooks.
(g) A weak move; he ought certainly to have taken the R ,and then played
hit o QB4.
(h) R to K 5 looks more promising, andwould apparently enableBlack to
win the game, 24 R to K 5
25 Q toB8, or* 25 Bto Kt 226 Q to Q 8 (best) 26 Q to K 3
27 Q to Kt 5 ch 27 K to R 2
28 Q takes P ch 28 Bto R 329 R takesB(best) 29 P takes R30 Q takes P 30 R takes B3 1 R takes R 31 Q takes R ch
32 Q takes Q 32 Btakes Q oh
andBlack must win .
* 25 Q to Kt 3 25 Q toq26 Q to B2 26 K toB227 Q to Q 2 27 Q to K 4
28 K to R 2 28 Btakes R P29 BtoB4 29 R takes R
,and wins.
The position afterWhite’s 24thmove is so interesting, that we give a diagramof it :
(i ) Instead of this feeble move he should have played Q to K sq, whichwould have kept up the attack
, and prevented the fatal entry of the adverseQueen into his game.
260 The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle.
meeting created much interest, and there was a large attendance of the
citizens to watch the proceedings. The C lubs of Montreal and Quebec onlywere represented, the distance being too great for the representatives of C lubsfrom the province of O ntario. .Seven prizes were competed for as follows
First, 30dols. ; second, 20dols. ; third, 16 dols fourth, 10dols. ; fifth, a gold
medal ; sixth,a set of chessmen and board; seventh, a meerschaum pi e.
There were 11 entries, the first four representing Montreal, the remain er
Quebec,andafters severecontest,Dr. H owecame to the fore,withMrSanderson
close behind him, andMr H olt a good third, as will be seen by the appended
score. E lsewhere will be found two of the games played.
H . A . H owe, Total Si E . T. Fletcher, Total 4E . Sanderson, 8 W. H . Hicks,E . B. H olt
,E . Pope,J White
,D. R . MacLeod,
J H enderson, 0. D. Bradley,J W. Shaw
,
Prof. H icks was unable to play the majority of his games, and these werescored against him, according to one of the bye
- laws.
From the Adelaide O bserver we learn that on July 14th the third annual
encounter between Melbourne and Geelong came off at the latter place,Melbourne winning by 25 games to 8 and 6 draws.
In H obart Town (Ta.) the new weekly, the Tasm nian Mai l,has initiated
the first C hess column in the island. The first number opens with a good andwell annotated local game.
In N ew Zealand chess is progressing rapidly. In Auckland the silver cupoffered by Mr A itken for competition among the chess players in the islands
was won by Mr James Morton . TheMayor presided at the public ceremonyon July l oth, when the cup was handed to the winner. The original contestwas between Auckland andDunedin , 12 players a side. MrMorton has beenhailed the champion of N ew Zealand, but while Mr C . Benbow remains in
Wellington we think this announcement premature. We hear that Mr
Benbow has challenged Mr Morton to a match by correspondence. In
Wellington the tournament amongst 32 competitors resulted in the first prize
falling to Mr H ullett. There is a local match in progress, Town C ivil
Service, the latest score showing 22 wins for the latter,to 16 losses. Mr
Benbow is playing a match of three games by correspondence with Mr H .
Bookham, of C anterbury. In C hristchurch the handicap tourney created
great interest. There are now three C hess columns in N ew Zealand, viz., the
Weekly N ews (Auckland), N ew ZealandMai l (Wellington), and thbury Times (C hristchurch) .
We have nothing of interest to record from any of the L ondon C hess C lubs,except that the West E nd C lub is unhappily defunct. We have not heard
the reason , and shall be much obliged if Metropolitan C lub Secretaries willsend as from time to time a little more information as to their proceedi ngs.
The C ommittee of the Bristol and C lifton C hess Association,which holds
its meetings at the Fine Arts Academy, have issued their annual report,showing the society to have maintained their prosperous condi tion. Thevisit of H err Zukertort, and his performances of playing twelve games
simultaneously blindfold on one occasion , and then on two other days
The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle. 261
respectively sixty games and fifty games simultaneously over the board, arementioned with remarks complimentary to the performer. The tournamentfor the prize of a silver cup given by the president , the Rev. J Greene, M.A .
,
was won last season for the second time by Mr Thorold, who therefore
becomes the owner according to the rules. The first prize in the clubhandicap, for which eighteen members had entered, was won by thepresident,who was placed in the first class
,which had to give odds to all the other
classes. The society numbers now over seventy members, who display an
active interest in the game.—The Field.
MrThoroldinforms as that he has been playing two friendly matches withMr Fisher, each for a stake of £1, on the following conditions. The winnerin each match was to gain the majority out of 15 games, 5 even , 5 at P andmove
,and 5 at P and two, a game of each kind to be played in rotation.
The result was that MrThorold won the first match off hand by 8 to 0, with
no draws, and the second by 8 to 1, with one draw. Mr Thorold has alsocommenced another match of 11 games up (giving Q Kt) with Miss Rudge.
The score stands, Miss R .,1 Mr T.
,3 ; drawn, 0.
C as es m HUL L .—The members of the C hurch Institute C hess and
Draughts C lub commenced their winter campaign on the 11th inst., with a
chess match between teams selected by the President (Mr Joseph H olmes)and the Secretary (Mr J T. Palmer). The players were selected alternately,in the following order, each pair contesting two games .
PRE SIDE NT’S TEAM. smounm nr’s TE AM.
8 3 5
The president was therefore victorious, with amajority of threegames. Therewas not sufficient time for the second games between Messrs H olmes andPalmer and Morris and C rake to be contested, so they were accordinglyregistered as draws.
—Amatewr World.
The H ull C hurch Institute C hess C lub has made arrangements to have twotournaments during the approaching winter. A first-class one for the chesschampionship of the I nstitute for 1878, and also one for second- class players.The above C lub has invited the N ewcas tle and Gateshead C lub to play a
friendly match of two games by correspondence.
From the annual report of the Grimsby andDistrict C hess C lub, we learnthat the C lub numbers 43 members, and has a balance in hand of £5 . Ananalysis of matches played shows 3 won , 1 drawn, and 1 lost ; Mr J Parkerbeing the best scorer for the year. A correspondence match for a 25s. set ofchess-men is now going on between this C lub and that of Grantham.
I t is proposed to form aBritish Problem Association, having for its objectsthe establishment of annual problem and solution tourneys, with suitableprizes, and also the formulation of a problem code for the guidance of tourneycompetitors and judges. The idea is a good one
,and we are glad to hear
that several eminent problemists have already given in their adhesion to it.
262 The Chase Player’
s Chronicle.
N OTIC ES TO C O RRESPO NDENTS.
E . T. , Bath ; T. C . Y., Birmingham ; G. W. S., Dublin ; M.B., Hackney ;F. F.,
Bury St. Edmonds ; and hon. secs. of Bristol and N ewcastle C hessC lubs. Your games and communications received with thanks.F. E . P. If R takes R ,
Black replies Bto K 2 .
S. A . S.,E ton. Thanks for the problem ; we hope to publish it soon .
Two fairly strong amateurs would be glad to consult in a game bycorrespondence ainst one or two good players. Address, J H . M. andW. L . B.
,49Big Street, H ampstead, N .W.
SO LUTIO N S TO PR OBLEMSWH ITE .
N o. L X XI I I .—1 Q to B 7N o. LXXIV.
- 1 Bto Q sq2 Bto QB23 Q oe ates
2 Q toB33 Q oe ates
N o. L X X V.—1 Bto Q 42 R takes P ch
3 Kt mates
N o.2L X X VI .—1 Bto Q 5 ch2 Kt to K 7ch
3 Q matesN o. LXXVII .
—l Bto Q B62 R toB83 R mates
N o. LXXVI I I .—1 Bto R sq
N o. LXXIX.—1 Q to Kt 52 K toB73 Kt, Bor P mates
N o. LXXX.—1 Kt to R sq2 BtoB5 ch3 Q to Kt 2 ch4 Q mates
C onn or Sam mons—F. W. Davis has solved N o. 73 ; E mile Fran, 73 ,75 , 77, 78; W. J ohnston , 73, 74, 76, 77, 78;
“Zeus,” 73 , 74, 75, 76, 77,
78;“C ant, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80.
We shall be glad to acknowledge any Solutions of Problems which wemayreceive before the 2oth of each month.
264 The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle.
N o. 86.—From the “Field.
”
N o. 85.—By W. T. Pmncn. By G . E . BARRIE R .
WH ITE .
White to play andmate in four moves. White to play andmate in four me
N o. 88.—H .
N o. 87.—By H . F . L . MEYER .
BLAC E .
Wl l ITS.
White to play andmate in five moves .
TERMS O F SUBSC R IPTION .
UN ITED KINGDOM, Six Shillings per an
ABROAD, Five Shillings andSixpence per annum,
DW BHANDBOOKS TO THE ARISTOOBAOY.
UN DE R TH E PATRON AGE O F
H E R MAJE STY TH E QUE E N dx H .R .H . THE PR IN C E O F WALES.
DEBRETT’SmunsooxsTO THEARlSToa cv.A re the eheaj est and most rel iable Work: of the kind. and supply more information a
L iv ing M embers oi the N obi l ity and the immediatefam i ly connection: than al l other
kindred Publ ications combined. P abl ished annual ly .
DEBRETT’S IL LUSTRATEDPBBRAGI : ANDBARONETAGE . WITHTITL E S O F ( 200 RTE SY A NDBIO GRA PH IC AL KN IGHTAGE . C omplete inone vol . 1350 pages, 1500 H eraldic illustrations. C rown 8vo. rgs. , half-bound. R oyal
E dition , with good margin , half-bonnd Leather, gilt and gil t edges. 2m ; half-m lf, giltand gi lt edges. 305 .
O R , IN Two VO L UME S , BO UN D m C L O TH . v mz
nnsss'r-r's“
IL LUs'rnArnn PE ER AGE ANDm ugs or count ser
of Great Britain and Ireland. Published annually 71 2 pages . Bound in cloth
gi lt, 108. 6d half-calf and gilt edges, 1 2 3 .
C on tains complete Biographies of the R oyal Family and Peers ot'
the Blood R oyal ;the Peers and Peeresses of the United Kingdom , with the date of the C reation of the Peerage ;the L ords Spiritual ; the H eir Apparent or H eir Presumptive of each Peer or Peeress ; the
Dowager L ady of any Peer; Peers and Peeresses recently deceased. whose Peerages havebecome extinct . and Biographical Sketches of every Younger Son or Married Daughter of 3Peer, alphabetically arranged ; with Seats, Residences. C lubs. etc. , of the R oyal Famil andPeers of the Blood Royal ; of every Peer or Pactes of the Un ited Kingdom ; of the rds
Spiritual , and of every H eir A pparent or H eir Presumptive of each Peer or Peeress ot'
theU nited K ingdom ; and I llustrations of the A rmorial Insignia, with H era ldic des cription of theR oyal Family and Peers of the Blood R oyal. of the Sees held by the L ords Spiritual and of thePeers and Peeresses of the United Kingdom , and of tht‘ O rders of Kn ighthood. Debrett’sPeerage also contains, alphabetical ly arranged, the Surname of every Peer and Peeress of theUnited Kingdom ; the Subordinate and Minor Titles of Peers and Peeresses of the UnitedKingdom. and the Title of every Peer on the Roll of the H ouse of L ords ; the C hurchPatronage. with names of the L ivings. and the correct translation , in E nglish, of the Mottoes
of‘
each Peer. etc. , etc. ; with over 700 illustrations.
DEBRETT’S IL LUSTRATEDBARON ETAGE , with the KN IGHTAGB.
Published annually (j am). 648 pages. Bound in cloth gilt. ros. 6d. ; half-calf and giltedges, ms
C ontains completeBiographies of every Baronet and Knight of the United Kingdom ; ofthe H eirApparent or H eir Presumptive of ever
?'Baronet. and o f the Dowager L ady of every
Baronet and Knight ; the N ame and Titles 0 the Predecessors of each Baronet ; the Seats,Residences, C lubs, etc of every Baronet and Knight and the H eir Apparent or H eirPresumptive of each Baronet ; the Date of the C reation of each Baronetage; the C 0ats of A rmsof every Baronet, with H eraldic description : the C hurch Patronage of every Baronet. withN ame of L ivings ; the translation into E nglish of the Mottoes of each Baronet ; Interes tingAnecdo tes relating to the Family, and over 750 illustrations.
DEBRETT’S H ERALDIGAND,
BIOGRAPHI CA L H OUSE OF C OMMO N SA ND TH E j UDIC IAL BE N C H . Published annually (j am ). with 1400 C oats ofArms. C loth gilt , 7s . ; half-bound calf, gilt edges. ms . 6d.
C ontains a ful l Biography of every Member of Parliament , with Particulars of his PoliticalViews ; his Arms fully emblazoned and descnbed ; his Issue, R esidences , C lubs. C hurchPatronage, etc Biographies of the j udges of the Superior C ourts of E ngland and I reland. theScottish L ords of Session , the C ommissioners of Bankruptcy, the R ecorders. and udges of the
C ounty C ourts ; the C ounties. C ities, and Boroughs R eturn ing Members ,with t e N ames of
their R epresentatives, and N umber of E lectors ; a Dictionary of Parliamentary Phrases ; theN ame and Address of each Peer and Peeress. etc. ; Translations of all H eraldic Mottoes, andmany interesting Tables and Matter not to be found in other books .
DEA N SO N , PUBL ISH E RS ANDFA CTOR S, IGOA FL E ET STRE ET, E C .
A ll commun icationsfor this Magazi ne to be addressed to theR ev. C . E .
RA NKE N , St R onan’s,Malvern , Worcestershire, excep t those for the Problem
department, which should be sent to J C ram , E sq.,16 Bothwell St.
,Glasgow.
Games and Problems should be sent as early in the month as possible, in order
to secure attention, and other matter not later than the 2oth.
fi lm (1111255 fifilaptr’
s Glhronicle.
l s t DE C E M BE R , 1 877.
N OTE S AND QUER IES O N TH E C HESS O PEN INGS.
N o. I .
BY TH E EDITOR .
WE purpose under this title to give from time to time short
articles upon moves and variations not noticed, or but cursorilymentioned in the books. We do not intend these to assume so
much the form of set analysis, in which definite opinions are
pronounced on the consequences of certain methods of play, as
that of light sketches throwing out suggestions and enquiries,and we invite from our friends any critiques upon these sugges
tions, or answers to the enquiries that they may be disposed tomake. We shall also be very glad to receive, with a view to
publication, original articles, or brief notes and queries of a
like nature.
THE EVAN S GAMBIT.
H ave any of our readers tried the effect of playing B to Q 2for the 7th move of the defence in this favourite open ing? We
do not remember seeing it mentioned in any of the books, and
we first made its acquaintance in a correspondence game,wherein having the attack, after encountering this move
, we
got decidedly the worst of the position. This of course mightbe owing to our want of skill, but we ven ture to think, from our
experience in several subsequent games, that the move in question ,
if not a strong one,at any rate deserves serious notice, since it
is not at all easy to discover the way to take advantage oi -it.
H owever, our readers shall now judge for themselves, and some
of them, we hope, will give us by
- and-bye their opinions as' to its
merits.
266 The Chess Player’
s Chronisle.
WHITE BL ACK1 P to K 4 1 P to K 4
2 Kt to K B3 2 Kt to QB33 BtoB4 3 E toB44 P to QKt 4 4 Btakes Kt P5 P to QB3 5 E to R 4
6 C astles 6 P to Q 37 P wQ 4 7BwQ 2
The natural course forWhite to take seems now Q to Q Kt 3 ;let us try this first.
8 Q to Kt 3 8 Q to K 2 (best)I fWhite here captures the Q Kt P,
he loses a piece by Black’
s
playing R to Q Kt sq, and R to Kt 3 , and if he advances P to Q5, the Kt retreats to Q sq.
9 P takes P 9 P takes P
10 R to Q sq, 10 R to Q sq1 1 Bto R 3 11 Q toB3l 2 Kt to Kt 5 12 Kt to R 3
And how is White to continue the attack? H e has, it is true,
preventedBlack from C astling for the moment, but his own Kt
must now retreat, or hemust support it by P to R 4, whereupon
Black brings hisBto Kt 3, followed presently by Kt to K 2 and
C astles, after which he appears to be out of danger.
Let as now try another mode of attack
8 P takes P 8 P takes P
9 Kt to Kt 5 9 Kt to R 310 Q to Q 5 10 Q to K 2 (best)
This is preferable to C astling, the result of which may be shown
thus, 10 Games,11&fit’fh’gffinfif 12
B“R 3’and White
must win a Pawn or the exchange;
11 P toB4 11 Bto Kt 3 ch12 K to R sq 12 P takes P
13 Bto R 3 (best) , for if insteadWhite take P wi thRook, Black replies with Kt to K 4.
13 Q to K 4
14 Kt takes P 14 Q takes Q15 P takes Q 15 Kt takes Kt (best)16 P takes Kt 16 Btakes P17 R takes P 17 Kt to K 43
andBlack has the advantage.
Thirdly, supposeWhite to play, instead of Q to Q 5 at move 10,
268 The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
(a) Black should play, as we pointed out above, Q to K 2. H e woul d
however, have remained with two Pawns to compensate the loss of the ex
change, had he not gone astray at his next move, where he ought to have
retaken with P instead of Kt.
2b) Q takesBat once was better.a) H e could hardly have saved the Pawn eventually, andWhite
’
s piecesbeing undeveloped, it was politic to bring his own into rapid action.
(d) Intentionally giving up the Pawn for the same reason as just stated,and knowing that it must lead to an exchange of ieces.
(e) We preferBtoB3. I fWhite then play t toB3, Q takes Kt.(f ) Fatal ; the Q should go to K 3.
Gum 100.
Select R eprints, N o. X I 1I .—Staunton’
s Companion , p . 217.
Gambit) .
Warm (Mr Staunton) . BLACK (Mr C ochrane) .1 P to K 4 l P to K 4
2 K Kt toB3 2 QKt toB33 Bto QB4 3 Bto QB4P to QKt 4 4 Btakes Kt P
5 P mQB3 5 Bm R t
6 C astles 6 Bto Kt 3'
7 P to Q 4 7 P takes P8 Kt takes P (a) 8 Btakes Kt9 P takes B 9 P to Q 310 P to KB4 10 Kt toB311 P to K 5 l l Q P takes P12 K BP takes P 12 Kt to Q 413 Bto R 3 13 Bto K 3
14 Q to Q 3 14 QKt to K 2
15 Kt to Q 2 15 C astles16 Kt to K 4 16 P to K R 317 K Btakes Kt 17 Btakes B18 Kt to K B6 eh (b) 18 P takes Kt19 Btakes Kt 19 Q takes B20Q to K Kt 3 ch (c) 20 K to R 2 (d)21 P takes P 21 R to K Kt sq
Bto Kt 3R to K BsqBtakes P ch
P to K R 3 (e)R toqR to K 7
Q toq (f )Resigns.
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle. 269
22 P takes Q23 P takes R
24 Q R to K sq25 R to K 5 (e), and wins.
N otes from Staunton, revised) .
(a) Staunton was undoubtedly original in his openings, but his presentventure is hardly to be recommended. Black, of course, ought not to havetaken the Kt.
(b) Some nicety was demandedhere in the order of the moves. I f Whitehad taken the Kt before giving this check, his adversary might have retortedby taking his Kt, and then have managed to esca
(c) A t this moment, again, it was indispensaby necessary to check beforetaking the Pawn, orBlack could have frustrated the attack by Q to K 5 .
(d) I f to R sq, White would have taken the doubled P with his R .
(e) .
The attack up to this point is a brilliant example of Staunton’s power
of combination in the middle game ; but we should have l iked to see theremaining moves. By now playing P to Q B3 , Black might have made sureof the advancedPawn and then it is not at all clear thatWhite couldwin.
GAME 101.
Select Reprints, N 0. X IV.—staunton’s Companion, p . 277.
I( Qaeen’
s Gambit
(Mr Staunton).Q 4
til
I
e
h!
O
BI
"s
e
a
smog
co
ws;
03
K 4
K Kt 5
takes Kt (b)mK 5take
‘
s QKtR to Kt sq
11 Kt to Q 212 Btakes P13 Q to K R 5 ch
14 Q to K B315 P takes Q16 Bto Q Kt 317 K to K 2
18 K to Q 319 K to QB220 Kt to QB42 1 K to QB22 Bto QB23 K takes R
BR
C
O
o
es
oo
xx
monp-
a
te
a
s
a
e
wwwwwmwww
p—n
L"b OK (Mr C ochrane) .0 Q 4to Q B3 (a)to K B3
R
13 K to q14 Q takes Q (d)15 P to K 3
16 P to Q R 417 P to K Kt 3
18 Bto K R 3
19 Q R to Q Kt 520 P to Q R 521 BtoBsq(e)22 R takes Kt (f )23 P to Q R 624 K to Q 225 QBto R 3 ch
270 The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
K to QB3Bto QKt 3K toB2P to K R 5
P to K B5P takes P
K R to K 3
Bto K G ch
R to Q Kt 3P to K B3Q R mK R mP takes P (h)Q R mQ R to Q 3
AndWhite cannot
N otes from Staunton, revised) .
(a) N ot so good a moveas P to K 3,since it retards the activity ofBlack
’s
Kt.Q(b) Staunton remarks that this move was hastily played but
,in truth, the
error of his opening began earlier. He should have played 4 P to K 3
instead of allowingBlack to support the Gambit Pawn after capturing.
(c) Intending Q to Q B5, itBlack does not move his King.
(d) BQ takes Q P,Whitewould have C astled, with a dangerous attack, on
the open Q file.
(e) Elie attack and counter-attack render this part of the game amusing
enoug
(f ) This enables Black to sustain his formidable Pawn, and is quitecharacteristic of Mr C ochrane
’s dashing st 10.
(g) If 35 Btakes R P, he would not 0 y have lost the K R P in, return,but his last chance of getting the Q Binto a threatening position.
(h) L etting in the enemy, and losing. the game at once. R to K Kt sqwould have effectually imprisoned theBishop, which must then have fallen.
(i ) A remarkable and masterly stroke of lay, which we commend to the
reader’s studious consideration. Whatever hite does, Mr C ochranemust
now queen his Pawn .
GAME 102.
(From the C leveland Voice) .
Played in the C igar Divan, between W. Sonneborn and J . H .
Zukertort. From a large and valuable collection of games in MS.
(7500) in possession of W. Sonneborn , E sq.,—per favour of Mr G. B.
Fraser. The notes are by Mr A. P. Barnes of N ewYork.
(Evans’
Gambit).WH ITE (W. Sonneborn). BLACK (J . H . Zukertort).1 P to K 4 1 P to K 4
2 Kt to K B3 2 Kt to QB33 E toB4 3 Bto B4
26 KBto K 227 R to QKt sq28 Bto QKt 529 P to K Kt 4
30 P takes P
31 E to K 7
32 Bto K Kt 5
33 K to Q 3"
34 R to QKt 435 Bto K R 6
36 P to K Kt 5 (g)37 Bto K Kt 738 Bto K 5 ch
39
save the gamc.
The Chess P layer’s Chronicle.
5 1 P takes P 51 P takes P
52 P to R 7 52 P to Kt 7
53 P to R 8 (Q) 53 P to Kt 8 (Q)54 Q to K R 7 ch AndBlack resigned.
N otes.
(a) C onsidered inferior to the usual continuation 9 P to K 5 . This movewas played successfully by Steinitz in the second game of his match against
Zukertort. In the present case it was probably adopted in preference to the
usual course on account of Dr Zukertort’s well-known proficiency in the
defence to 9 P to K 5 .
(b) Both players have continued the game in the manner recommended as
best by the authorities, who at this point say andWhite’s attack is over.”
For an exhausted attack White certain ly continues the game in a lively style.
(0) He does not seem to have much choice of play , and this course keeps
theBconfined for many moves, but it is not easy to show any better move.
(d) This must lose a Pawn, which might be saved for the time by Q to QKt 3, but it provides an outlet for thefK.
(e) A slip, I suppose. White would hardly have given up the valuableK P intentionally, though he gets another for it.
(f A n effective retort. Black now gradual ly gets the upper hand. The
play for several moves on each side,from this point, is very clever and
interesting.
(g) Preventing the threatened mate, and at the same time guarding,indirectly, the attackedB.
(h) White has now recovered both the Pawns,but Black’
s position is
preferable. White’s next move appears an admission of weakness, and the
wholesale exchanges which follow giveBlack, though he loses another Pawn,the best of the game.
(i) I nterposingBP would be no better.( It) Beyond driving the Black K into a better post, I see no use in these
two checks. 38 R takes P would not avail to save the game. The advanced
state ofBlack’
s Pawns compensates for his opponent’s extra one.
(I) R to R 4 oh, and R to Kt 4 would be useless of course.
(m) This is incomprehensible. Black has two distinct ways of winningand chooses neither! P Queens, or R takes P
,must evidently leaveBlack a
won game.
(n ) A remarkable error, giving Black a move
, and a chance to draw the
game. There was no need to capture the P until White had consumed a
move by pushing it to the 8th square. The position guards White’s Q R P .
By play ing 47P to K R 4,White could have won the game by force.
(0) And now Black having thrown away a won game, refuses to availhimsel f of the chance to draw which his opponent
’
s 47th move gave him. Thetardy advance of the R P is useless, but K to Kt 8 would draw.
48 K to Kt 849 K takes P
50 P to Kt 6, &c.
R toK R 5 looks better.—{Ed. G. P.
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
GAME 103.
Played in the first class Tournament of the L eipzig C hess C ongress,between Messrs Zukertort and Paulsen . The N otes areby Mr Steinitzin the F ield.
(Four
l P to K 42 Kt to KB3
N otes.
in our last number that P to K Kt 3 is preferable atthis point. Black
’s KBis best placed at K Kt 2
‘
in this opening, where he
may get the Ion ran e, in case the o ponent play P to Q 4. The K,
Kt is
also often wantedat 2, andwe won d therefore pronounce the move in the
text inferior.
(b) White obtains an excellent attack in consequence of this mode of
defence, which cannot be recommended. Much sounder is the variation
adopted by Mo hy against Paulsen in the N ewYorkTournament, andwhichproceeded as to ows
3
P
H
4
QB4
3
8
2
S
Q
J
K
BQh
QMb
w
(ma
mmo
a
o
a
a
K
t
t
t
a
t
c
P
K
KBPP
BO
BK
M1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
wl l P to Q 4 (e)12 P takes Bm omos14 K toq15 Q takes Kt16 R to K Kt sq17 R to Kt 2
18 Kt toB319 Q R to K Kt sq20 Q to Q 32 1 R takes P ch
22 P takes Q23 Kt to K 4
24 Kt to K1: 5 (a)25 Kt takes R
274 The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
(c) Unostentatious as this move may appear, it is the result of deep judgment. WhetherBlack take theKt or not, his position is already unenviable,which shows that the opening must have been mismanaged.
(d) The Kt was pressing hard on theweak K flank, and there seemed to be
nothing better than to os tune it at once, in view of the threatened Kt to Q 5.
H ad he retreated the Q t to K 2 the game might have gone on thus :
9 Kt to K 2
10Btakes Kt 10 P takesB11 Kt takes Kt eh 11 Q takes Kt12 Kt to Q 5 l 2 Q to q13 Btakes B, and wins.
(e) A disagreeable necessity. Black was obliged to provide against the
menacedKt to K 4 or Kt to Q 5(f ) Again one of those quiet and unassuming moves which delight the
true adept more than brilliant sacrifices ; for it is now generally admitted
amongst first- class players that surprises can only be effected against weak
play. It would hardly be believed that the game is forced from this point,for all Black’
s moves are compulsory after this. Black must eu port theBwith the Q; for if he plays Bto Q 3 orBto Kt 3
,a piece woul be lost by
Q to Kt 4 ch ; and if he protect the Bby P to Q Kt 3 White would firstattack theBby P to Q Kt 4.
(g) Threatening the formidable R to R 3.
(h) I t was so easy to provide against the loss of the P that we may fairlyassume that Mr Paulsen gave it up designedly, fully realizing the force of his
position, which gave him an irresistible advantage.
(i) O f course if he took theBthe exchange was lost by the answer R to R3 ch, but yet as a last resource we should have preferred fighting with thee
fichange behind to this reduction of pieces, and consequent simplification of
t e ame.
(j Black must lose in a few moves, for his Kt will have no escape, e.g. :
26 R takes P oh27 K takes R 27 Kt takes R ch28 K to Kt 2 28 Kt to Q 729 Bto Q 5, followed by P to KB4
, after which White’s K
will proceedt o fetch the Kt without hindrance.
GAME_
104.
Played in C lass I . at Birmingham.
(I rregularWH ITE (Mr R anken).P to K 41
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10Bto K 2 (c)11 Kt takesB
.
mtmM
3
MK
o
QK
K
K
QKBK
m
x
mn
mmmmmmmwm
mP
K
P
P
P
P
BBK
BK
B1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
N
H
Player’
s O'kronisle.
N otes.
(a) We do not approve of this te ly, forWhite can at once gain a move byP takes P and Kt to Q B3 , &c. be safe and correct answer to almost all
the close Openings is P to K 3.
(b) I t has been often remarked that in these débuts it is important to playP to Q B4 before bringing out the Q Kt.
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle. 277
(c) C ui bono? P to Q Kt 3 , followed by Bto Kt 2, would surely be a
better mode of development.
(d) This and the next move of Black are very weak ; he ought rather webelieve to play as recommended in the last note.
(e) We should prefer keeping this in reserve, and instead should have
playedKt to K 2, threatening Kt to Q 4 orB4.
(f P to B4 in order to prevent the advance of Black’s K P looks a
better move.
(9) Black’
s Q R P being isolated, he should have kept his Q R at hissquare, and played P to K 5
, or P to R 5 .
(h) What was the objection to Q takes Q P, and why didWhite leave itto be captured?
(i ) H e would in nothing by at once playing on the Q BP, for Blackcould reply withgto K 5.
(Is) An important precaution.
(l) The passed Pawns must of course win, but Black’
s play needlesslyhastens the catastrophe.
GAME 106
(ScotchWH ITE (H err H ofi
'
er) .1 P to K 4
2 Kt to K B3
12 C astles.
13 P takes P (c)14‘
.Bto K Kt 5
15 Btakes B16 Btakes Q17 Btakes Q BP18 P to Q R 4
25 P to K B426 R takes Kt (h)27Bto Q 428 Kt to Q 2
Gambit. )BLACK (G. H . D. Gossip.)1 P to K 4
eo a fit
11 C astles
12 P to K B313 Btakes P14 R takes K Kt15 R takes Q16 Bto Q 2 (d)17Btakes P
BKKt
278 The C hess Player'
s Chronicle.
8 N w.
8
£
8
a
wwwwm
8
8
?
8
g
8
ma
fi
a
“
8
8
a
m
a
s
"
3
510
.S
?o
wmwoo
www
N
05
0:
C)b‘
wwU§°I
w
0
°
D‘
D‘
b‘
O
wwwwwwwwwmwwwwmwwwwpq
pq
re
-e
ww
8
8
8
8
8
8
3
8
8
3
8
8
8
8
8
8
095
55
175
56
35
(a) By no means a commendable move. B to K Kt 5 here is a mode of
play which deserves more attention than has yet been given to it.(b) TheBishop should retreat to Kt 3, we believe; but retiring to K 2 be
deprived himself of the power of pla°
ng P to Q 4 in reply to P to K 5.
(c) R to Q sqfirst seems preferabe
(d) The following, we think, would have been a stronger continuation.
16 Bto Kt 517Btakes P 17Bto K 718 R toq 18 R to K 8
19 R takesB 19 Btakes RandWhitewill find it hard to get his imprisoned pieces into action withoutincurring some loss.
(e) As White apparently has no salvation for his QBP , it would be betterto give it up at once by Kt to R 3
,and then exchange Kta, and trust to the
chance of drawing withBishops on different colours.(f P to Q Kt 3 was stronger, and would enable him, we believe, to win
the R P presently.
280 The Chess Playa’
s C'hwniele.
N otes.
(a) This defence has certainly the merit of gaining time for the second
player, unless great care be taken, but we bel ieve that by 2 Wite retains the secondPawn without
defend the K P with Q Kt, posting05: to circumstances.
(c) P to Q R 3, to avoidblocking the Q Kt, is preferable, or better still, Ktto Q B3 at once.
(d) We have here an example of theway in which a premature attack so
often breaks down in the hands of an inez rienced player. White should
have playedBto K 2, and then P to K R 4 i theKt were attackedwith R P.
(e) I t would bemore to the purpose to bring the Q Kt and R into act ion.
(f ) Black’s pieces are all now in good play, and barring the two Pawns
menus, he has much the best of the me.
Weak ; he should release his’
s pieces without delay by P to Q B4.
h) Black prosecutes his attack with characteristic vigour.15 Apparently he has nothing better. It is curious to note howWhite’s
superion ty in Pawns avails him nought, for he has practically all along beengiving the odds of a piece, owing to his Fabian tactics on theQ’
s side.
(k) The latter portion of this game is admirably pla cd byBlack,forces, likeBazaine in Metz, are utterly hemmed in an rendered im perative,or finally captured, by mere strength of position.
C H E SS I N T E L L I G E N C E .
SE C RETARI E S os Ow ns Ann o'rmms areinvited to assist as inmaking
our record of themonth’s doings as comp leteaspossible.
TheBritish Chess Problem Association, to which we referred in our last,is now in a fairway of bein established. I ts objects are1. H olding periodical pro lem and solution tourneys with adequate prizes.
The Ohess Player’
s Chronicle. 281
2. The establishment of -a problem code for the guidance of all parties in
such tourneys.
The annual subscription will be 53 . Solvers who do not intend enteringfor the problem contests will be admitted to the solution competitions at half
price. The following composers and problematis ts have signified their
intention of joining theA ssociation z—Messrs J W. Abbott, H . J C . Andrews,0. C allander, J G. C ampbell, W. C oates, J C rum
’
, P . T. Duffy, G. W.
Farrow,J H . Finlinson, W. Greeenwood, W. Grimshaw,
R . W. J ohnson, H .
E . Kidson, J A . M iles, W. Mitcheson, W. N ash, R . O rmond, W. S. Pavitt,A . C . Pearson , J Pierce
,W. T. Pierce, 0. E . Ranken, G. J . Slater, .J . P .
Taylor, S. H . Thomas, and J Watkinson.
From the above list a working C ommittee of composers and solvers will be
formed (in the event of the establishment of the A ssociation) for the purposeof carrying on its business. I ntending subscribers are requested to send in
their names as soon as possible to Mr H . J C . Andrews,TheFerns, Addington
Grove,Sydenham,
Kent, as in the event of sufficient support being forthcomingwithin
‘
the ensuing month, steps will be taken to hold the first tourneyof the Association with as little delay as possible. The Association will beopen on
1she before mentioned terms to allBritish born subjects in any part of
the wor
C nsss ME ETIN G AT GRANTH AM .—A grand Tourney in connection with
the A nnual Meetin of the L incolnshire C hess Association will take place
at the Guildhall, érantham (by permission of the Mayor) , commencingon Monday December 3 l st. Patron, H is R oyal H ighness Prince Leo ld;President, The E arl Brownlow ; Lady Patroness, not yet appointed; ice
Presidents and General C ommittee, a long list,including the following
names : L ord Lyttelton, J A . R imington Wilson, E sq.,R ev. Professor
Wayte, R ev . J Greene, Rev. C . E . R anken, Rev. J C oker, Rev. J H . E llis,R ev. A . B. Skipworth, Thomas Avery, E sq.
,E . Thorold, E sq. , theMayor of
Grantham ,the Mayor of Lowth
,the R ev. C anon C lements
,Rev. R . W.
C racroft, R ev. A . C . R owley, R ev . B. A . Galland,&c.
Prizes will be offered for competition in the following C lasses
C lass 1. O pen to all British Amateurs by subscription of £1 I s. The first
prize will be of the value of £15 . being given by the L incoln C ountyAssociation , and a £5 cup by E .R .H . Prince L eopold) ; the second prize will
be of the value of £5 ; the third, £2 .
Besides the subscription, each player must deposit with the Treasurer thesum of 10s. 6d.,
which will be paid back after the meeting in each case, if the
cmnpetitor has played out al l his ( o r her) games , and if he ( ar she) has correctly and
legibly recorded all thegames required according to the rules of theMeeting, handingthem over to the Secretary . L ocal players, that is, residents in the C ounty of
L incoln, who are at the same time members of the C ounty C hess A ssociation,can compete in this C lass by increasing their present subscription of 59.
to 103 . 6d.
C lass I I . O pen to Amateurs not strong enough for C lass I ., by subscriptionof 108. 6d. The first prize will be of the value of £7; other prizes accordingto the number of entries. L ocal members may play in this C lass without anyfurther subscription.
This prize of £10 (gi ven by the C ounty A ssociation) is not open to those
players who carried off any of the chief honours at the Meetings in L ondon of the
(now supposed to be defunct) British C hess A ssociation . I n other respects the
prize is perfectly open to all Amateurs, whether metropolitan or provincial .
282 The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle.
E ach player must make a deposit of 53 . as arran cd for C lass I ., to bereturned after theMeeting on the same conditions as a ove.
The C ommittee reserve to themselves the right of increasin or
diminishing the prizes in the above C lasses, in number and in value, shouldthecomp
rative number of entries make it either desirable or necessary todo ao.
«x» Sand glasses and a time limit of 20moves to the hour will becom
pulsory in C lass I ., and optional in C lass I I .
I t is proposed also to give prizes in the above C lasses (1) for the highestscore made by open games ; (2) for the two best or most brilliant games ;(3) for highest score Wi th the smallest number of draws, &c. N o player cantake more than one prize in the same competition.
C LASS 111. E ntrance, 5s. Prizes according to the number of entries.
C LASS IV. A H andicap for evening competition, a special provis ion forthose who are unable to be present at the morning Meetings. E ntrance, 5s.A DISPL A C EME NTPRIZE ot
‘
the value of £5 53 . is liberally offered by the
R ev. J . Greene. The competition for this prize will take place as soon as
the play in C lass I . is concluded. The entrance for this com tition will be10s. 6d.
,and second and third prizes will be given in accor ance with the
number of entries. This competition is open to all those who are eligible tocompete for the £10prize in C lass I . Mr Greene wishes his DisplacementPrize to be open only to those provincial amateurs who are eligible to com
pets at the C ount ies’Meeting.
*
E xm nu ton os Parsa—Questions will be given on the openings
positions on diagrams in which some material advan e can be gained, andproblems for solution. The strongest players in C lass are not expected to
compete. E ntrance, 2s. 6d. Prizes according to the number of entries. Theuse of board and men will be allowed.
A GE N E RA L H ANDI C AP will, if possible, be arrangedforduring theMeeting.
C ASUA L Gauss—The C ommittee will do their best tofindcompetitors during the latter part of themeeting for all who are not playing in the tourneys.
A ll persons wishing to competemust send in their names, with subscriptions, to Mr Skipworth, on or before Saturday,December 15th, 1877.
N 0 entry will be acknowledged unless accompanied with the subscri tion.
Post O thee O rders must be made payable to Mr Skipworth, at thePost flice,Burnham,
Lynn, N orfolk, which will be his address until the C hess Meeting.
A Subscn ber of not less than £1 1s. will be placed on the l ist of VicePresidents, and free tickets of admission to the meetingwill be given to all
members of his family. A Subscriber of 108. 6d. Wi ll be placed on the
General or R e resentative C ommittee, when two free tickets will be given.
The ordinary ubscription of the A ssociation is five shillings, which eutitles
the Subscriber to one free ticket. Persons becoming members of the
A ssociation as above, can compete for a prize without any additional Sub
script ion, excepting in C lass I ., for which local players must subscribealtogether 108. 6d., and others £1 l s.
The C ommittee hope to be able to offer some comfortable lodgings at about23 . 6d. for bed and breakfast each day. The H otels will be ment ioned in the
programme. There are several good H otels in Grantham,but the head
quarters of the C ommittee will be the A N GE L H OTE L , where the charge forbed, breakfast, and attendance for C hess Players will be only 53. each. A
room will be provided for those who smoke during the play.
TheDI SPLAC EME NTC oxrsrrn on will not take lace until Monday, J an . 7,1878, so that players who are unable to be present t e first week, may stil l playin this interesting tourney.
284 The Chess P layer’
s Chrohiele.
MrolN ash of St. N eots, the eminent roblem composer and solver, has
organiseda correspondence tourney of 2 1 p ayers, with an entrance feeof£1 18.each, on the plan of Mr Archdall
’s late tourney. E ach ;competitor has to
lay one game with every other, and to conduct 4 games simultaneoushe first prize will be a silver cup, value £10, and the othworth £5, £3, £1 respectively.
Three matches have lately been played by the Hackney C lub, in all ofwhich it was victorious. In the htat match with C lapton, H ackney scored
and their opponents 2§games the second match with the Young Men’s
athol ic Association they won by 4 to 2, and the third, with the E clecticC lub
,by 8 to 5.
The C amberwell and Greenwich clubs have been playing two matches,C amberwell winning the first by one game, and Greenwich the other with a
score of 5 to0.
Pansnn're'rton.—At a meeting of theBury andWest Suffolk C hess C lub,
held on Friday evening, N ovember l st , a valuable andhandsomedinin -roomclock, in black marble, with bronze enrichments, was presented to Mr rancisFord, H onorary Secretary to the C lub, by his brothermembers, in test imonyof their appreciation of his valuable services ” in that capacity since its
establishment in 1867. The presentation was made on behalf of the subscribers by Mr R obert C rashc, President of the C lub, who spoke
- in verycordial terms of the esteem in which Mr Ford
’
s services are held, and allusionwas also made to the heartiness with which the project was entered into assoon as it was mooted. MrFord made appropriate acknowledgment of thehandsome gift of his chess
-
playing friends.
theapproach of winter, and the establishment of Problem Associationsat home and m America, problem tourneys seem likely to become plen tiful.Through the courtesy of Mr S. Loyd we received the programme of the first
grand tourney of the recently formed American Association, but unfortunatelytoo late for our last issue, and now the demands upon our s
gace forbid our
giving it in full. There are to be six prizes, the first, for the est problem of
the tourney, 25 per cent. of the subscriptions and entrance fees, and the otherfive for the best sets of roblems in 2
, 3, or 4 moves, varying from 25 down
to 5 per cent. of the to funds received. N o composer may enter more than
one set of problems, which must bear a motto, and may be addressed to the
Secretary of the A ssociation, Mr J . B. M ‘Kim, C leveland, O hio, or to anyAmerican chess editor. The problems will be adjudged by a C ommittee of
award, according to a scale of marks given for (1)Beauty of idea, (2) N eatness
of position, (3) Merit of construction, and (4) Difficulty of solution. Thecompetition is Open to all theworld, and entries, accompaniedby a fee of one
dollar, may bemade up toMarch 31st, 1878.
The Detroit Free PressEats forth, likewise, the programme of another
problem tourney which we ope will not clash with the above. Two prizesof 15 and 10dollars, are to be given for the two best sets of three originalproblems in 2, 3 , or 4 moves, also special prizes for the best 2, 3 , and 4 move
individual problem. Should any of the special prizes fall to the winner of
either of the others, an extra prize will be awarded to the best problem in
The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle. 285
that number of moves of a non-
prize bearer. The rest of the conditions are
similar to those of the last mentioned tourney, with the exception that thereappears to be no entrance fee. There will also be a solver
’
s tourney.
The late numbers of L a Stratégie contain amusing articles byM. Delannoy,now a resident in London, upon metropolitan chess players, and their sayingsand doings. Written in a lively gossiping style, these articles are entirelyfree from any ofi
'
ensive personalities, and they cannot fail to be speciallyinteresting to the ftc neuters of theDivan and C ity of London C hess C lub
,
as portraying, from a‘
renchman’s point of view,
the peculiarities of L ondon
chess life. The O ctober number has also a notice of the late M. L everrier inhis capacity as a chess player, and an interesting account from M.Duclos ofthe L ima C hess C lub.
L a N aova R ivista has received 98 entries for its 2d problem tourney.
An I talian C hess Association is now talked of.
We regret to read in the Schaehzeitung the death of Dr Gelbfuhs, a very
promising young layer who took part in the Vienna Tourney of 1873, andedited the C hess goluma in the Wiener I l lustrirte Zei tung. H e has beensucceeded in the editorship by H err Falkbeer.
H err Schallop of Berlin is preparing for publication the Book of theAnderssen Jnbilee C ongress at Leipsic, the price of which to subscribers willbe about 3 marks.The next C ongress of theWest German C hess Association is to be held at
Frankfort in 1878.
We desire to call atten tion to the circular containing the announce
ment and programme of our own H andicap C ortes ndence Tourney . TheTourney will be on a new principle both as regards t ehandicapping, and theprovision in case of retirements, which we think will be a fai r arrangementfor all parties, andwe hope it will prove a success.
N OTIO E S TO C O RRESPO NDENTS.
M . B. ,H ackney, andT. H . P. ,
Greenwich. Thanks for theaccounts,which
we are sorry we are compelled to abbreviate.
E . T.,Bath. The games, as always, most welcome.
T. P.B.,Detroit, and S. Loyd, N ew Jersey. We are greatly obliged for
your courteous letters, and have replied by post.F. V. P. ,
Manchester. Thanks for your attention.
Problems received, with thanks, fromW.T. Pierce, H .Blanchard
, S. Loyd,W. Furnival, and J C rake.
SO LUTIO N S TO PROBLEMS.
WH ITE . BL ACK.
N o. LXXXI . - 1 Q to R 7
N o. LXX XI I .—1 R to R 6
N o. LXXXI I I .- 1 Bto R 8
286 The Chess P layer’
s Chronicle.
N o. LXXXIV.—1 Kt toKt 4 1 Kt takes Kt2 P to Q 43 R mates
2 Kt toQ 3 ch3 R mates
N o. LXXXV.—l Kt toK 7
Kt to QB5toB3 ch
N o. L X X X VL
uk
ule
le
ex
ce
ss
8
40001
10051
The above 18 the aufior’a
solution. There is another solution commencingQ to K Kt 5.N o LXXXVI I . - l Kt takes P onB5 1 K to Q 5
2 Kt to K 5 2 K takes Kt3 Bto Kt 2 3 K toB34 Q takes P ch 4 Anything5
1 Bto R 5
2 Q takesB, &c.
1 Kt to Q 62 R takes Kt, &c.
1 K to Kt 42 Q toKt 2 ch,&c.
1 Kt to Kt 72 Q toKt 3,&c.
LXXXVI II .—1 R takes P ch 1 Kt takes R2 Kt mates
1 R takesBch 1 Kt takes R2 Kt toB3 oh 2 Kt takes Kt n1ate
BLAC K. warm .
1 Q toB4 ch t akes Kt
2 R takes Kt mate
1 P takesBdis ch 1 R takes Q2 Kt takes R ch 2 Kt t akes Kt mate
C onnect SO L UTI O N S.
—A . Demonchy has solved N o. 88; F. W. Davis,E mile Frau, 81, 88; W. J ohnston,
“Zens,” 81, 82, 83 , 84, 88; W. Furnival and “C ant,
”83,
84, 85, 88.
We shall beglad to acknowledge any Solutions of Problems which we mayreceive before the 2oth of each month.
The Chess Player’
s Chronicle.
N o. 93.- 3m L and andWater. N o. 94—m the Schachzeitdng.
”
By J W. A nson . By F . v. Gsrsassrm .
BLACK
WHITE. Wll l'l'l .
White to play andmate in three moves. White to play andmate in three moves.
N o. 95.—From the Schachzeitung.
By F. v. Gm nssu n . N o. 96.—By W. T. Pmscs.
BLACK.
mut e. wwwWhite to play andmate in four moves. White to play andmate in five moves.
These two Problems won the SecondPrize in the C ologneTourney.
TE RMS O F SUBSC R IPTI ON .
UN ITED KINGDOM, Six Shillings per annum post free.
ABROAD, Five Shillings andSixpence per annum , postage extra.
DEBR ETT’S HANDBOOKS TO THE ABBTOGRAOY.
UN DE R TH E PATRON AGE O F
H E R MAJE STYm ; QUE EN 3 T1111 PR IN C E O F WALES.
ntsnm ’
s"AunsooxsTO THE 1111310011101.A re the
'
cheapest and most rel iable Works of the kind, and supply more information o
L z'
m'
g Members of the N obi lgy'
and the immediatefam i ly connections than all other
kindred Publ ications combined. P ubl ished annually.
DEBRETT’S IL LUSTRATEDPE ERAGE ANDBARO N ETAGE . WITHTITL E S O F C O U RTE SY AND BIO GRA PH IC AL KN IGHTAGE . C omplete in
one vol . . 1350 pages , 1 500 H eraldic illustrations. C rown 8v0, hal f-bound. R oyal
E dition . Wi th good margin , half-bound leather, gilt and gil t edges, half-calfi giltand gilt edges , 308.
O R , in°
rwo VO L UM E S, BO UN D IN C L OTH , VIZ
DEBRETT’S ILLUSTRATEDPEE RAGE ANDTITL E S OP C OURTE SYof Great Britain and Ireland. Published annually (Jam) , 712 pages. Bound in cloth
gilt, 103 . 6d half-calf and gi lgedges , 1 2 s.
Couts ins complete Biographies of the R oyal Family and Peers of the Blood R oyal ;the Peers and Peeresses
.
of the U n ited Kingdom . with the date of the C reation of the Peerage ;the L ords Spiritual ; the H eir Apparent or H eir Presumptive of each Peer or Peeress ; the
Dowager L ady of any Peer; Peers and Peeresses recently deceased, whose Peerages have
become extinct. and Biographical Sketches of every Younger Son or Married Daughter of aPeer, alphabetically arranged; with Seats, R esidences. C lubs. etc. , of the R oyal Famil and
Peers of the Blood R oyal ; of every Peer or Peeress of the United Kingdom ; of the rds
Spiritual , and of every H eir Apparen t or H eir Presumptive of each Peer or Peeress of the
U nited Kingdom ; and I llustrations of the Armorial Insignia. with H eraldic description of the
R oyal Family and Peers of the Blood R oyal , of the Sees held by the L ords Spiritual and of thePeers and Peeresses of the United Kingdom . and of the O rders of Knighthood. Debrett’sPeerage also contains, alphabetically arranged, the Surname of every Peer and Peeress of theUnited K ingdom ; the Subordinate and M inor Titles of Peers and Peeresses of the United
Kingdom , and the Title of every Peer on the R oll of the H ouse of L ords ; the C hurch
Patronage, with names of the L ivings. and the correct translation , in E nglish. of theMottoes
ofeach Peer, etc. , etc. ; with over 700 illustrations .
DBBRBTT'S IL LUSTRATEDBAR O N ETAGE , with the KN IGHTAGE .
211
22513
261
21annually (j am ) , 648 pages. Bound in cloth gilt, ms. 6d. ; half-calf and gilt
C ontains completeBiographies of every Baconet and Knight of the United Kingdom ; ofthe H eir Apparent or H eir Presumptive of ever
;Baronet. and of the Dowager L ady of every
Baronet and Knight ; the N ame and Titles 0 the Predecessors of each Baronet ; the Seats ,Residences , C lubs. etc. , of everBaBaronet and Knight and the H eir Apparen t or H eirPresmh ptive of each Baronet ; the te of the C rea tion of each Baronetage; the C oats of A rmsof every Baronet, with H eraldic description ; the C hurch Patronage of every Baronet. withN ame of L ivings ; the translation into E nglish of the Mottoes of each
“ Baronet ; InterestingAnecdotes relating to the Family, and over 750 illustrations.
DEBRETT’S HERALDIO ANDBI OGRAPHICAL H OUSE O F C OMMON SAND TH E JUDIC IA L BE N C H . Published annual ly (Jam) , with 1400 C oats ofArms. C loth gilt, 7s. ; half-bound calf, gilt edges, ms. 6d.
C ontains a full Biography of every Member of Parliament, with Particulars of his PoliticalViews ; his A rms fully emblazoned and described; his Issue, R esidences, C lubs, C hurchPatronage, etc. ; Biographies of the Judges of the Superior C ourts of E ngland and Ireland, theScottish L ords of Session , the C ommissioners of Bankruptcy, the R ecorders. and udges of theC ounty C ourts ; the C ounties, C ities, and Boroughs R eturning Members, with t e N ames oftheir R epresentatives, and N umber of E lectors ; a Dictionary of Parliamentary Phrases ; theN ame and Address of each Peer and Peeress, etc. ; Translations of all H eraldic Mottoes, andmany interestingTables and Matter not to be found in other books .
DEAN a SO N ,PUBL ISE ERS ANDFACTORS, 16011 FL E ET STREET,